Current Clinical Strategies Publishing
www.ccspublishing.com/ccs
Purchasers of this book can download the Palm, Pocket PC, Windows or Macintosh version and updates at the Current ClinicalStrategies Publishing web site:www.ccspublishing.com/ccs/fm.htm
Copyright © 2008 Current Clinical Strategies Publishing. All rights reserved. This book, or any parts thereof, may not be reproducedor stored in an information retrieval network without the written permission of the publisher. The reader is advised to consult thepackage insert and other references before using any therapeuticagent. The publisher disclaims any liability, loss, injury, or damageincurred as a consequence, directly or indirectly, of the use andapplication of any of the contents of this text. This book has beenrevised and updated since the original edition.
Current Clinical Strategies Publishing PO Box 1753 Blue Jay, CA 92317 Phone: 800-331-8227; 949-348-8404 Fax: 800-965-9420; 949-348-8405 Internet: www.ccspublishing.com/ccs E-mail: info@ccspublishing.com
Printed in USA ISBN 978-1-934323-04-5
Identifying Data: Patient's name; age, race, sex. List the patient’ssignificant medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems. Name of informant (patient, relative).
Chief Compliant: Reason given by patient for seeking medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)care and the duration of the symptom. List all of the patientsmedical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems.
History of Present Illness (HPI): Describe the course of the patient's illness, including when it began, character of the symptoms, location where the symptoms began; aggravating oralleviating factors; pertinent positives and negatives. Describepast illnesses or surgeries, and past diagnostic testing.
Past medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) History (PMH): Past diseases, surgeries, hospitalizations; medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems; history of diabetes, hypertension,peptic ulcer disease, asthma, myocardial infarction, cancer. Inchildren include birth history, prenatal history, immunizations,and type of feedings.
Medications: Allergies: Penicillin, codeine? Family History: medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems in family, including the patient's
disorder. Asthma, coronary artery disease, heart failure, cancer,tuberculosis. Social History: Alcohol, smoking, drug usage. Marital status,employment situation. Level of education.
Review of Systems (ROS): General: Weight gain or loss, loss of appetite, fever, chills, fatigue, night sweats. Skin: Rashes, skin discolorations. Head: Headaches, dizziness, masses, seizures. Eyes: Visual changes, eye pain. Ears: Tinnitus, vertigo, hearing loss. Nose: Nose bleeds, discharge, sinus diseases. Mouth and Throat: Dental disease, hoarseness, throat pain. Respiratory: Cough, shortness of breath, sputum (color). Cardiovascular: Chest pain, orthopnea, paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea; dyspnea on exertion, claudication, edema, valvular disease. Gastrointestinal: Dysphagia, abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, hematemesis, diarrhea, constipation, melena (black tarry stools), hematochezia (bright red blood per rectum).
Genitourinary: Dysuria, frequency, hesitancy, hematuria, discharge. Gynecological: Gravida/para, abortions, last menstrual period (frequency, duration), age of menarche, menopause; dysmenorrhea, contraception, vaginal bleeding, breast masses. Endocrine: Polyuria, polydipsia, skin or hair changes, heat intolerance. Musculoskeletal: Joint pain or swelling, arthritis, myalgias. Skin and Lymphatics: Easy bruising, lymphadenopathy. Neuropsychiatric: Weakness, seizures, memory changes, depression.
Physical Examination General appearance: Note whether the patient appears ill, well,
or malnourished. Vital Signs: Temperature, heart rate, respirations, blood pressure. Skin: Rashes, scars, moles, capillary refill (in seconds).Lymph Nodes: Cervical, supraclavicular, axillary, inguinal nodes;
size, tenderness. Head: Bruising, masses. Check fontanels in pediatric patients.Eyes: Pupils equal round and react to light and accommodation
(PERRLA); extra ocular movements intact (EOMI), and visualfields. Funduscopy (papilledema, arteriovenous nicking, hemorrhages, exudates); scleral icterus, ptosis.
Ears: Acuity, tympanic membranes (dull, shiny, intact, injected,bulging).Mouth and Throat: Mucus membrane color and moisture; oral lesions, dentition, pharynx, tonsils.
Neck: Jugulovenous distention (JVD) at a 45 degree incline,thyromegaly, lymphadenopathy, masses, bruits,abdominojugular reflux.
Chest: Equal expansion, tactile fremitus, percussion, auscultation,rhonchi, crackles, rubs, breath sounds, egophony, whisperedpectoriloquy.
Heart: Point of maximal impulse (PMI), thrills (palpable turbulence); regular rate and rhythm (RRR), first and second heartsounds (S1, S2); gallops (S3, S4), murmurs (grade 1-6), pulses(graded 0-2+).
Breast: Dimpling, tenderness, masses, nipple discharge; axillary masses.
Abdomen: Contour (flat, scaphoid, obese, distended); scars,bowel sounds, bruits, tenderness, masses, liver span by percussion; hepatomegaly, splenomegaly; guarding, rebound, percussion note (tympanic), costovertebral angle tenderness (CVAT),suprapubic tenderness.
Genitourinary: Inguinal masses, hernias, scrotum, testicles, varicoceles. Pelvic Examination: Vaginal mucosa, cervical discharge, uterinesize, masses, adnexal masses, ovaries.
Extremities: Joint swelling, range of motion, edema (grade 1-4+);cyanosis, clubbing, edema (CCE); pulses (radial, ulnar, femoral,popliteal, posterior tibial, dorsalis pedis; simultaneous palpationof radial and femoral pulses).
Rectal Examination: Sphincter tone, masses, fissures; test foroccult blood, prostate (nodules, tenderness, size).
Neurological: Mental status and affect; gait, strength (graded 05); touch sensation, pressure, pain, position and vibration; deeptendon reflexes (biceps, triceps, patellar, ankle; graded 0-4+);Romberg test (ability to stand erect with arms outstretched andeyes closed).
I: Smell
II: Vision and visual fields III, IV, VI: Pupil responses to light, extraocular eye movements, ptosis
V: Facial sensation, ability to open jaw against resistance, cornealreflex.
VII: Close eyes tightly, smile, show teeth
VIII: Hears watch tic; Weber test (lateralization of sound whentuning fork is placed on top of head); Rinne test (air conduction last longer than bone conduction when tuning fork isplaced on mastoid process)
IX, X: Palette moves in midline when patient says “ah,” speech
XI: Shoulder shrug and turns head against resistance
XII: Stick out tongue in midline
Labs: Electrolytes (sodium, potassium, bicarbonate, chloride,BUN, creatinine), CBC (hemoglobin, hematocrit, WBC count,platelets, differential); X-rays, ECG, urine analysis (UA), liverfunction tests (LFTs).
Assessment (Impression): Assign a number to each problemand discuss separately. Discuss differential diagnosis and givereasons that support the working diagnosis; give reasons forexcluding other diagnoses.
Plan: Describe therapeutic plan for each numbered problem,including testing, laboratory studies, medications, and antibiotics.
Daily progress notes should summarize developments in a patient's hospital course, problems that remain active, plans totreat those problems, and arrangements for discharge. Progress notes should address every element of the problem list.
| Progress Note |
|---|
| Date/time: Subjective: Any problems and symptoms of the patientshould be charted. Appetite, pain, headaches or insomniamay be included.Objective:General appearance.Vitals, including highest temperature over past 24 hours.Fluid I/O (inputs and outputs), including oral, parenteral,urine, and stool volumes. Physical exam, including chest and abdomen, with particularattention to active problems. Emphasize changes fromprevious physical exams.Labs: Include new test results and circle abnormal values. Current medications: List all medications and dosages.Assessment and Plan: This section should be organized byproblem. A separate assessment and plan should be written for each problem. |
A procedure note should be written in the chart when a procedureis performed. Procedure notes are brief operative notes.
| Procedure Note |
|---|
| Date and time: Procedure: Indications: Patient Consent: Document that the indications and risks were explained to the patient and that the patient consented: “The patient understands the risks of the procedureand consents in writing.”Lab tests: Relevant labs, such as the INR and CBC, chemistry.Anesthesia: Local with 2% lidocaine. Description of Procedure: Briefly describe the procedure,including sterile prep, anesthesia method, patient position,devices used, anatomic location of procedure, and outcome. Complications and Estimated Blood Loss (EBL):Disposition: Describe how the patient tolerated the procedure. Specimens: Describe any specimens obtained and labs testswhich were ordered. |
The discharge note should be written in the patient’s chart prior todischarge.
| Discharge Note |
|---|
| Date/time:Diagnoses:Treatment: Briefly describe treatment provided during hospitalization, including surgical procedures and antibiotictherapy.Studies Performed: Electrocardiograms, CT scans.Discharge Medications:Follow-up Arrangements: |
Patient's Name and medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) Record Number: Date of Admission: Date of Discharge: Admitting Diagnosis: Discharge Diagnosis: Attending or Ward Team Responsible for Patient: Surgical Procedures, Diagnostic Tests, Invasive Procedures: Brief History, Pertinent Physical Examination, and Laboratory
Data: Describe the course of the patient's disease up until thetime that the patient came to the hospital, including physicalexam and laboratory data.
Hospital Course: Describe the course of the patient's illness while in the hospital, including evaluation, treatment, medications, and outcome of treatment.
Discharged Condition: Describe improvement or deterioration inthe patient's condition, and describe present status of thepatient.
Disposition: Describe the situation to which the patient will bedischarged (home, nursing home), and indicate who will takecare of patient.
Discharged Medications: List medications and instructions for patient on taking the medications.
Discharged Instructions and Follow-up Care: Date of return for follow-up care at clinic; diet, exercise.
Problem List: List all active and past problems.
Copies: Send copies to attending, clinic, consultants.
-Oxygen 2-4 L/min by NC.
-Aspirin 325 mg PO, chew and swallow immediately, then aspirinEC 162 mg PO qd OR Clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg PO qd (if allergic to aspirin).
-Nitroglycerin 10 mcg/min infusion (50 mg in 250-500 mL D5W,100-200 mcg/mL). Titrate to control symptoms in 5-10 mcg/minsteps, up to 1-3 mcg/kg/min; maintain systolic BP >90 OR
-Nitroglycerin SL, 0.4 mg (0.15-0.6 mg) SL q5min until pain free(up to 3 tabs) OR -Nitroglycerin spray (0.4 mg/aerosol spray) 1-2 sprays under thetongue q 5min; may repeat x 2.
-Heparin 60 U/kg IV (max 4000 U) push, then 12 U/kg/hr (max1000 U/hr) by continuous IV infusion for 48 hours to maintainaPTT of 50-70 seconds. Check aPTTq6h x 4, then qd. RepeataPTT 6 hours after each heparin dosage change.
Thrombolytic Therapy (within first 6 hours of onset of chestpain)
Absolute Contraindications to Thrombolytics: Active internal bleeding, suspected aortic dissection, known intracranialneoplasm, previous intracranial hemorrhagic stroke at anytime, other strokes or cerebrovascular events within 1 year,head trauma, pregnancy, recent non-compressible vascularpuncture, uncontrolled hypertension (>180/110 mm Hg).
Relative Contraindications to Thrombolytics: Severe hypertension, cerebrovascular disease, recent surgery (within 2weeks), cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
A. Alteplase (tPA, tissue plasminogen activator, Activase):
B. Reteplase (Retavase):
C. Tenecteplase (TNKase): <60 kg 30 mg IVP60-69 kg 35 mg IVP70-79 kg 40 mg IVP80-89 kg 45 mg IVP$90 kg 50 mg IVP
C. Streptokinase (Streptase):
-Metoprolol (Lopressor) 5 mg IV q2-5min x 3 doses; then 25 mgPO q6h for 48h, then 100 mg PO q12h; hold if heart rate<60/min or systolic BP <100 mm Hg OR
-Atenolol (Tenormin), 5 mg IV, repeated in 5 minutes, followedby 50-100 mg PO qd OR
-Esmolol (Brevibloc) 500 mcg/kg IV over 1 min, then 50mcg/kg/min IV infusion, titrated to heart rate >60 bpm (max300 mcg/kg/min).
Angiotensin Converting Enzyme Inhibitor (within the first 24hours of onset of chest pain):
-Lisinopril (Zestril, Prinivil) 2.5-5 mg PO qd; titrate to 10-20 mgqd.
Long-Acting Nitrates:-Nitroglycerin patch 0.2 mg/hr qd. Allow for nitrate-free period toprevent tachyphylaxis.-Isosorbide dinitrate (Isordil) 10-60 mg PO tid [5,10,20, 30,40mg] OR -Isosorbide mononitrate (Imdur) 30-60 mg PO qd.
Aldosterone Receptor Blocker if EF <40%:
-Eplerenone (Inspra) 24 mg PO qd
-Spironolactone (Aldactone) 25 mg PO qd
Statins: -Rosuvastatin (Crestor) 10 mg PO qhs OR -Atorvastatin (Lipitor) 10 mg PO qhs OR -Pravastatin (Pravachol) 40 mg PO qhs OR -Simvastatin (Zocor) 40 mg PO qhs OR -Lovastatin (Mevacor) 20 mg PO qhs OR -Fluvastatin (Lescol)10-20 mg PO qhs.
11. Symptomatic Medications:
-Morphine sulfate 2-4 mg IV push prn chest pain.-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn head
ache. -Lorazepam (Ativan) 1-2 mg PO tid-qid prn anxiety-Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.-Docusate (Colace) 100 mg PO bid.-Ondansetron (Zofran) 2-4 mg IV q4h prn nausea or vomiting.-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO bid OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg qd.
Non-ST Segment Elevation MyocardialInfarction (NSTEMI) and Unstable Angina
1. Admit to: Coronary care unit
2. Diagnosis: Acute coronary syndrome 3 Condition:
-Oxygen 2-4 L/min by NC. -Aspirin 325 mg PO, chew and swallow immediately, then
aspirin EC 162 mg PO qd OR -Clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg PO qd (if allergic to aspirin) OR -Aspirin 325 mg to chew and swallow, then 81-162 mg PO qd
PLUS clopidogrel 300 mg PO x 1, then 75 mg PO qd.
-Nitroglycerin infusion 10 mcg/min infusion (50 mg in 250-500mL D5W, 100-200 mcg/mL). Titrate to control symptoms in5-10 mcg/min steps, up to 1-3 mcg/kg/min; maintain systolicBP >90 OR
-Nitroglycerin SL, 0.4 mg mg SL q5min until pain-free (up to 3tabs) OR -Nitroglycerin spray (0.4 mg/aerosol spray) 1-2 sprays underthe tongue q 5min; may repeat 2 times.
-Heparin 60 U/kg IV push, then 15 U/kg/hr by continuous IVinfusion for 48 hours to maintain aPTT of 50-70 seconds. Check aPTTq6h x 4, then qd. Repeat aPTT 6 hours aftereach dosage change.
Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa Blockers in High-Risk Patients and Thosewith Planned Percutaneous Coronary Intervention (PCI): -Eptifibatide (Integrilin) 180 mcg/kg IVP, then 2 mcg/kg/min for 48-72 hours OR -Tirofiban (Aggrastat) 0.4 mcg/kg/min for 30 min, then 0.1mcg/kg/min for 48-108 hours.
Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa Blockers for Use During PCI: -Abciximab (ReoPro) 0.25 mg/kg IVP, then 0.125 mcg/kg/minIV infusion for 12 hours OR -Eptifibatide (Integrilin) 180 mcg/kg IVP, then 2 mcg/kg/min for 18-24 hours. Beta-Blockers: Contraindicated in cardiogenic shock.
-Metoprolol (Lopressor) 5 mg IV q2-5min x 3 doses; then 25mg PO q6h for 48h, then 100 mg PO q12h; keep HR<60/min, hold if systolic BP <100 mm Hg OR
-Atenolol (Tenormin), 5 mg IV, repeated in 5 minutes, followedby 50-100 mg PO qd OR
-Esmolol (Brevibloc) 500 mcg/kg IV over 1 min, then 50mcg/kg/min IV infusion, titrated to heart rate >60 bpm (max300 mcg/kg/min).
Angiotensin Converting Enzyme Inhibitors:
-Lisinopril (Zestril, Prinivil) 2.5-5 mg PO qd; titrate to 10-20 mg
qd. -Benazepril (Lotensin) 10 mg qd OR -Rampril (Altace) 5-10 mg qd OR -Perindopril (Aceon) 4-8 mg qd.
Long-Acting Nitrates:
-Nitroglycerin patch 0.2 mg/hr qd. Allow for nitrate-free periodto prevent tachyphylaxis.-Isosorbide dinitrate (Isordil) 10-60 mg PO tid [5,10,20, 30,40mg] OR -Isosorbide mononitrate (Imdur) 30-60 mg PO qd.
Statins: -Rosuvastatin (Crestor) 10 mg PO qd OR -Atorvastatin (Lipitor) 10 mg PO qhs OR -Pravastatin (Pravachol) 40 mg PO qhs OR -Simvastatin (Zocor) 40 mg PO qhs OR -Lovastatin (Mevacor) 20 mg PO qhs OR -Fluvastatin (Lescol)10-20 mg PO qhs.
11. Symptomatic Medications:
-Morphine sulfate 2-4 mg IV push prn chest pain.-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn head
ache. -Lorazepam (Ativan) 1-2 mg PO tid-qid prn anxiety. -Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia. -Docusate (Colace) 100 mg PO bid. -Ondansetron (Zofran) 2-4 mg IV q4h prn N/V. -Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO bid OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg qd.
Congestive Heart Failure
9. Special Medications:
-Oxygen 2-4 L/min by NC.
Diuretics: -Furosemide (Lasix) 10-160 mg IV qd-bid or 20-80 mg POqAM-bid [20, 40, 80 mg] or 10-40 mg/hr IV infusion OR -Torsemide (Demadex) 10-40 mg IV or PO qd; max 200mg/day [5, 10, 20, 100 mg] OR -Bumetanide (Bumex) 0.5-1 mg IV q2-3h until response; then0.5-1.0 mg IV q8-24h (max 10 mg/d); or 0.5-2.0 mg PO qAM.-Metolazone (Zaroxolyn) 2.5-10 mg PO qd, max 20 mg/d; 30min before loop diuretic [2.5, 5, 10 mg].
ACE Inhibitors: -Quinapril (Accupril) 5-10 mg PO qd x 1 dose, then 20-80 mgPO qd in 1 to 2 divided doses [5, 10, 20, 40 mg] OR -Lisinopril (Zestril, Prinivil) 5-40 mg PO qd [5, 10, 20, 40 mg]OR -Benazepril (Lotensin) 10-20 mg PO qd-bid, max 80 mg/d [5,10, 20, 40 mg] OR -Fosinopril (Monopril) 10-40 mg PO qd, max 80 mg/d [10, 20mg] OR -Ramipril (Altace) 2.5-10 mg PO qd, max 20 mg/d [1.25, 2.5, 5,10 mg].-Captopril (Capoten) 6.25-50 mg PO q8h [12.5, 25,50,100 mg]OR -Enalapril (Vasotec) 1.25-5 mg slow IV push q6h or 2.5-20 mgPO bid [5,10,20 mg] OR -Moexipril (Univasc) 7.5 mg PO qd x 1 dose, then 7.5-15 mgPO qd-bid [7.5, 15 mg tabs] OR -Trandolapril (Mavik) 1 mg qd x 1 dose, then 2-4 mg qd [1, 2, 4mg tabs].
Angiotensin-II Receptor Blockers:-Irbesartan (Avapro) 150 mg qd, max 300 mg qd [75, 150, 300mg].-Losartan (Cozaar) 25-50 mg bid [25, 50 mg].-Valsartan (Diovan) 80 mg qd; max 320 mg qd [80, 160 mg].-Candesartan (Atacand) 8-16 mg qd-bid [4, 8, 16, 32 mg].-Telmisartan (Micardis) 40-80 mg qd [40, 80 mg].
Adosterone Receptor Blockers:
-Spironolactose (Aldactone) 25 mg PO qd
-Eplerenone (Inspra) 25 mg PO qd.
Beta-Blockers: -Carvedilol (Coreg) 1.625-3.125 mg PO bid, then slowly increase the dose every 2 weeks to target dose of 25-50 mgbid [tab 3.125, 6.25, 12.5, 25 mg] OR -Metoprolol (Lopressor) start at 12.5 mg bid, then slowly increase to target dose of 100 mg bid [50, 100 mg] OR -Bisoprolol (Zebeta) start at 1.25 mg qd, then slowly increaseto target of 10 mg qd [5,10 mg] OR -Metoprolol XL (Toprol XL) 50-100 mg PO qd.
Digoxin (Lanoxin) 0.125-0.25 mg PO or IV qd [0.125, 0.25, 0.5
mg].
Inotropic Agents:-Dobutamine (Dobutrex) 2.5-10 mcg/kg/min IV, max of 14mcg/kg/min (500 mg in 250 mL D5W, 2 mcg/mL) OR -Dopamine (Intropin) 3-15 mcg/kg/min IV (400 mg in 250 ccD5W, 1600 mcg/mL), titrate to CO >4, CI >2; systolic >90OR -Milrinone (Primacor) 0.375 mcg/kg/min IV infusion (40 mg in200 mL NS, 0.2 mg/mL); titrate to 0.75 mgc/kg/min;arrhythmogenic; may cause hypotension.
Vasodilators: -Nitroglycerin 5 mcg/min IV infusion (50 mg in 250 mL D5W).Titrate in increments of 5 mcg/min to control symptoms andmaintain systolic BP >90 mmHg.-Nesiritide (Natrecor) 2 mcg/kg IV load over 1 min, then 0.010mcg/kg/min IV infusion. Titrate in increments of 0.005mcg/kg/min q3h to max 0.03 mcg/kg/min IV infusion.
Potassium:
-KCL (Micro-K) 20-60 mEq PO qd if the patient is taking
loop diuretics.
Pacing:-Synchronized biventricular pacing if ejection fraction <40%and QRS duration >135 msec.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Morphine sulfate 2-4 mg IV push prn dyspnea or anxiety.-Heparin 5000 U SQ q12h or enoxaparin (Lovenox) 1 mg/kgSC q12h.-Docusate (Colace) 100-200 mg PO qhs.-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg qd.
Supraventricular Tachycardia
5. Activity: Bedrest with bedside commode.
6. Nursing
9. Special Medications:Attempt vagal maneuvers (Valsalva maneuver) before drugtherapy.
Cardioversion (if unstable or refractory to drug therapy):
Pharmacologic Therapy of Supraventricular Tachycardia:-Adenosine (Adenocard) 6 mg rapid IV over 1-2 sec, followedby saline flush, may repeat 12 mg IV after 2-3 min, up tomax of 30 mg total OR -Verapamil (Isoptin) 2.5-5 mg IV over 2-3 min (may give calcium gluconate 1 gm IV over 3-6 min prior to verapamil);then 40-120 mg PO q8h [40, 80, 120 mg] or verapamil SR120-240 mg PO qd [120, 180, 240 mg] OR -Esmolol(Brevibloc) 500 mcg/kg IV over 1 min, then 50mcg/kg/min IV infusion, titrated to HR of <80 (max of 300mcg/kg/min) OR -Diltiazem (Cardizem) 0.25 mg/kg IV over 2-5 minutes, followed by 5 mg/h IV infusion. Titrate to max 15 mg/h; thendiltiazem-CD (Cardizem-CD) 120-240 mg PO qd OR -Metoprolol (Lopressor) 5 mg IVP q4-6h; then 50-100 mg PObid, or metoprolol XL (Toprol-XL) 50-100 mg PO qd OR -Digoxin (Lanoxin) 0.25 mg q4h as needed; up to 1.0-1.5 mg;then 0.125-0.25 mg PO qd.
10.Symptomatic Medications:-Lorazepam (Ativan) 1-2 mg PO tid prn anxiety.
11.Extras: Portable CXR, ECG; repeat if chest pain. Cardiology
consult.
12.Labs: CBC, SMA 7 & 12, Mg, thyroid panel. UA.
Ventricular Arrhythmias
1. Ventricular Fibrillation and Tachycardia: -If unstable (see ACLS protocol): Defibrillate with unsynchronized 200 J, then 300 J.-Oxygen 100% by mask.-Lidocaine (Xylocaine) loading dose 75-100 mg IV, then 2-4mg/min IV OR
-Amiodarone (Cordarone) 300 mg in 100 mL of D5W, IV infusion over 10 min, then 900 mg in 500 mL of D5W, at 1mg/min for 6 hrs, then at 0.5 mg/min thereafter; or 400 mgPO q8h x 14 days, then 200-400 mg qd. -Also see “other antiarrhythmics” below.
2. Torsades de Pointes Ventricular Tachycardia:-Correct underlying causes, including hypomagnesemia, andhypokalemia, and consider discontinuing quinidine, procainamide, disopyramide, moricizine, amiodarone, sotalol,ibutilide, phenothiazine, haloperidol, tricyclic and tetracyclicantidepressants, ketoconazole, itraconazole, bepridil.-Magnesium sulfate 1-4 gm in IV bolus over 5-15 min, or infuse3-20 mg/min for 7-48h until QTc interval <440 msec.-Isoproterenol (Isuprel), 2-20 mcg/min (2 mg in 500 mL D5W,4 mcg/mL).-Consider ventricular pacing and/or cardioversion.
3. Other Antiarrhythmics:Class I:
-Moricizine (Ethmozine) 200-300 mg PO q8h, max 900 mg/d
[200, 250, 300 mg].
Class Ia: -Quinidine gluconate (Quinaglute) 324-648 mg PO q8-12h [324mg].-Procainamide (Procan, Procanbid)
IV: 15 mg/kg IV loading dose at 20 mg/min, followed by 2-4 mg/min continuous IV infusion. PO: 500 mg (nonsustained release) PO q2h x 2 doses, then Procanbid 1-2 gm PO q12h [500, 1000 mg].
-Disopyramide (Norpace, Norpace CR) 100-300 mg PO q6-8h[100, 150, mg] or disopyramide CR 100-150 mg PO bid[100, 150 mg].
Class Ib: -Lidocaine (Xylocaine) 75-100 mg IV, then 2-4 mg/min IV-Mexiletine (Mexitil) 100-200 mg PO q8h, max 1200 mg/d [150,200, 250 mg].-Tocainide (Tonocard) loading 400-600 mg PO, then 400-600mg PO q8-12h (1200-1800 mg/d) PO in divided doses q812h [400, 600 mg].-Phenytoin (Dilantin), loading dose 100-300 mg IV given as 50mg in NS over 10 min IV q5min, then 100 mg IV q5min prn.
Class Ic: -Flecainide (Tambocor) 50-100 mg PO q12h, max 400 mg/d[50, 100, 150 mg].-Propafenone (Rythmol) 150-300 mg PO q8h, max 1200 mg/d[150, 225, 300 mg].
Class II: -Propranolol (Inderal) 1-3 mg IV in NS (max 0.15 mg/kg) or 2080 mg PO tid-qid [10, 20, 40, 60, 80 mg]; propranolol-LA(Inderal-LA), 80-120 mg PO qd [60, 80, 120, 160 mg]-Esmolol (Brevibloc) loading dose 500 mcg/kg over 1 min, then50-200 mcg/kg/min IV infusion-Atenolol (Tenormin) 50-100 mg/d PO [25, 50, 100 mg].-Nadolol (Corgard) 40-100 mg PO qd-bid [20, 40, 80, 120, 160mg].-Metoprolol (Lopressor) 50-100 mg PO bid-tid [50, 100 mg], ormetoprolol XL (Toprol-XL) 50-200 mg PO qd [50, 100, 200mg].
Class III: -Amiodarone (Cordarone), PO loading 400-1200 mg/d in divided doses for 2-4 weeks, then 200-400 mg PO qd (5-10mg/kg) [200 mg] or amiodarone (Cordarone) 300 mg in 100mL of D5W, IV infusion over 10-20 min, then 900 mg in 500mL of D5W, at 1 mg/min for 6 hrs, then at 0.5 mg/min thereafter. -Sotalol (Betapace) 40-80 mg PO bid, max 320 mg/d in 2-3divided doses [80, 160 mg].
Hypertensive Emergencies
8. IV Fluids: D5W at TKO.
9. Special Medications:-Nitroprusside sodium 0.25-10 mcg/kg/min IV (50 mg in 250mL of D5W), titrate to desired BP-Labetalol (Trandate, Normodyne) 20 mg IV bolus (0.25mg/kg), then 20-80 mg boluses IV q10-15min, titrate todesired BP or continuous IV infusion of 1.0-2.0 mg/min,titrate to desired BP. Ideal in patients with thoracic or aorticabdominal aneurysm.-Fenoldopam (Corlopam) 0.01mcg/kg/min IV infusion. Adjustdose by 0.025-0.05 mcg/kg/min q15min to max 0.3mcg/kg/min. [10 mg in 250 mL D5W].-Nicardipine (Cardene IV) 5 mg/hr IV infusion, increase rate by
2.5 mg/hr every 15 min up to 15 mg/hr (25 mg in D5W 250mL).
-Enalaprilat (Vasotec IV) 1.25- 5.0 mg IV q6h. Do not use inpresence of acute myocardial infarction or bilateral renalstenosis.
-Esmolol (Brevibloc) 500 mcg/kg/min IV infusion for 1 minute,then 50 mcg/kg/min; titrate by 50 mcg/kg/min increments to300 mcg/kg/min (2.5 gm in D5W 250 mL).
-Clonidine (Catapres), initial 0.1-0.2 mg PO followed by 0.1 mgper hour until DBP <115 (max total dose of 0.8 mg).-Phentolamine (pheochromocytoma), 5-10 mg IV, repeated asneeded up to 20 mg.-Trimethaphan (Arfonad [dissecting aneurysm]) 2-4 mg/min IVinfusion (500 mg in 500 mL of D5W).
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn head
ache.
-Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
-Docusate sodium (Colace) 100-200 mg PO qhs.
Hypertension
I. Initial Diagnostic Evaluation of Hypertension
A. 15-Lead electrocardiography may document evidence ofischemic heart disease, rhythm and conduction disturbances, or left ventricular hypertrophy.
B. Screening labs. Complete blood count, glucose, potassium, calcium, creatinine, BUN, uric acid, and fasting lipidpanel.
C. Urinalysis. Glucose, protein, and hemoglobin.
D. Selected patients may require plasma renin activity, 24hour urine catecholamines.
B. Beta-Adrenergic Blockers
1. Cardioselective Beta-Blockers
2. Non-Cardioselective Beta-Blockers
C. Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors
D. Angiotensin Receptor Blockers
E. Calcium Entry Blockers
1. Diltiazem SR (Cardizem SR) 60-120 mg bid [60, 90, 120 mg] or Cardizem CD 180-360 mg qd [120, 180, 240, 300 mg].
Syncope
-Atropine 1 mg IV x 2.-Isoproterenol 0.5-1 mcg/min initially, then slowly titrate to 10mcg/min IV infusion (1 mg in 250 mL NS).-Transthoracic pacing. Drug-Induced Syncope:
-Discontinue vasodilators, centrally acting hypotensive agents,tranquilizers, antidepressants, and alcohol use.
Vasovagal Syncope:
-Scopolamine 1.5 mg transdermal patch q3 days.
Postural Syncope:-Midodrine (ProAmatine) 2.5 mg PO tid, then increase to 5-10mg PO tid [2.5, 5 mg]; contraindicated in coronary arterydisease. -Fludrocortisone 0.1-1.0 mg PO qd.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn headache. -Docusate sodium (Colace) 100-200 mg PO qhs.
Pulmonary Disorders
Asthma
9. Special Medications:
-Oxygen 2 L/min by NC. Keep O2 sat >90%.
Beta-Agonists, Acute Treatment:-Albuterol (Ventolin) 0.5 mg and ipratropium (Atrovent) 0.5 mgin 2.5 mL NS q1-2h until peak flow meter $200-250 L/min and sat $90%, then q4h OR -Levalbuterol (Xopenex) 0.63-1.25 mg by nebulization q6-8h prn.-Albuterol (Ventolin) MDI 3-8 puffs, then 2 puffs q3-6h prn, orpowder 200 mcg/capsule inhaled qid.-Albuterol/Ipratropium (Combivent) 2-4 puffs qid.
Systemic Corticosteroids:-Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol) 60-125 mg IV q6h; then 3060 mg PO qd. OR -Prednisone 20-60 mg PO qAM.
Aminophylline and Theophylline (second-line therapy):-Aminophylline load dose: 5.6 mg/kg total body weight in 100mL D5W IV over 20 min. Maintenance of 0.5-0.6 mg/kg ideal body weight/h (500 mg in 250 mL D5W); reduce if elderly,heart/liver failure (0.2-0.4 mg/kg/hr). Reduce load 50-75% iftaking theophylline (1 mg/kg of aminophylline will raise levels2 mcg/mL) OR -Theophylline IV solution loading dose 4.5 mg/kg total bodyweight, then 0.4-0.5 mg/kg ideal body weight/hr.-Theophylline (Theo-Dur) 100-400 mg PO bid (3 mg/kg q8h);80% of total daily IV aminophylline in 2-3 doses.
Maintenance Inhaled Corticosteroids (adjunct therapy):-Advair Diskus (fluticasone/salmeterol) one puff bid [doses of100/50 mcg, 250/50 mcg, and 500/50 mcg]. Not appropriatefor acute attacks. -Beclomethasone (Beclovent) MDI 4-8 puffs bid, with spacer 5min after bronchodilator, followed by gargling with water.-Triamcinolone (Azmacort) MDI 2 puffs tid-qid or 4 puffs bid.-Flunisolide (AeroBid) MDI 2-4 puffs bid.-Fluticasone (Flovent) 2-4 puffs bid (44 or 110 mcg/puff).
Maintenance Treatment: -Salmeterol (Serevent) 2 puffs bid; not effective for acuteasthma because of delayed onset of action.-Pirbuterol (Maxair) MDI 2 puffs q4-6h prn.
-Bitolterol (Tornalate) MDI 2-3 puffs q1-3min, then 2-3 puffs q4
8h prn. -Fenoterol (Berotec) MDI 3 puffs, then 2 bid-qid. -Ipratropium (Atrovent) MDI 2-3 puffs tid-qid.
Prevention and Prophylaxis:
-Cromolyn (Intal) 2-4 puffs tid-qid. -Nedocromil (Tilade) 2-4 puffs bid-qid. -Montelukast (Singulair) 10 mg PO qd. -Zafirlukast (Accolate) 20 mg PO bid. -Zileuton (Zyflo) 600 mg PO qid.
Acute Bronchitis -Ampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 1.5 gm IV q6h OR -Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 750 mg IV q8h OR -Cefuroxime axetil (Ceftin) 250-500 mg PO bid OR -Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim DS), 1 tab PO bid
OR
-Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg PO/IV PO qd [250, 500 mg].-Amoxicillin 875 mg/clavulanate 125 mg (Augmentin 875) 1 tabPO bid.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs. -Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg qd. -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn head
ache. -Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
9. Special Medications:
-Oxygen 1-2 L/min by NC or 24-35% by Venturi mask, keep O2saturation 90-91%.
Beta-Agonists, Acute Treatment:
-Albuterol (Ventolin) 0.5 mg and ipratropium (Atrovent) 0.5 mgin 2.5 mL NS q1-2h until peak flow meter $200-250 L/min, then q4h prn OR
-Levalbuterol (Xopenex) 0.63-1.25 mg by nebulization q6-8h
prn. -Albuterol (Ventolin) MDI 2-4 puffs q4-6h. -Albuterol/Ipratropium (Combivent) 2-4 puffs qid.
Maintenance Corticosteroids and Anticholinergics:
-Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol) 60-125 mg IV q6h or 3060 mg PO qd. Followed by:-Prednisone 20-60 mg PO qd.-Triamcinolone (Azmacort) MDI 2 puffs qid or 4 puffs bid.-Beclomethasone (Beclovent) MDI 4-8 puffs bid with spacer,
followed by gargling with water OR -Flunisolide (AeroBid) MDI 2-4 puffs bid OR -Ipratropium (Atrovent) MDI 2 puffs tid-qid OR -Fluticasone (Flovent) 2-4 puffs bid (44 or 110 mcg/puff).
Aminophylline and Theophylline (second line therapy):
-Aminophylline loading dose, 5.6 mg/kg total body weight over20 min (if not already on theophylline); then 0.5-0.6 mg/kgideal body weight/hr (500 mg in 250 mL of D5W); reduce ifelderly, or heart or liver disease (0.2-0.4 mg/kg/hr). Reduceloading to 50-75% if already taking theophylline (1 mg/kg ofaminophylline will raise levels by 2 mcg/mL) OR
-Theophylline IV solution loading dose, 4.5 mg/kg total bodyweight, then 0.4-0.5 mg/kg ideal body weight/hr.-Theophylline long acting (Theo-Dur) 100-400 mg PO bid-tid (3mg/kg q8h); 80% of daily IV aminophylline in 2-3 doses.
Acute Bronchitis
-Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Septra DS) 160/800 mg PO
bid or 160/800 mg IV q12h (10-15 mL in 100 cc D5W tid) OR -Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 750 mg IV q8h OR -Ampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 1.5 gm IV q6h OR -Doxycycline (Vibra-tabs) 100 mg PO/IV bid OR -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 500 mg x 1, then 250 mg PO qd x 4
or 500 mg IV q24h OR -Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 250-500 mg PO bid OR -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg PO/IV qd [250, 500 mg].
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs. -Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO bid OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg qd. -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn head
ache. -Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
Hemoptysis
9. Special Medications:-Transfuse 2-4 U PRBC wide open.-Promethazine/codeine (Phenergan with codeine) 5 cc PO q46h prn cough. Contraindicated in massive hemoptysis.-Initiate empiric antibiotics if bronchitis or infection is present.
Anaphylaxis
6. Nursing: O2 at 6 L/min by NC or mask. Keep patient inTrendelenburg's position, No. 4 or 5 endotracheal tube atbedside. Foley to closed drainage.
-Gastric lavage with normal saline until clear fluid if indicatedfor recent oral ingestion.-Activated charcoal 50-100 gm, followed by magnesium citrate6% solution 150-300 mL PO.
Bronchodilators: -Epinephrine (1:1000) 0.3-0.5 mL SQ or IM q10min or 1-4mcg/min IV OR in severe life-threatening reactions, give 0.5mg (5.0 mL of 1: 10,000 solution) IV q5-10min prn. Epinephrine, 0.3 mg of 1:1000 solution, may be injected SQ at site ofallergen injection OR -Albuterol (Ventolin) 0.5%, 0.5 mL in 2.5 mL NS q30min bynebulizer prn OR -Aerosolized 2% racemic epinephrine, 0.5-0.75 mL in 2-3 mLsaline nebulized q1-6h.
Corticosteroids: -Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol) 250 mg IV x 1, then 125 mgIV q6h OR -Hydrocortisone sodium succinate 200 mg IV x 1, then 100 mgq6h, followed by oral prednisone 60 mg PO qd, tapered over5 days.
Antihistamines: -Diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 25-50 mg PO/IV q4-6h OR -Hydroxyzine (Vistaril) 25-50 mg IM or PO q2-4h.-Cetrizine (Zyrtec) 5-10 mg PO qd.-Cimetadine (Tagamet) 300 mg PO/IV q6-8h.
Pressors and Other Agents:-Norepinephrine (Levophed) 8-12 mcg/min IV, titrate to systolic100 mm Hg (8 mg in 500 mL D5W) OR -Dopamine (Intropin) 5-20 mcg/kg/min IV.
Pleural Effusion
6. Diet: Regular.
9. Labs: CBC, SMA 7&12, protein, albumin, amylase, ANA, ESR,INR/PTT, UA. Cryptococcal antigen, histoplasma antigen, fungalculture.
Thoracentesis: Tube 1: LDH, protein, amylase, triglyceride, glucose (10 mL). Tube 2: Gram stain, C&S, AFB, fungal C&S (20-60 mL,heparinized).Tube 3: Cell count and differential (5-10 mL, EDTA).Syringe: pH (2 mL collected anaerobiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y, heparinized on ice).Bag or Bottle: Cytology.
Hematologic Disorders
Anticoagulant Overdose
Unfractionated Heparin Overdose:
Low-Molecular-Weight Heparin (Enoxaparin) Overdose:-Protamine sulfate 1 mg IV for each 1 mg of enoxaparin given.Repeat protamine 0.5 mg IV for each 1 mg of enoxaparin, ifbleeding continues after 2-4 hours. Measure factor Xa.
Warfarin (Coumadin) Overdose:-Gastric lavage with normal saline until clear fluid and activatedcharcoal if recent oral ingestion. Discontinue coumadin andheparin, and monitor hematocrit q2h.Partial Reversal: -Vitamin K (Phytonadione), 0.5-1.0 mg IV/SQ. Check INR in 24hours, and repeat vitamin K dose if INR remains elevated.Minor Bleeds: -Vitamin K (Phytonadione), 5-10 mg IV/SQ q12h, titrated todesired INR. Serious Bleeds: -Vitamin K (Phytonadione), 10-20 mg in 50-100 mL fluid IVover 30-60 min (check INR q6h until corrected) AND -Fresh frozen plasma 2-4 units x 1.-Type and cross match for 2 units of PRBC, and transfusewide open.-Cryoprecipitate 10 U x 1 if fibrinogen is less than 100mg/dL.
Labs: CBC, platelets, PTT, INR.
Deep Venous Thrombosis
-Heparin (unfractionated) 80 U/kg IVP, then 18 U/kg/hr IVinfusion. Check PTT 6 hours after initial bolus; adjust q6huntil PTT 1.5-2.0 times control (50-80 sec). Overlap heparinand warfarin (Coumadin) for at least 4 days and discontinueheparin when INR has been 2.0-3.0 for two consecutivedays OR
-Enoxaparin (Lovenox) outpatient: 1 mg/kg SQ q12h for DVTwithout pulmonary embolism. Overlap enoxaparin andwarfarin for 4-5 days until INR is 2-3.
-Enoxaparin (Lovenox) inpatient: 1 mg/kg SQ q12h or 1.5mg/kg SQ q24 h for DVT with or without pulmonary embolism. Overlap enoxaparin and warfarin (Coumadin) for atleast 4 days and discontinue heparin when INR has been2.0-3.0 for two consecutive days.
-Warfarin (Coumadin) 5-10 mg PO qd x 2-3 d; maintain INR2.0-3.0. Coumadin is initiated on the first or second day onlyif the PTT is 1.5-2.0 times control [tab 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6,7.5, 10 mg].
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Propoxyphene/acetaminophen (Darvocet N100) 1-2 tab POq3-4h prn pain OR -Hydrocodone/acetaminophen (Vicodin), 1-2 tab q4-6h PO prnpain.-Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs.-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg qd.-Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
Pulmonary Embolism
-Heparin IV bolus 5000-10,000 Units (100 U/kg) IVP, then1000-1500 U/h IV infusion (20 U/kg/h) [25,000 U in 500 mLD5W (50 U/mL)]. Check PTT 6 hours after initial bolus;adjust q6h until PTT 1.5-2 times control (60-80 sec). Overlap heparin and Coumadin for at least 4 days and discontinue heparin when INR has been 2.0-3.0 for two consecutive days.
-Enoxaparin (Lovenox) 1 mg/kg SQ q12h for 5 days for uncomplicated pulmonary embolism. Overlap warfarin as outlined above.
-Warfarin (Coumadin) 5-10 mg PO qd for 2-3 d, then 2-5 mgPO qd. Maintain INR of 2.0-3.0. Coumadin is initiated onsecond day if the PTT is 1.5-2.0 times control. Check INR atinitiation of warfarin and qd [tab 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.5, 10mg].
Thrombolytics (indicated for hemodynamic compromise):Baseline Labs: CBC, INR/PTT, fibrinogen q6h.Alteplase (recombinant tissue plasminogen activator,
Activase): 100 mg IV infusion over 2 hours, followed byheparin infusion at 15 U/kg/h to maintain PTT 1.5-2.5 xcontrol OR
Streptokinase (Streptase): Pretreat with methylprednisolone250 mg IV push and diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 50 mg IVpush. Then give streptokinase, 250,000 units IV over 30min, then 100,000 units/h for 24-72 hours. Initiate heparininfusion at 10 U/kg/hour; maintain PTT 1.5-2.5 x control.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Meperidine (Demerol) 25-100 mg IV prn pain. -Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs. -Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg qd.
Sickle Cell Crisis
5. Activity: Bedrest with bathroom privileges.
6. Nursing
9. Special Medications:
-Oxygen 2 L/min by NC or 30-100% by mask. -Meperidine (Demerol) 50-150 mg IM/IV q4-6h prn pain. -Hydroxyzine (Vistaril) 25-100 mg IM/IV/PO q3-4h prn pain. -Morphine sulfate 10 mg IV/IM/SC q2-4h prn pain OR -Ketorolac (Toradol) 30-60 mg IV/IM, then 15-30 mg IV/IM q6h
prn pain (maximum of 3 days).-Acetaminophen/codeine (Tylenol 3) 1-2 tabs PO q4-6h prn.-Folic acid 1 mg PO qd.-Penicillin V (prophylaxis), 250 mg PO qid [tabs 125,250,500
mg].-Ondansetron (Zofran) 4 mg PO/IV q4-6h prn nausea or vomiting.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia. -Docusate sodium (Colace) 100-200 mg PO qhs.
Vaccination:
-Pneumovax before discharge 0.5 cc IM x 1 dose. -Influenza vaccine (Fluogen) 0.5 cc IM once a year in the Fall.
Infectious Diseases
Meningitis
6. Nursing: Respiratory isolation, inputs and outputs, lumbarpuncture tray at bedside.
Empiric Therapy 15-50 years old:-Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h AND EITHER -Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 2 gm IV q12h (max 4 gm/d) OR
Cefotaxime (Claforan) 2 gm IV q4h.
Empiric Therapy >50 years old, Alcoholic, Corticosteroids or
Hematologic Malignancy or other Debilitating Condition:-Ampicillin 2 gm IV q4h AND EITHER -Cefotaxime (Claforan) 2 gm IV q6h OR
Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 2 gm IV q12h.-Use Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h in place of ampicillin if drug-resistant pneumococcus is suspected.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Dexamethasone (Decadron) 0.4 mg/kg IV q12h x 2 days tocommence with first dose of antibiotic. -Heparin 5000 U SC q12h or pneumatic compression stock
ings.-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h.-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 650 mg PO/PR q4-6h prn temp
>39°C. -Docusate sodium 100-200 mg PO qhs.
Lumbar Puncture: CSF Tube 1: Gram stain, C&S for bacteria (1-4 mL). CSF Tube 2: Glucose, protein (1-2 mL). CSF Tube 3: Cell count and differential (1-2 mL). CSF Tube 4: Latex agglutination or counterimmunoelectro
phoresis antigen tests for S. pneumoniae, H. influenzae
(type B), N. meningitides, E. coli, group B strep, VDRL,cryptococcal antigen, toxoplasma titers. India ink, fungalcultures, AFB (8-10 mL).
Infective Endocarditis
8. Special Medications: Subacute Bacterial Endocarditis Empiric Therapy:
-Penicillin G 3-5 million U IV q4h or ampicillin 2 gm IV q4h
AND
Gentamicin 1-1.5/mg/kg IV q8h.
Acute Bacterial Endocarditis Empiric Therapy-Gentamicin 2 mg/kg IV; then 1-1.5 mg/kg IV q8h AND Nafcillin or oxacillin 2 gm IV q4h OR Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h (1 gm in 250 mL of D5W over 1h).
Streptococci viridans/bovis:-Penicillin G 3-5 million U IV q4h for 4 weeks OR Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h for 4 weeks AND Gentamicin 1 mg/kg q8h for first 2 weeks.
Enterococcus: -Gentamicin 1 mg/kg IV q8h for 4-6 weeks AND Ampicillin 2 gm IV q4h for 4-6 weeks OR Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h for 4-6 weeks.
Staphylococcus aureus (methicillin sensitive, native valve):-Nafcillin or Oxacillin 2 gm IV q4h for 4-6 weeks OR Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h for 4-6 weeks AND Gentamicin 1 mg/kg IV q8h for first 3-5 days.
Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (native valve):-Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h (1 gm in 250 mL D5W over 1h) for4-6 weeks AND Gentamicin 1 mg/kg IV q8h for 3-5 days.
Methicillin-resistant Staph aureus or epidermidis (prostheticvalve):
-Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h for 6 weeks AND Rifampin 600 mg PO q8h for 6 weeks AND Gentamicin 1 mg/kg IV q8h for 2 weeks.
Culture Negative Endocarditis:-Penicillin G 3-5 million U IV q4h for 4-6 weeks OR Ampicillin 2 gm IV q4h for 4-6 weeks AND Gentamicin 1.5 mg/kg q8h for 2 weeks (or nafcillin, 2 gm IVq4h, and gentamicin if Staph aureus suspected in drugabuser or prosthetic valve).
Fungal Endocarditis:-Amphotericin B 0.5 mg/kg/d IV plus flucytosine (5-FC) 150mg/kg/d PO.
9. Symptomatic Medications:-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h.-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn temp>39N C. -Docusate sodium 100-200 mg PO qhs.
Pneumonia
9. Special Medications:-Oxygen by NC at 2-4 L/min, or 24-50% by Ventimask, or100% by non-rebreather (reservoir) to maintain O2 saturation >90%.
Moderately Ill Patients Without Underlying Lung Disease
From the Community:-Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 0.75-1.5 gm IV q8h OR Ampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 1.5 gm IV q6h AND EITHER -Erythromycin 500 mg IV/PO q6h OR Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 500 mg PO bid OR Azithromycin (Zithromax) 500 mg PO x 1, then 250 mg PO qdx 4 OR Doxycycline (Vibramycin) 100 mg IV/PO q12h.
Moderately Ill Patients With Recent Hospitalization or Debilitated Nursing Home Patient:
-Ceftazidime (Fortaz) 1-2 gm IV q8h OR Cefepime (Maxipime) 1-2 gm IV q12h AND EITHER Gentamicin 1.5-2 mg/kg IV, then 1.0-1.5 mg/kg IV q8h or 7
mg/kg in 50 mL of D5W over 60 min IV q24h OR -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 400 mg IV q12h or 500 mg PO q12h.
CritiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y Ill Patients:
-Initial treatment should consist of a macrolide with 2
antipseudomonal agents for synergistic activity: -Erythromycin 0.5-1.0 gm IV q6h AND EITHER -Cefepime (Maxipime) 20 mg IV q12h OR
Piperacillin/tazobactam (Zosyn) 3.75-4.50 gm IV q6h OR Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin) 3.1 gm IV q6h OR Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin) 0.5-1.0 gm IV q6h AND EI
THER -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg IV q24h OR Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 400 mg IV q12h OR
Tobramycin 2.0 mg/kg IV, then 1.5 mg/kg IV q8h or 7 mg/kg IVq24h.
Aspiration Pneumonia (community acquired):
-Clindamycin (Cleocin) 600-900 mg IV q8h (with gentamicin or3rd gen cephalosporin) OR -Ampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 1.5-3 gm IV q6h (with gentamicin or 3rd gen cephalosporin)
Aspiration Pneumonia (nosocomial):
-Tobramycin 2 mg/kg IV then 1.5 mg/kg IV q8h or 7 mg/kg in50 mL of D5W over 60 min IV q24h OR Ceftazidime (Fortaz) 1-2 gm IV q8h AND EITHER -Clindamycin (Cleocin) 600-900 mg IV q8h OR Ampicillin/sulbactam or ticarcillin/clavulanate, orpiperacillin/tazobactam or imipenem/cilastatin (see above)
OR
Metronidazole (Flagyl) 500 mg IV q8h.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 650 mg 2 tab PO q4-6h prn temp
>38°C or pain.-Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs.-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h.-Heparin 5000 U SQ q12h or pneumatic compression stockings.
Specific Therapy for Pneumonia
Pneumococcus: -Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 2 gm IV q12h OR -Cefotaxime (Claforan) 2 gm IV q6h OR -Erythromycin 500 mg IV q6h OR -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg IV q24h OR -Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h if drug resistance.
Staphylococcus aureus:-Nafcillin 2 gm IV q4h OR -Oxacillin 2 gm IV q4h.
Klebsiella pneumoniae:
-Gentamicin 1.5-2 mg/kg IV, then 1.0-1.5 mg/kg IV q8h or 7
mg/kg in 50 mL of D5W over 60 min IV q24h OR Ceftizoxime (Cefizox) 1-2 gm IV q8h OR Cefotaxime (Claforan) 1-2 gm IV q6h.
Methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (MRSA):
-Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h.
Vancomycin-Resistant Enterococcus:
-Linezolid (Zyvox) 600 mg IV/PO q12h; active against MRSAas well OR -Quinupristin/dalfopristin (Synercid) 7.5 mg/kg IV q8h (does notcover E faecalis).
Haemophilus influenzae:-Ampicillin 1-2 gm IV q6h (beta-lactamase negative) OR -Ampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 1.5-3.0 gm IV q6h OR -Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 1.5 gm IV q8h (beta-lactamase pos) OR -Ceftizoxime (Cefizox) 1-2 gm IV q8h OR -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 400 mg IV q12h OR -Ofloxacin (Floxin) 400 mg IV q12h.-Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg IV q24h.
Pseudomonas aeruginosa:
-Tobramycin 1.5-2.0 mg/kg IV, then 1.5-2.0 mg/kg IV q8h or 7
mg/kg in 50 mL of D5W over 60 min IV q24h AND EITHER -Piperacillin, ticarcillin, mezlocillin or azlocillin 3 gm IV q4h OR -Cefepime (Maxipime) 2 gm IV q12h.
Enterobacter Aerogenes or Cloacae:
-Gentamicin 2.0 mg/kg IV, then 1.5 mg/kg IV q8h AND EITHER Meropenem (Merrem) 1 gm IV q8h OR Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin) 0.5-1.0 gm IV q6h.
Serratia Marcescens: -Ceftizoxime (Cefizox) 1-2 gm IV q8h OR -Aztreonam (Azactam) 1-2 gm IV q6h OR -Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin) 0.5-1.0 gm IV q6h OR -Meropenem (Merrem) 1 gm IV q8h.
Mycoplasma pneumoniae:-Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 500 mg PO bid OR -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 500 mg PO x 1, then 250 mg PO qd
for 4 days OR -Erythromycin 500 mg PO or IV q6h OR -Doxycycline (Vibramycin) 100 mg PO/IV q12h OR -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg PO/IV q24h.
Legionella pneumoniae:-Erythromycin 1.0 gm IV q6h OR -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg PO/IV q24h.-Rifampin 600 mg PO qd may be added to erythromycin orlevofloxacin.
Moraxella catarrhalis:
-Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) one DS tab
PO bid or 10 mL IV q12h OR -Ampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 1.5-3 gm IV q6h OR -Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 0.75-1.5 gm IV q8h OR -Erythromycin 500 mg IV q6h OR -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg PO/IV q24h.
Anaerobic Pneumonia: -Penicillin G 2 MU IV q4h OR -Clindamycin (Cleocin) 900 mg IV q8h OR -Metronidazole (Flagyl) 500 mg IV q8h.
Pneumocystis Carinii Pneumonia andHIV
9. Special Medications:Pneumocystis Carinii Pneumonia:
-Oxygen at 2-4 L/min by NC or by mask.
-Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 15 mg ofTMP/kg/day (20 mL in 250 mL of D5W IVPB q8h) for 21days [inj: 80/400 mg per 5 mL].
-If severe PCP (PaO2 <70 mm Hg): add prednisone 40 mg PObid for 5 days, then 40 mg qd for 5 days, then 20 mg qd for11 days OR Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol) 30 mg IVq12h for 5 days, then 30 mg IV qd for 5 days, then 15 mg IVqd for 11 days.
-Pentamidine (Pentam) 4 mg/kg IV qd for 21 days, with prednisone as above. Pentamidine is an alternative if inadequateresponse or intolerant to TMP-SMX.
Pneumocystis Carinii Prophylaxis (previous PCP or CD4 <200,
or constitutional symptoms):-Trimethoprim/SMX DS (160/800 mg) PO qd OR -Pentamidine, 300 mg in 6 mL sterile water via Respirgard IInebulizer over 20-30 min q4 weeks OR -Dapsone (DDS) 50 mg PO bid or 100 mg twice a week; contraindicated in G-6-PD deficiency.
Antiretroviral Therapy:
A. Combination therapy with 3 agents (two nucleoside analogsand a protease inhibitor) is recommended as initial therapy.Nucleotide analogs are similar to nucleosides and may beused interchangeably. Combination of atazanavir plustenofovir or lamivudine plus abacavir plus tenofovir shouldbe avoided because of the risk of treatment failure.
B. Nucleoside Analogs
C. Protease Inhibitors
D. Non-Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors
E. Nucleotide Analogs
1. Tenofovir (Viread) 300 mg PO qd with food.Postexposure HIV Prophylaxis
A. The injury should be immediately washed and scrubbedwith soap and water.
B. Zidovudine 200 mg PO tid and lamivudine (3TC) 150 mgPO bid, plus indinavir (Crixivan) 800 mg PO tid for highest risk exposures. Treatment is continued for onemonth.
Zidovudine-Induced Neutropenia/Ganciclovir-InducedLeucopenia
-Recombinant human granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (GCSF, Filgrastim, Neupogen) 1-2 mcg/kg SQ qd until absolute neutrophil count 500-1000; indicated only if endogenous erythropoietin level is low.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn headache or fever. -Docusate sodium 100-200 mg PO qhs.
Diverticulitis
9. Special Medications:Regimen 1:
-Gentamicin or tobramycin 100-120 mg IV (1.5-2 mg/kg), then80 mg IV q8h (5 mg/kg/d) or 7 mg/kg in 50 mL of D5W over60 min IV q24h AND EITHER
Cefoxitin (Mefoxin) 2 gm IV q6-8h OR Clindamycin (Cleocin) 600-900 mg IV q8h.
Regimen 2:-Metronidazole (Flagyl) 500 mg q8h AND Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 250-500 mg PO bid or 200-300 mg IVq12h.
Outpatient Regimen:
-Metronidazole (Flagyl) 500 mg PO q6h AND EITHER Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid OR Trimethoprim/SMX (Bactrim) 1 DS tab PO bid.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Meperidine (Demerol) 50-100 mg IM or IV q3-4h prn pain.-Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs PO prn insomnia.
Lower Urinary Tract Infection
7. Diet: Regular
(160/800 mg) PO bid.-Norfloxacin (Noroxin) 400 mg PO bid.-Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 250 mg PO bid.-Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg IV/PO q24h.-Lomefloxacin (Maxaquin) 400 mg PO qd.-Enoxacin (Penetrex) 200-400 mg PO q12h; 1h before or 2h
after meals. -Cefpodoxime (Vantin) 100 mg PO bid. -Cephalexin (Keflex) 500 mg PO q6h. -Cefixime (Suprax) 200 mg PO q12h or 400 mg PO qd. -Cefazolin (Ancef) 1-2 gm IV q8h.
Complicated or Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection:
-Ceftizoxime (Cefizox) 1 gm IV q8h. -Gentamicin 2 mg/kg, then 1.5/kg q8h or 7 mg/kg in 50 mL of
D5W over 60 min IV q24h. -Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin) 3.1 gm IV q4-6h -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid. -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg IV/PO q24h.
Prophylaxis ($3 episodes/yr):
-Trimethoprim/SMX single strength tab PO qhs.
Candida Cystitis
-Fluconazole (Diflucan) 100 mg PO or IV x 1 dose, then 50 mgPO or IV qd for 5 days OR -Amphotericin B continuous bladder irrigation, 50 mg/1000 mLsterile water via 3-way Foley catheter at 1 L/d for 5 days.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Phenazopyridine (Pyridium) 100 mg PO tid. -Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs. -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn temp
>39N C. -Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
Pyelonephritis
9. Special Medications:
-Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (Septra) 160/800 mg (10 mLin 100 mL D5W IV over 2 hours) q12h or 1 double strengthtab PO bid.
-Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid or 400 mg IV q12h. -Norfloxacin (Noroxin) 400 mg PO bid. -Ofloxacin (Floxin) 400 mg PO or IV bid. -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg PO/IV q24h. -In more severely ill patients, treatment with an IV third-genera
tion cephalosporin, or ticarcillin/clavulanic acid, orpiperacillin/tazobactam or imipenem is recommended withan aminoglycoside.
-Ceftizoxime (Cefizox) 1 gm IV q8h. -Ceftazidime (Fortaz) 1 gm IV q8h. -Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin) 3.1 gm IV q6h. -Piperacillin/tazobactam (Zosyn) 3.375 gm IV/PB q6h. -Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin) 0.5-1.0 gm IV q6-8h. -Gentamicin or tobramycin, 2 mg/kg IV, then 1.5 mg/kg q8h or
7 mg/kg in 50 mL of D5W over 60 min IV q24h.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Phenazopyridine (Pyridium) 100 mg PO tid. -Meperidine (Demerol) 50-100 mg IM q4-6h prn pain. -Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs. -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn temp
>39N C.
-Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
Osteomyelitis
9. Special Medications:
Adult Empiric Therapy:-Nafcillin or oxacillin 2 gm IV q4h OR -Cefazolin (Ancef) 1-2 gm IV q8h OR -Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h (1 gm in 250 cc D5W over 1h). -Add 3rd generation cephalosporin if gram negative bacilli on
Gram stain. Treat for 4-6 weeks.
Post-Operative or Post-Trauma:-Vancomycin 1 gm IV q12h AND ceftazidime (Fortaz) 1-2 gm IV q8h.-Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin)(single-drug treatment) 0.5
1.0 gm IV q6-8h.-Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin)(single-drug treatment) 3.1
gm IV q4-6h.-Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500-750 mg PO bid or 400 mg IV q12h
AND
Rifampin 600 mg PO qd.
Osteomyelitis with Decubitus Ulcer:
-Cefoxitin (Mefoxin), 2 gm IV q6-8h. -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) and metronidazole 500 mg IV q8h. -Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin), 0.5-1.0 gm IV q6-8h. -Nafcillin, gentamicin and clindamycin; see dosage above.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Meperidine (Demerol) 50-100 mg IM q3-4h prn pain. -Docusate (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs. -Heparin 5000 U SQ bid.
Active Pulmonary Tuberculosis
8. Special Medications:
-Isoniazid 300 mg PO qd (5 mg/kg/d, max 300 mg/d) AND Rifampin 600 mg PO qd (10 mg/kg/d, 600 mg/d max) AND Pyrazinamide 500 mg PO bid-tid (15-30 mg/kg/d, max 2.5 gm)
AND
Ethambutol 400 mg PO bid-tid (15-25 mg/kg/d, 2.5 gm/d max).
-Empiric treatment consists of a 4-drug combination ofisoniazid (INH), rifampin, pyrazinamide (PZA), and eitherethambutol or streptomycin. A modified regimen is recommended for patients known to have INH-resistant TB. Treatfor 8 weeks with the four-drug regimen, followed by 18weeks of INH and rifampin.
-Pyridoxine 50 mg PO qd with INH.
Prophylaxis
-Isoniazid 300 mg PO qd (5 mg/kg/d) x 6-9 months.
Cellulitis
9. Special Medications:
Empiric Therapy Cellulitis-Nafcillin or oxacillin 1-2 gm IV q4-6h OR -Cefazolin (Ancef) 1-2 gm IV q8h OR -Vancomycin 1 gm q12h (1 gm in 250 cc D5W over 1h) OR -Erythromycin 500 IV/PO q6h OR -Dicloxacillin 500 mg PO qid; may add penicillin VK, 500 mg
PO qid, to increase coverage for streptococcus OR -Cephalexin (Keflex) 500 mg PO qid.
Immunosuppressed, Diabetic Patients, or Ulcerated Lesions:
-Nafcillin or cefazolin and gentamicin or aztreonam. Add
clindamycin or metronidazole if septic.-Cefazolin (Ancef) 1-2 gm IV q8h.-Cefoxitin (Mefoxin) 1-2 gm IV q6-8h.-Gentamicin 2 mg/kg, then 1.5 mg/kg IV q8h or 7 mg/kg in 50
mL of D5W over 60 min IV q24h OR aztreonam (Azactam) 1-2 gm IV q6h PLUS -Metronidazole (Flagyl) 500 mg IV q8h or clindamycin 900 mg
IV q8h.
-Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin) (single-drug treatment) 3.1 gm IV q4-6h.
-Ampicillin/Sulbactam (Unasyn) (single-drug therapy) 1.5-3.0 gm IV q6h.
-Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin) (single-drug therapy) 0.5-1 mg IV q6-8h.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Acetaminophen/codeine (Tylenol #3) 1-2 PO q4-6h prn pain.-Docusate (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs.-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn temp>39N C. -Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
9. Special Medications:-Cefotetan (Cefotan), 2 g IV q12h, or cefoxitin (Mefoxin, 2 g IVq6h) plus doxycycline (100 mg IV or PO q12h) OR -Clindamycin (Cleocin), 900 mg IV q8h, plus gentamicin (1-1.5mg/kg IV q8h)-Ampicillin-sulbactam (Unasyn), 3 g IV Q6h plus doxycycline(100 mg IV or PO Q12h)-Parenteral administration of antibiotics should be continued for 24 hours after clinical response, followed by doxycycline(100 mg PO BID) or clindamycin (Cleocin, 450 mg PO QID)for a total of 14 days.-Levofloxacin (Levaquin), 500 mg IV q24h, plus metronidazole(Flagyl, 500 mg IV q8h). With this regimen, azithromycin(Zithromax, 1 g PO once) should be given as soon as thepatient is tolerating oral intake.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 1-2 tabs PO q4-6h prn pain or tem
perature >38.5EC.
-Meperidine (Demerol) 25-100 mg IM q4-6h prn pain.
-Zolpidem (Ambien) 10 mg PO qhs prn insomnia.
11. Labs: beta-HCG pregnancy test, CBC, SMA 7&12, ESR. GCculture, chlamydia direct fluorescent antibody stain. UA withmicro, C&S, VDRL, HIV, blood cultures x 2. Pelvic ultrasound.
Gastrointestinal Disorders
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
meals) OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 15-30 mg PO qd [15, 30 mg caps]
OR
-Esomeprazole (Nexium) 20 or 40 mg PO qd OR
-Rabeprazole (Aciphex) 20 mg delayed-release tablet PO qd
OR
-Ranitidine (Zantac) 50 mg IV bolus, then continuous infusionat 12.5 mg/h (300 mg in 250 mL D5W at 11 mL/h over 24h)or 50 mg IV q8h OR
-Cimetidine (Tagamet) 300 mg IV bolus, then continuous infusion at 50 mg/h (1200 mg in 250 mL D5W over 24h) or 300mg IV q6-8h OR
-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV q12h.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Mylanta Plus or Maalox Plus 30 mg PO q2h prn.-Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) 100-250 mg PO or 100-200 mgIM/PR q6h prn nausea OR -Prochlorperazine (Compazine) 5-10 mg IM/IV/PO q4-6h or 25mg PR q4-6h prn nausea.
Peptic Ulcer Disease
9. Special Medications:-Ranitidine (Zantac) 50 mg IV bolus, then continuous infusionat 12.5 mg/h (300 mg in 250 mL D5W at 11 mL/h over 24h)or 50 mg IV q8h OR -Cimetidine (Tagamet) 300 mg IV bolus, then continuous infusion at 50 mg/h (1200 mg in 250 mL D5W over 24h) or 300mg IV q6-8h OR -Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV q12h OR -Pantoprazole (Protonix) 40 mg PO/IV q24h OR -Nizatidine (Axid) 300 mg PO qhs OR -Omeprazole (Prilosec) 20 mg PO bid (30 minutes prior tomeals) OR -Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 15-30 mg PO qd prior to breakfast[15, 30 mg caps].
Eradication of Helicobacter pylori
A. Bismuth, Metronidazole, Tetracycline, Ranitidine
B. Amoxicillin, Omeprazole, Clarithromycin (AOC)
C. Metronidazole, Omeprazole, Clarithromycin (MOC)
D. Omeprazole, Clarithromycin (OC)
E. Ranitidine-Bismuth-Citrate, Clarithromycin (RBC-C)
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Mylanta Plus or Maalox Plus 30 mg PO q2h prn.-Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) 100-250 mg PO or 100-200 mgIM/PR q6h prn nausea OR -Prochlorperazine (Compazine) 5-10 mg IM/IV/PO q4-6h or 25mg PR q4-6h prn nausea.
Gastrointestinal Bleeding
6. Nursing: Place nasogastric tube, then lavage with 2 L of roomtemperature normal saline, then connect to low intermittentsuction. Repeat lavage q1h. Record volume and character oflavage. Foley to closed drainage; inputs and outputs.
-Oxygen 2 L by NC.
-Pantoprazole (Protonix) 80 mg IV over 15min, then 8 mg/hr IVinfusion OR 80 mg IV q12h.
-Ranitidine (Zantac) 50 mg IV bolus, then continuous infusionat 12.5 mg/h [300 mg in 250 mL D5W over 24h (11 cc/h)],or 50 mg IV q6-8h OR
-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV q12h.-Vitamin K (Phytonadione) 10 mg IV/SQ qd for 3 days (if INR iselevated).
Esophageal Variceal Bleeds:-Somatostatin (Octreotide) 50 mcg IV bolus, followed by 50mcg/h IV infusion (1200 mcg in 250 mL of D5W at 11mL/h).Vasopressin/Nitroglycerine Paste Therapy:-Vasopressin (Pitressin) 20 U IV over 20-30 minutes, then 0.2
0.3 U/min [100 U in 250 mL of D5W (0.4 U/mL)] for 30 min,followed by increases of 0.2 U/min until bleeding stops ormax of 0.9 U/min. If bleeding stops, taper over 24-48h AND
-Nitroglycerine paste 1 inch q6h OR nitroglycerin IV at 10-30mcg/min continuous infusion (50 mg in 250 mL of D5W).
Cirrhotic Ascites and Edema
9. Special Medications:
-Diurese to reduce weight by 0.5-1 kg/d (if edema) or 0.25 kg/d(if no edema).-Spironolactone (Aldactone) 25-50 mg PO qid or 200 mg POqAM, increase by 100 mg/d to max of 400 mg/d.
-Furosemide (Lasix [refractory ascites]) 40-120 mg PO or IVqd-bid. Add KCL 20-40 mEq PO qAM if renal function isnormal OR
-Torsemide (Demadex) 20-40 mg PO/IV qd-bid. -Metolazone (Zaroxolyn) 5-10 mg PO qd (max 20 mg/d). -Captopril (Capoten) 6.75 mg PO q8h; increase to max 50 mg
PO q8h for refractory ascites caused by
hyperaldosteronism. -Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h. -Vitamin K 10 mg SQ qd for 3 days. -Folic acid 1 mg PO qd. -Thiamine 100 mg PO qd. -Multivitamin PO qd. Paracentesis: Remove up to 5 L of ascites if peripheral
edema, tense ascites, or decreased diaphragmatic excursion. If large volume paracentesis without peripheral edemaor with renal insufficiency, give salt-poor albumin, 12.5 gmfor each 2 liters of fluid removed (50 mL of 25% solution);infuse 25 mL before paracentesis and 25 mL 6h after.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Docusate (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs. -Lactulose 30 mL PO bid-qid prn constipation. -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn head
ache.
Paracentesis Ascitic Fluid Tube 1: Protein, albumin, specific gravity, glucose, bilirubin,
amylase, lipase, triglyceride, LDH (3-5 mL, red top tube).Tube 2: Cell count and differential (3-5 mL, purple top tube). Tube 3: C&S, Gram stain, AFB, fungal (5-20 mL); inject 20 mLinto bottle of blood culture at bedside. Tube 4: Cytology (>20 mL). Syringe: pH (2 mL).
Viral Hepatitis
8. Special Medications:
-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h. -Vitamin K 10 mg SQ qd for 3d. -Multivitamin PO qd.
9. Symptomatic Medications:
-Meperidine (Demerol) 50-100 mg IM q4-6h prn pain.-Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) 250 mg PO q6-8h prn pruritus ornausea q6-8h prn.-Hydroxyzine (Vistaril) 25 mg IM/PO q4-6h prn pruritus or nausea. -Diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 25-50 mg PO/IV q4-6h prn pruritus.
Cholecystitis and Cholangitis
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs
-Ticarcillin or piperacillin 3 gm IV q4-6h (single agent).
-Ampicillin 1-2 gm IV q4-6h and gentamicin 100 mg (1.5-2mg/kg), then 80 mg IV q8h (3-5 mg/kg/d) and metronidazole500 mg IV q8h.
-Imipenem/cilastatin (Primaxin) 1.0 gm IV q6h (single agent).
-Ampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 1.5-3.0 gm IV q6h (single agent).
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Meperidine (Demerol) 50-100 mg IV/IM q4-6h prn pain. -Hydroxyzine (Vistaril) 25-50 mg IV/IM q4-6h prn with
meperidine. -Omeprazole (Prilosec) 20 mg PO bid. -Heparin 5000 U SQ q12h. -Enoxaparin (Lovenox) 30 mg SQ q12h.
2. UA, INR/PTT.
Acute Pancreatitis
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, fingerstick glucose qid, guaiacstools. Foley to closed drainage.
-Ranitidine (Zantac) 6.25 mg/h (150 mg in 250 mL D5W at 11mL/h) IV or 50 mg IV q6-8h OR Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV q12h.
-Antibiotics are indicated for infected pancreatic pseudocysts orfor abscess. Uncomplicated pancreatitis does not requireantibiotics.
-Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin) 3.1 gm IV, orampicillin/sulbactam (Unasyn) 3.0 gm IV q6h or imipenem(Primaxin) 0.5-1.0 gm IV q6h.
-Heparin 5000 U SQ q12h.-Total parenteral nutrition should be provided until the amylaseand lipase are normal and symptoms have resolved.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Meperidine 50-100 mg IM/IV q3-4h prn pain.
Acute Gastroenteritis
9. Special Medications: Febrile or gross blood in stool or neutrophils on microscopic exam or prior travel:
-Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid OR -Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg PO qd OR -Trimethoprim/SMX (Bactrim DS) (160/800 mg) one DS tab PO
bid.
Specific Treatment of AcuteGastroenteritis
Shigella:
-Trimethoprim/SMX, (Bactrim) one DS tab PO bid for 5 days
OR -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid for 5 days OR -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 500 mg PO x 1, then 250 mg PO qdx 4.
Salmonella (bacteremia):-Ofloxacin (Floxin) 400 mg IV/PO q12h for 14 days OR -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 400 mg IV q12h or 750 mg PO q12h for
14 days OR -Trimethoprim/SMX (Bactrim) one DS tab PO bid for 14 days
OR
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 2 gm IV q12h for 14 days.
Campylobacter jejuni:-Erythromycin 250 mg PO qid for 5-10 days OR -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 500 mg PO x 1, then 250 mg PO qdx 4 OR -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid for 5 days.
Enterotoxic/Enteroinvasive E coli (Travelers Diarrhea):-Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid for 5-7 days OR -Trimethoprim/SMX (Bactrim), one DS tab PO bid for 5-7 days.
Antibiotic-Associated and Pseudomembranous Colitis (Clos
tridium difficile):-Metronidazole (Flagyl) 250 mg PO or IV qid for 10-14 days OR -Vancomycin 125 mg PO qid for 10 days (500 PO qid for 10-14 days, if recurrent).
Yersinia Enterocolitica (sepsis):
-Trimethoprim/SMX (Bactrim), one DS tab PO bid for 5-7 days
OR -Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 500 mg PO bid for 5-7 days OR -Ofloxacin (Floxin) 400 mg PO bid OR -Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 1 gm IV q12h.
Entamoeba Histolytica (Amebiasis):
Mild to Moderate Intestinal Disease: -Metronidazole (Flagyl) 750 mg PO tid for 10 days OR -Tinidazole 2 gm per day PO for 3 days Followed By: -Iodoquinol 650 mg PO tid for 20 days OR -Paromomycin 25-30 mg/kg/d PO tid for 7 days.
Severe Intestinal Disease: -Metronidazole (Flagyl)750 mg PO tid for 10 days OR -Tinidazole 600 mg PO bid for 5 days Followed By:-Iodoquinol 650 mg PO tid for 20 days OR -Paromomycin 25-30 mg/kg/d PO tid for 7 days.
Giardia Lamblia: -Quinacrine 100 mg PO tid for 5d OR -Metronidazole 250 mg PO tid for 7 days OR -Nitazoxanide (Alinia) 200 mg PO q12h x 3 days.
Cryptosporidium:-Paromomycin 500 mg PO qid for 7-10 days [250 mg] OR -Nitazoxanide (Alinia) 200 mg PO q12h x 3 days.
Crohn’s Disease
9. Special Medications:
-Mesalamine (Asacol) 400-800 mg PO tid or mesalamine(Pentasa) 1000 mg (four 250 mg tabs) PO qid OR -Sulfasalazine (Azulfidine) 0.5-1 gm PO bid; increase over 10days to 0.5-1 gm PO qid OR
-Olsalazine (Dipentum) 500 mg PO bid.-Infliximab (Remicade) 5 mg/kg IV over 2 hours; may repeatat 2 and 6 weeks
-Prednisone 40-60 mg PO qd OR -Hydrocortisone 50-100 mg IV q6h OR -Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol) 10-20 mg IV q6h. -Metronidazole (Flagyl) 250-500 mg PO q6h. -Vitamin B12, 100 mcg IM for 5d, then 100-200 mcg IM q month. -Multivitamin PO qAM or 1 ampule IV qAM. -Folic acid 1 mg PO qd.
Ulcerative Colitis
PO qid or enema 4 gm/60 mL PR qhs OR -Sulfasalazine (Azulfidine) 0.5-1 gm PO bid, increase over 10
days as tolerated to 0.5-1.0 gm PO qid OR -Olsalazine (Dipentum) 500 mg PO bid OR -Hydrocortisone retention enema, 100 mg in 120 mL saline bid.-Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol) 10-20 mg IV q6h OR -Hydrocortisone 100 mg IV q6h OR -Prednisone 40-60 mg PO qd.-B12, 100 mcg IM for 5d then 100-200 mcg IM q month.-Multivitamin PO qAM or 1 ampule IV qAM.-Folate 1 mg PO qd.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Loperamide (Imodium) 2-4 mg PO tid-qid prn, max 16 mg/d
OR
-Kaopectate 60-90 mL PO qid prn.
Enteral Nutrition
General Considerations: Daily weights, inputs and outputs,nasoduodenal feeding tube. Head-of-bed at 30E while enteral feeding and 2 hours after completion.
Enteral Bolus Feeding: Give 50-100 mL of enteral solution (Pulmocare, Jevity, Vivonex, Osmolite, Vital HN) q3h. Increaseamount in 50 mL steps to max of 250-300 mL q3-4h; 30 kcal of nonprotein calories/kg/d and 1.5 gm protein/kg/d. Before eachfeeding, measure residual volume, and delay feeding by 1h if>100 mL. Flush tube with 100 cc of water after each bolus.
Continuous enteral infusion: Initial enteral solution (Pulmocare,Jevity, Vivonex, Osmolite) 30 mL/hr. Measure residual volumeq1h for 12h then tid; hold feeding for 1h if >100 mL. Increaserate by 25-50 mL/hr at 24 hr intervals as tolerated until finalrate of 50-100 mL/hr. Three tablespoonfuls of protein powder(Promix) may be added to each 500 cc of solution. Flush tubewith 100 cc water q8h.
Special Medications:-Metoclopramide (Reglan) 10-20 mg IV/NG OR -Erythromycin 125 mg IV or via nasogastric tube q8h.-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h OR -Ranitidine (Zantac) 150 mg NG bid.
Symptomatic Medications:
-Loperamide (Imodium) 2-4 mg NG/J-tube q6h prn, max 16mg/d OR -Diphenoxylate/atropine (Lomotil) 1-2 tabs or 5-10 mL (2.5mg/5 mL) PO/J-tube q4-6h prn, max 12 tabs/d OR
-Kaopectate 30 cc NG or in J-tube q8h.Extras: CXR, plain abdominal x-ray for tube placement, nutrition consult.
Labs: Daily labs: SMA7, osmolality, CBC, cholesterol, triglyceride. SMA-12
Weekly labs when indicated: Protein, Mg, INR/PTT, 24hurine nitrogen and creatinine. Pre-albumin, retinol-bindingprotein.
Hepatic Encephalopathy
5. Allergies: Avoid sedatives, NSAIDS or hepatotoxic drugs.
6. Activity: Bed rest.
9. IV Fluids: D5W at TKO. 10.Special Medications:
-Sorbitol 70% solution, 30-60 gm PO now.-Lactulose 30-45 mL PO q1h for 3 doses, then 15-45 mL PObid-qid, titrate to produce 3 soft stools/d OR -Lactulose enema 300 mL added to 700 mL of tap water; instill
200-250 mL per rectal tube bid-qid AND -Neomycin 1 gm PO q6h (4-12 g/d) OR -Metronidazole (Flagyl) 250 mg PO q6h.-Ranitidine (Zantac) 50 mg IV q8h or 150 mg PO bid OR -Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h.-Flumazenil (Romazicon) 0.2 mg (2 mL) IV over 30 seconds
q1min until a total dose of 3 mg; if a partial response occurs,continue 0.5 mg doses until a total of 5 mg. Flumazenil mayhelp reverse hepatic encephalopathy, irrespective of benzodiazepine use.
-Multivitamin PO qAM or 1 ampule IV qAM. -Folic acid 1 mg PO/IV qd. -Thiamine 100 mg PO/IV qd. -Vitamin K 10 mg SQ qd for 3 days if elevated INR.
Alcohol Withdrawal
9. Special Medications:Withdrawal syndrome:
-Chlordiazepoxide (Librium) 50-100 mg PO/IV q6h for 3 days
OR
-Lorazepam (Ativan) 1 mg PO tid-qid.
Delirium tremens:
-Chlordiazepoxide (Librium) 100 mg slow IV push or PO, repeat q4-6h prn agitation or tremor for 24h; max 500 mg/d.Then give 50-100 mg PO q6h prn agitation or tremor OR
-Diazepam (Valium) 5 mg slow IV push, repeat q6h until calm,then 5-10 mg PO q4-6h.
Seizures: -Thiamine 100 mg IV push AND -Dextrose water 50%, 50 mL IV push.-Lorazepam (Ativan) 0.1 mg/kg IV at 2 mg/min; may repeat x 1
if seizures continue.
Wernicke-Korsakoff Syndrome:
-Thiamine 100 mg IV stat, then 100 mg IV qd.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Multivitamin 1 amp IV, then 1 tab PO qd. -Folate 1 mg PO qd. -Thiamine 100 mg PO qd. -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 1-2 PO q4-6h prn headache.
Toxicology
Poisoning and Drug Overdose
Decontamination: -Gastric Lavage: Place patient left side down, placenasogastric tube, and check position by injecting air andauscultating. Lavage with normal saline until clear fluid, thenleave activated charcoal or other antidote. Gastric lavage iscontraindicated for corrosives. -Cathartics:
-Magnesium citrate 6% solution 150-300 mL PO
-Magnesium sulfate 10% solution 150-300 mL PO.
-Activated Charcoal: 50 gm PO (first dose should be givenusing product containing sorbitol). Repeat q2-6h for largeingestions.
-Hemodialysis should be for isopropanol, methanol, ethyleneglycol, severe salicylate intoxication (>100 mg/dL), lithium,or theophylline (if neurotoxicity, seizures, or coma).
Antidotes: Narcotic Overdose:
-Naloxone (Narcan) 0.4 mg IV/ET/IM/SC, may repeat q2min.
Methanol Ingestion:-Ethanol (10% in D5W) 7.5 mL/kg load, then 1.4 mL/kg/hr IVinfusion until methanol level <20 mg/dL. Maintain ethanollevel of 100-150 mg/100 mL.
Ethylene Glycol Ingestion:-Fomepizole (Antizol) 15 mg/kg IV over 30 min, then 10 mg/kgIV q12h x 4 doses, then 15 mg/kg IV q12h until ethyleneglycol level is less than 20 mg/dL AND -Pyridoxine 100 mg IV q6h for 2 days and thiamine 100 mg IVq6h for 2 days.
Carbon Monoxide Intoxication: -Hyperbaric oxygen therapy or 100% oxygen by mask ifhyperbaric oxygen is not available.
Tricyclic Antidepressants Overdose:-Gastric lavage-Magnesium citrate 300 mg PO/NG x1.-Activated charcoal premixed with sorbitol 50 gm NG roundthe-clock until level is less than the toxic range.
Benzodiazepine Overdose:-Flumazenil (Romazicon) 0.2 mg (2 mL) IV over 30 secondsq1min until a total dose of 3 mg; if a partial response occurs,repeat 0.5 mg doses until a total of 5 mg. If sedation persists, repeat the above regimen or start a continuous IVinfusion of 0.1-0.5 mg/h.
Labs: Drug screen (serum, gastric, urine); blood levels, SMA 7,
fingerstick glucose, CBC, LFTs, ECG.
Acetaminophen Overdose
9. Special Medications:-Activated charcoal 30-100 gm doses, remove via nasogastricsuction prior to acetylcysteine.-Acetylcysteine (Mucomyst, NAC) 5% solution loading dose140 mg/kg via nasogastric tube, then 70 mg/kg via NG tubeq4h x 17 doses OR acetylcysteine 150 mg/kg IV in 200 mLD5W over 15 min, followed by 50 mg/kg in 500 mL D5W,infused over 4h, followed by 100 mg/kg in 1000 mL of D5Wover next 16h. Complete all NAC doses even ifacetaminophen levels fall below toxic range.-Phytonadione (Aquamephyton) 5 mg IV/IM/SQ (if INR increased).-Fresh frozen plasma 2-4 U (if INR is unresponsive toAquamephyton).-Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) 100-200 mg IM/PR q6h prn nausea.
Theophylline Overdose
6. Nursing: ECG monitoring until level <20 mcg/mL, aspirationand seizure precautions. Insert single lumen NG tube andlavage with normal saline if recent ingestion.
9. Special Medications:-Activated charcoal 50 gm PO round-the-clock, with sorbitolcathartic, until theophylline level <20 mcg/mL. Maintainhead-of-bed at 30-45 degrees to prevent aspiration of charcoal. -Charcoal hemoperfusion should be considered if the serumlevel is >60 mcg/mL or if signs of neurotoxicity, seizure, coma are present. -Seizure: Lorazepam (Ativan) 0.1 mg/kg IV at 2 mg/min; may
repeat x 1 if seizures continue.
Tricyclic Antidepressant Overdose
6. Nursing: Continuous suicide observation. ECG monitoring,measure QRS width hourly, inputs and outputs, aspiration andseizure precautions. Place single-lumen nasogastric tube andlavage with 2 liters of normal saline if recent ingestion.
-Activated charcoal premixed with sorbitol, 50 gm via NG tubeq4-6h round-the-clock until the TCA level decreases to therapeutic range. Maintain head-of-bed at 30-45 degree angle toprevent charcoal aspiration.
-Magnesium citrate 300 mL via nasogastric tube x 1 dose.
10. Protection Against Cardiac Toxicity:
-If mechanical ventilation is necessary, hyperventilate to maintain pH 7.50-7.55.
-Administer sodium bicarbonate 50-100 mEq (1-2 amps or 1-2mEq/kg) IV over 5-10 min, followed by infusion of sodiumbicarbonate (2 amps in D5W 1 L) at 100-150 cc/h. Adjust rateto maintain pH 7.50-7.55.
Neurologic Disorders
Ischemic Stroke
9. Special Medications:Ischemic Stroke <3 hours:
Completed Ischemic Stroke >3 hours:-Aspirin enteric coated 325 mg PO qd OR -Clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg PO qd OR -Aspirin 25 mg/dipyridamole 200 mg (Aggrenox) 1 tab PO bid
OR -Aspirin 325 mg PO qd PLUS Clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg PO qd
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h. -Omeprazole (Prilosec) 20 mg PO bid or qhs. -Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs -Bisacodyl (Dulcolax) 10-15 mg PO qhs or 10 mg PR prn. -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 650 mg PO/PR q4-6h prn temp
>38°C or headache.
Transient Ischemic Attack
9. Special Medications:-Aspirin 325 mg PO qd OR -Clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg PO qd OR -Aspirin 25 mg/dipyridamole 200 mg (Aggrenox) 1 tab PO bid.-Heparin (only if recurrent TIAs or cardiogenic orvertebrobasilar source for emboli) 700-800 U/h (12 U/kg/h)IV infusion without a bolus (25,000 U in 500 mL D5W);adjust q6-12h until PTT 1.2-1.5 x control.
-Warfarin (Coumadin) 5.0-7.5 mg PO qd for 3d, then 2-4 mgPO qd. Titrate to INR of 2.0-2.5.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h.-Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs.-Milk of magnesia 30 mL PO qd prn constipation.
Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
q1h for 12 hours, then q2h for 12 hours, then q4h. Call(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) physician if abrupt change in neurologic status. -Restrict total fluids to 1000 mL/day; diet as tolerated.
9. Special Medications:-Nimodipine (Nimotop) 60 mg PO or via NG tube q4h for 21d,must start within 96 hours. -Phenytoin (seizures) load 15 mg/kg IV in NS (infuse at max50 mg/min), then 300 mg PO/IV qAM (4-6 mg/kg/d) OR -Valproic acid (Depakene) 500-1000 mg IV q6h.
Hypertension:-Nitroprusside sodium, 0.1-0.5 mcg/kg/min (50 mg in 250 mLNS), titrate to control blood pressure OR -Labetalol (Trandate) 10-20 mg IV q15min prn or 1-2 mg/min IVinfusion.
Seizure and Status Epilepticus
9. Special Medications:Status Epilepticus:
6. Initial Control:
Lorazepam (Ativan) 6-8 mg (0.1 mg/kg; not to exceed 2mg/min) IV at 1-2 mg/min. May repeat 6-8 mg q5-10min(max 80 mg/24h) OR
Diazepam (Valium), 5-10 mg slow IV at 1-2 mg/min. Repeat 510 mg q5-10 min prn (max 100 mg/24h).Phenytoin (Dilantin) 15-20 mg/kg load in NS at 50 mg/min.Repeat 100-150 mg IV q30min, max 1.5 gm; monitor BP.
Fosphenytoin (Cerebyx) 20 mg/kg IV/IM (at 150 mg/min),then 4-6 mg/kg/day in 2 or 3 doses (150 mg IV/IM q8h).Fosphenytoin is metabolized to phenytoin; fosphenytoin maybe given IM.
If seizures persist, administer phenobarbital 20 mg/kg IV at50 mg/min, repeat 2 mg/kg q15min; additional phenobarbitalmay be given, up to max of 30-60 mg/kg.
7. If seizures persist, intubate the patient and give:
- Midazolam (Versed) 0.2 mg/kg IV push, then 0.045 mg/kg/hr;titrate up to 0.6 mg/kg/hr OR
-Propofol (Diprivan) 2 mg/kg IV push over 2-5 min, then 50mcg/kg/min; titrate up to 165 mcg/kg/min OR -Phenobarbital as above.
-Induce coma with pentobarbital 10-15 mg/kg IV over 1-2h,then 1-1.5 mg/kg/h continuous infusion. Initiate continuousEEG monitoring.
8. Consider Intubation and General Anesthesia Maintenance Therapy for Epilepsy: Primary Generalized Seizures – First-Line Therapy:
-Carbamazepine (Tegretol) 200-400 mg PO tid [100, 200 mg].Monitor CBC.
-Phenytoin (Dilantin) loading dose of 400 mg PO, followed by300 mg PO q4h for 2 doses (total of 1 g), then 300 mg POqd or 100 mg tid or 200 mg bid [30, 50, 100 mg].
-Divalproex (Depakote) 250-500 mg PO tid-qid with meals[125, 250, 500 mg].-Valproic acid (Depakene) 250-500 mg PO tid-qid with meals[250 mg].
Primary Generalized Seizures -- Second Line Therapy:-Phenobarbital 30-120 mg PO bid [8, 16, 32, 65, 100 mg].-Primidone (Mysoline) 250-500 mg PO tid [50, 250 mg]; metabolized to phenobarbital.-Felbamate (Felbatol) 1200-2400 mg PO qd in 3-4 divideddoses, max 3600 mg/d [400, 600 mg; 600 mg/5 mL susp];adjunct therapy; aplastic anemia, hepatotoxicity.-Gabapentin (Neurontin), 300-400 mg PO bid-tid; max 1800mg/day [100, 300, 400 mg]; adjunct therapy.-Lamotrigine (Lamictal) 50 mg PO qd, then increase to 50-250mg PO bid [25, 100, 150, 200 mg]; adjunct therapy .
Partial Seizure: -Carbamazepine (Tegretol) 200-400 mg PO tid [100, 200 mg].-Divalproex (Depakote) 250-500 mg PO tid with meals [125,250, 500 mg].-Valproic acid (Depakene) 250-500 mg PO tid-qid with meals[250 mg].-Phenytoin (Dilantin) 300 mg PO qd or 200 mg PO bid [30, 50,100].-Phenobarbital 30-120 mg PO tid or qd [8, 16, 32, 65, 100 mg].-Primidone (Mysoline) 250-500 mg PO tid [50, 250 mg]; metabolized to phenobarbital.-Gabapentin (Neurontin), 300-400 mg PO bid-tid; max 1800mg/day [100, 300, 400 mg]; adjunct therapy.-Lamotrigine (Lamictal) 50 mg PO qd, then increase to 50-250mg PO bid [25, 100, 150, 200 mg]; adjunct therapy.-Topiramate (Topamax) 25 mg PO bid; titrate to max 200 mgPO bid [tab 25, 100, 200 mg]; adjunctive therapy.
Absence Seizure:
-Divalproex (Depakote) 250-500 mg PO tid-qid [125, 250, 500
mg].-Clonazepam (Klonopin) 0.5-5 mg PO bid-qid [0.5, 1, 2 mg].-Lamotrigine (Lamictal) 50 mg PO qd, then increase to 50-250
mg PO bid [25, 100, 150, 200 mg]; adjunct therapy.
Endocrinologic Disorders
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
8. IV Fluids: 1-2 L NS over 1-3h ($16 gauge), infuse at 400-1000 mL/h untilhemodynamiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y stable, then change to 0.45% saline at125-150 cc/hr; keep urine output >30-60 mL/h.Add KCL when serum potassium is <5.0 mEq/L.Concentration.......20-40 mEq KCL/LUse K phosphate, 20-40 mEq/L, in place of KCL ifhypophosphatemic.Change to 5% dextrose in 0.45% saline with 20-40 mEqKCL/liter when blood glucose is 250-300 mg/dL.
9. Special Medications:
-Oxygen at 2 L/min by NC.
-Insulin regular (Humulin) 7-10 units (0.1 U/kg) IV bolus, then7-10 U/h IV infusion (0.1 U/kg/h); 50 U in 250 mL of 0.9%saline; flush IV tubing with 20 mL of insulin solution beforestarting infusion. Adjust insulin infusion to decrease serumglucose by 100 mg/dL or less per hour. When bicarbonatelevel is >16 mEq/L and the anion gap is <16 mEq/L, decrease insulin infusion rate by half.
-When the glucose level reaches 250 mg/dL, 5% dextroseshould be added to the replacement fluids with KCL 20-40mEq/L.
-Use 10% glucose at 50-100 mL/h if anion gap persists andserum glucose has decreased to less than 100 mg/dL whileon insulin infusion.
-Change to subcutaneous insulin when the anion gap hascleared; discontinue insulin infusion 1-2h after subcutaneous dose.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV q12h. -Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs.
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn headache.
Nonketotic Hyperosmolar Syndrome
6. Nursing: Input and output measurement. Foley to closeddrainage. Record labs on flow sheet.
-Insulin regular 2-3 U/h IV infusion (50 U in 250 mL of 0.9%
saline).
-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h OR
-Lansoprazole (Prevacid) 30 mg PO qd.
-Heparin 5000 U SQ q12h.
Nephrologic Disorders
Renal Failure
10. Special Medications:-Consider fluid challenge (to rule out pre-renal azotemia if notfluid overloaded) with 500-1000 mL NS IV over 30 min. Inacute renal failure, in-and-out catheterize and check postvoid residual to rule out obstruction. -Furosemide (Lasix) 80-320 mg IV bolus over 10-60 min,double the dose if no response after 2 hours to total max1000 mg/24h, or furosemide 1000 mg in 250 mL D5W at 2040 mg/hr continuous IV infusion OR -Torsemide (Demadex) 20-40 mg IV bolus over 5-10 min,double the dose up to max 200 mg/day OR -Bumetanide (Bumex) 1-2 mg IV bolus over 1-20 min; doublethe dose if no response in 1-2 h to total max 10 mg/day.-Metolazone (Zaroxolyn) 5-10 mg PO (max 20 mg/24h) 30 minbefore a loop diuretic.-Hyperkalemia is treated with sodium polystyrene sulfonate(Kayexalate), 15-30 gm PO/NG/PR q4-6h.-Hyperphosphatemia is controlled with calcium acetate(PhosLo), 2-3 tabs with meals.-Metabolic acidosis is treated with sodium bicarbonate to maintain the serum pH >7.2 and the bicarbonate level >20mEq/L. 1-2 amps (50-100 mEq) IV push, followed by infusion of 2-3 amps in 1000 mL of D5W at 150 mL/hr.-Adjust all medications to creatinine clearance, and removepotassium phosphate and magnesium from IV. AvoidNSAIDs and nephrotoxic drugs.
Nephrolithiasis
9. Special Medications:
-Cefazolin (Ancef) 1-2 gm IV q8h
-Meperidine (Demerol) 75-100 mg and hydroxyzine 25 mg
IM/IV q2-4h prn pain OR -Butorphanol (Stadol) 0.5-2 mg IV q3-4h.-Hydrocodone/acetaminophen (Vicodin), 1-2 tab q4-6h PO prn
pain OR -Oxycodone/acetaminophen (Percocet) 1 tab q6h prn pain OR -Acetaminophen with codeine (Tylenol 3) 1-2 tabs PO q3-4h
prn pain.-Ketorolac (Toradol) 10 mg PO q4-6h prn pain, or 30-60 mgIV/IM then 15-30 mg IV/IM q6h (max 5 days).-Zolpidem (Ambien) 10 mg PO qhs prn insomnia.
Hypercalcemia
8. Special Medications:-1-2 L of 0.9% saline over 1-4 hours until no longer hypotensive, then saline diuresis with 0.9% saline infused at 125 cc/h AND -Furosemide (Lasix) 20-80 mg IV q4-12h. Maintain urine outputof 200 mL/h; monitor serum sodium, potassium, magnesium.-Calcitonin (Calcimar) 4-8 IU/kg IM q12h or SQ q6-12h.-Etidronate (Didronel) 7.5 mg/kg/day in 250 mL of normalsaline IV infusion over 2 hours. May repeat in 3 days.-Pamidronate (Aredia) 60 mg in 500 mL of NS infused over 4hours or 90 mg in 1 liter of NS infused over 24 hours x onedose.
Hypocalcemia
-Calcium chloride, 10% (270 mg calcium/10 mL vial), give 5-10mL slowly over 10 min or dilute in 50-100 mL of D5W andinfuse over 20 min, repeat q20-30 min if symptomatic, orhourly if asymptomatic. Correct hyperphosphatemia beforehypocalcemia OR
-Calcium gluconate, 20 mL of 10% solution IV (2 vials)(90 mgelemental calcium/10 mL vial) infused over 10-15 min, followed by infusion of 60 mL of calcium gluconate in 500 cc ofD5W (1 mg/mL) at 0.5-2.0 mg/kg/h.
Chronic Hypocalcemia:-Calcium carbonate with vitamin D (Oscal-D) 1-2 tab PO tid OR -Calcium carbonate (Oscal) 1-2 tab PO tid OR -Calcium citrate (Citracal) 1 tab PO q8h or Extra strength Tums1-2 tabs PO with meals. -Vitamin D2 (Ergocalciferol) 1 tab PO qd.-Calcitriol (Rocaltrol) 0.25 mcg PO qd, titrate up to 0.5-2.0 mcgqid.-Docusate sodium (Colace) 1 tab PO bid.
Hyperkalemia
9. Special Medications:-Discontinue ACE inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor blockers,beta-blockers, potassium sparing diuretics.-Calcium gluconate (10% solution) 10-30 mL IV over 2-5 min;second dose may be given in 5 min. Contraindicated ifdigoxin toxicity is suspected. Keep 10 mL vial of calciumgluconate at bedside for emergent use.-Sodium bicarbonate 1 amp (50 mEq) IV over 5 min (give aftercalcium in separate IV).-Regular insulin 10 units IV push with 1 ampule of 50% glucose IV push.-Kayexalate 30-45 gm premixed in sorbitol solution PO/NG/PRnow and q3-4h prn.
-Furosemide 40-80 mg IV, repeat prn.-Consider emergent dialysis if cardiac complications or renalfailure.
Hypokalemia
8. Special Medications:Acute Therapy:
-KCL 20-40 mEq in 100 cc saline infused IVPB over 2 hours; oradd 40-80 mEq to 1 liter of IV fluid and infuse over 4-8hours.
-KCL elixir 40 mEq PO tid (in addition to IV); max total dose100-200 mEq/d (3 mEq/kg/d).
Chronic Therapy:-Micro-K 10 mEq tabs 2-3 tabs PO tid after meals (40-100mEq/d) OR -K-Dur 20 mEq tabs 1 PO bid-tid.
Hypokalemia with metabolic acidosis:-Potassium citrate 15-30 mL in juice PO qid after meals (1mEq/mL).-Potassium gluconate 15 mL in juice PO qid after meals (20mEq/15 mL).
Hypermagnesemia
8. Special Medications:-Saline diuresis 0.9% saline infused at 100-200 cc/h to replaceurine loss AND -Calcium chloride, 1-3 gm added to saline (10% solution; 1 gmper 10 mL amp) to run at 1 gm/hr AND -Furosemide (Lasix) 20-40 mg IV q4-6h as needed.-Magnesium of >9.0 mEq/L requires stat hemodialysis because of risk of respiratory failure.
Hypomagnesemia
6. Diet: Regular
7. Special Medications:-Magnesium sulfate 4-6 gm in 500 mL D5W IV at 1 gm/hr. Holdif no patellar reflex. (Estimation of Mg deficit = 0.2 x kgweight x desired increase in Mg concentration; give deficitover 2-3d) OR -Magnesium sulfate (severe hypomagnesemia <1.0) 1-2 gm(2-4 mL of 50% solution) IV over 15 min, OR -Magnesium chloride (Slow-Mag) 65-130 mg (1-2 tabs) PO tidqid (64 mg or 5.3 mEq/tab) OR -Milk of magnesia 5 mL PO qd-qid.
Hypernatremia
If volume depleted, give 1-2 L NS IV over 1-3 hours until notorthostatic, then give D5W IV to replace half of body waterdeficit over first 24hours (correct sodium at 1 mEq/L/h),then remaining deficit over next 1-2 days.
Body water deficit (L) = 0.6(weight kg)([Na serum]-140) 140
Hypernatremia with ECF Volume Excess: -Furosemide 40-80 mg IV or PO qd-bid.-Salt poor albumin (25%) 50-100 mL bid-tid x 48-72 h.
Hypernatremia with Diabetes Insipidus:
-D5W to correct body water deficit (see above).
-Pitressin 5-10 U IM/IV q6h or desmopressin (DDAVP) 4 mcg
IV/SQ q12h; keep urine specific gravity >1.010.
Hyponatremia
8. Special Medications:
Hyponatremia with Hypervolemia and Edema (lowosmolality <280 mOsm/L, UNa <10 mmol/L: nephrosis,heart failure, cirrhosis):
-Water restrict to 0.5-1.0 L/d.
-Furosemide 40-80 mg IV or PO qd-bid.
Hyponatremia with Normal Volume Status (low osmolality<280 mOsm/L, UNa <10 mmol: water intoxication; UNa >20:SIADH, diuretic-induced):
-Water restrict to 0.5-1.5 L/d.
Hyponatremia with Hypovolemia (low osmolality <280 mOsm/L)
UNa <10 mmol/L: vomiting, diarrhea, third space/respiratory/skin
loss; UNa >20 mmol/L: diuretics, renal injury, RTA, adrenal
insufficiency, partial obstruction, salt wasting:-If volume depleted, give 0.5-2 L of 0.9% saline over 1-2 hoursuntil no longer hypotensive, then 0.9% saline at 125 mL/h or100-500 mL 3% hypertonic saline over 4h.
Severe Symptomatic Hyponatremia: If volume depleted, give 1-2 L of 0.9% saline (154 mEq/L) over1-2 hours until no longer orthostatic.Determine volume of 3% hypertonic saline (513 mEq/L) to beinfused:
Na (mEq) deficit = 0.6 x (wt kg)x(desired [Na] - actual [Na])
Volume of solution (L) = Sodium to be infused (mEq)
Number of hrs (mEq/L in solution) x Number of hrs
-Correct half of sodium deficit intravenously over 24 hours untilserum sodium is 120 mEq/L; increase sodium by 12-20mEq/L over 24 hours (1 mEq/L/h).
-Alternative Method: 3% saline 100-300 mL over 4-6h, repeated as needed.
Hyperphosphatemia
8. Special Medications:Moderate Hyperphosphatemia:
-Restrict dietary phosphate to 0.7-1.0 gm/d.-Calcium acetate (PhosLo) 1-3 tabs PO tid with meals OR -Aluminum hydroxide (Amphojel) 5-10 mL or 1-2 tablets PO
before meals tid.
Severe Hyperphosphatemia:-Volume expansion with 0.9% saline 1-2 L over 1-2h.-Acetazolamide (Diamox) 500 mg PO or IV q6h.-Consider dialysis.
Hypophosphatemia
8. Special Medications: Mild to Moderate Hypophosphatemia (1.0-2.2 mg/dL):
-Sodium or potassium phosphate 0.25 mMoles/kg in 150-250mL of NS or D5W at 10 mMoles/h.-Neutral phosphate (Nutra-Phos), 2 tab PO bid (250 mg elemental phosphorus/tab) OR -Phospho-Soda 5 mL (129 mg phosphorus) PO bid-tid.
Severe Hypophosphatemia (<1.0 mg/dL):-Na or K phosphate 0.5 mMoles/kg in 250 mL D5W or NS, IVinfusion at 10 mMoles/hr OR -Add potassium phosphate to IV solution in place of maintenance KCL; max IV dose 7.5 mg phosphorus/kg/6h.
Rheumatologic Disorders
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
6. Activity: Up as tolerated with bathroom privileges
7. Nursing
Acute Gout Attack
for 2 days, then 25 mg PO tid OR -Ketorolac (Toradol) 30-60 mg IV/IM, then 15-30 mg IV/IM q6h
or 10 mg PO tid-qid OR -Naproxen sodium (Anaprox, Anaprox-DS) 550 mg PO bid OR -Methylprednisolone (SoluMedrol) 125 mg IV x 1 dose THEN -Prednisone 60 mg PO qd for 5 days, followed by tapering.-Colchicine 2 tablets (0.5 mg or 0.6 mg), followed by 1 tablet
q1h until relief, max dose of 9.6 mg/24h. Maintenancecolchicine: 0.5-0.6 mg PO qd-bid.
Hypouricemic Therapy:
-Probenecid (Benemid), 250 mg bid. Increase the dosage to500 mg bid after 1 week, then increase by 500-mg increments every 4 weeks until the uric acid level is below 6.5mg/dL. Max dose 2 g/d. Contraindicated during acute attack.
-Allopurinol (Zyloprim) 300 mg PO qd, may increase by 100300 mg q2weeks. Usually initiated after the acute attack.
9. Symptomatic Medications:
-Famotidine (Pepcid) 20 mg IV/PO q12h.-Meperidine (Demerol) 50-100 mg IM/IV q4-6h prn pain OR -Hydrocodone/acetaminophen (Vicodin), 1-2 tab q4-6h PO prn
pain.-Docusate sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO qhs.-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325-650 mg PO q4-6h prn head
ache. -Zolpidem (Ambien) 5-10 mg qhs prn insomnia.
10. Labs: CBC, SMA 7, uric acid. UA with micro. Synovial fluid forlight and polarizing micrography for crystals; C&S, Gram stain,glucose, protein, cell count. X-ray views of joint. 24-hour urine foruric acid.
PEDIATRICS
General Pediatrics
Pediatric History and Physical Examination
History
Identifying Data: Patient's name; age, sex. List the patient’s significant medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems. Name and relationship to child of informant (patient, parent). Chief Compliant: Reason given for seeking medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) care and the duration of the symptom(s). History of Present Illness (HPI): Describe the course of the patient's illness, including when it began, character of the symptom(s); aggravating or alleviating factors; pertinent positives and negatives. Past diagnostic testing. Past medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) History (PMH): Past diseases, surgeries, hospitalizations; medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems; history of asthma. Birth History: Gestational age at birth, preterm, obstetrical problems. Developmental History: Motor skills, language development, self- care skills. Medications: Include prescription and OTC drugs, vitamins, herbal products, natural remedies, nutritional supplements. Feedings: Diet, volume of formula per day. Immunizations: Up-to-date? Drug Allergies: Penicillin, codeine? Food Allergies: Family History: medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems in family, including the patient's disorder. Asthma, cancer, tuberculosis, allergies. Social History: Family situation, alcohol, smoking, drugs. Level of education.
Review of Systems (ROS):General: Weight loss, fever, chills, fatigue, night sweats. Skin: Rashes, skin discolorations. Head: Headaches, dizziness, seizures. Eyes: Visual changes.Ears: Tinnitus, vertigo, hearing loss. Nose: Nose bleeds, discharge.Mouth and Throat: Dental disease, hoarseness, throat pain.Respiratory: Cough, shortness of breath, sputum (color andconsistency).Cardiovascular: Dyspnea on exertion, edema, valvular disease. Gastrointestinal: Abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation.Genitourinary: Dysuria, frequency, hematuria.Gynecological: Last menstrual period (frequency, duration),age of menarche; dysmenorrhea, contraception, vaginal bleeding, breast masses.Endocrine: Polyuria, polydipsia.Musculoskeletal: Joint pain or swelling, arthritis, myalgias.Skin and Lymphatics: Easy bruising, lymphadenopathy. Neuropsychiatric: Weakness, seizures. Pain: quality (sharp/stabbing, aching, pressure), location,duration
Physical Examination
General appearance: Note whether the patient looks “ill,” well, or malnourished. Physical Measurements: weight, height, head circumference (plot on growth charts). Vital Signs: Temperature, heart rate, respiratory rate, blood pressure. Skin: Rashes, scars, moles, skin turgor, capillary refill (in seconds). Lymph Nodes: Cervical, axillary, inguinal nodes: size, tenderness. Head: Bruising, masses, fontanels. Eyes: Pupils: equal, round, and reactive to light and accommodation (PERRLA); extra ocular movements intact (EOMI). Funduscopy (papilledema, hemorrhages, exudates). Ears: Acuity, tympanic membranes (dull, shiny, intact, infected, bulging). Mouth and Throat: Mucus membrane color and moisture; oral lesions, dentition, pharynx, tonsils. Neck: Thyromegaly, lymphadenopathy, masses. Chest: Equal expansion, rhonchi, crackles, rubs, breath sounds. Heart: Regular rate and rhythm (RRR), first and second heart sounds (S1, S2); gallops (S3, S4), murmurs (grade 1-6), pulses (graded 0-2+). Breast: Discharge, masses; axillary masses. Abdomen: Bowel sounds, bruits, tenderness, masses; hepatomegaly, splenomegaly; guarding, rebound, percussion note (tympanic), suprapubic tenderness. Genitourinary: Inguinal masses, hernias, scrotum, testicles. Pelvic Examination: Vaginal mucosa, cervical discharge, uterine size, masses, adnexal masses, ovaries. Extremities: Joint swelling, range of motion, edema (grade 1-4+); cyanosis, clubbing, edema (CCE); pulses. Rectal Examination: Sphincter tone, masses, fissures; test for occult blood Neurological: Mental status and affect; gait, strength (graded 05), sensation, deep tendon reflexes (biceps, triceps, patellar, ankle; graded 0-4+). Labs: Electrolytes (sodium, potassium, bicarbonate, chloride, BUN, creatinine), CBC (hemoglobin, hematocrit, WBC count, platelets, differential); x-rays, ECG, urine analysis (UA), liver function tests (LFTs). Assessment (Impression): Assign a number to each problem and discuss separately. Discuss differential diagnosis and give reasons that support the working diagnosis; give reasons for excluding other diagnoses.
Plan: Describe therapeutic plan for each numbered problem,including testing, laboratory studies, medications.
Progress Notes
Daily progress notes should summarize developments in a patient's hospital course, problems that remain active, plans to treatthose problems, and arrangements for discharge. Progress notesshould address every element of the problem list.
| Example Progress Note |
|---|
| Date/time: Identify Discipline and Level of Education: e.g. Pediatricresident PL-3 Subjective: Any problems and symptoms of the patient shouldbe charted. Appetite, pain, or fussiness may be included.Objective:General appearance.Vitals, including highest temperature (Tmax) over past 24hours. Feedings, fluid inputs and outputs (I/O), includingoral and parenteral intake and urine and stool volume output.Physical exam, including chest and abdomen, with particular attention to active problems. Emphasize changes fromprevious physical exams.Labs: Include new test results and flag abnormal values.Current Medications: List all medications and dosages.Assessment and Plan: This section should be organized byproblem. A separate assessment and plan should be writtenfor each problem. |
Discharge Note
The discharge note should be written in the patient’s chart prior todischarge.
| Discharge Note |
|---|
| Date/time:Diagnoses:Treatment: Briefly describe treatment provided during hospitalization, including surgical procedures and antibiotic therapy.Studies Performed: Electrocardiograms, CT scans.Discharge Medications:Follow-up Arrangements: |
Prescription Writing
Developmental Milestones
| Age | Milestones |
| 1 month | Raises head slightly when prone; alerts to sound;regards face, moves extremities equally. |
| 2-3 months | Smiles, holds head up, coos, reaches for familiarobjects, recognizes parent. |
| 4-5 months | Rolls front to back and back to front; sits well when propped; laughs, orients to voice; enjoyslooking around; grasps rattle, bears some weighton legs. |
| 6 months | Sits unsupported; passes cube hand to hand;babbles; uses raking grasp; feeds self crackers. |
| 8-9 months | Crawls, cruises; pulls to stand; pincer grasp;plays pat-a-cake; feeds self with bottle; sits without support; explores environment. |
| 12 months | Walking, talking a few words; understands "no";says "mama/dada" discriminantly; throws objects;imitates actions, marks with crayon, drinks from a cup. |
| 15-18 months | Comes when Call(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)ed; scribbles; walks backward; uses 4-20 words; builds tower of 2 blocks. |
| 24-30 months | Removes shoes; follows 2 step command; jumpswith both feet; holds pencil, knows first and lastname; knows pronouns. Parallel play; points tobody parts, runs, spoon feeds self, copies parents. |
| 3 years | Dresses and undresses; walks up and downsteps; draws a circle; uses 3-4 word sentences;takes turns; shares. Group play. |
| 4 years | Hops, skips, catches ball; memorizes songs;plays cooperatively; knows colors; copies a circle;uses plurals. |
| 5 years | Jumps over objects; prints first name; knowsaddress and mother's name; follows game rules;draws three part man; hops on one foot. |
Immunizations Haemophilus Immunization
| Immunization Schedule for Infants and Children | ||
|---|---|---|
| Age | Immunizations | Comments |
| Birth - 2 mo | HBV | If mother is HbsAg positive orunknown status, the first dose of HBV should be given within 12hours of birth along with hepatitisB immune globulin 0.5 mL. |
| 1-4 mo | HBV | The second HBV dose should be given at least one month afterthe first dose. For infants of HbsAg positive or unknown status mothers, the second dose should be given at 1-2 months of age. |
| 2 mo | DTaP, Hib, IPV, PCV | DTP and Hib are available combined as Tetramune. The pneumococcal vaccine recommendation is new for 2001. |
| 4 mo | DTaP, Hib, IPV, PCV | |
| 6 mo | DTaP, (Hib), PCV | Dose 3 of Hib is not indicated if the product for doses 1 and 2was PedvaxHIB. |
| 6-18 mo | HBV, IPV | The third HBV dose should be administered at least 4 months after the first dose and at least 2 months after the second dose. For infants of HbsAg positive orunknown status mothers, the third dose should be given at 6months of age. |
| 12-15 mo 12-18 mo | Hib, PCV, MMR VAR | Tuberculin testing may be doneat the same visit if indicated. Varicella vaccine is recommended in children who do not have a reliable history of havinghad the clinical disease. |
| 15-18 mo | DTaP | The 4th dose of DTaP should be given 6-12 mo after the thirddose of DTaP and may be givenas early as 12 mo, provided thatthe interval between doses 3 and 4 is at least 6 mo. |
| 4-6 yr | DTaP, IPV, MMR | DTaP and IPV should be givenat or before school entry. DTaPshould not be given after the 7thbirthday |
| 11-12 yr | MMR | Omit if MMR dose was given atage 4-6 years. |
| 14-16 yr | Td | Repeat every 10 yrs throughoutlife |
| HBV = Hepatitis B virus vaccine; DTaP = diphtheria and tetanus toxoidsand acellular pertussis vaccine; Hib = Haemophilus influenzae type bconjugate vaccine; IPV = inactivated polio vaccine; MMR = live measles, mumps, and rubella viruses vaccine; PCV = pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (Prevnar); Td = adult tetanus toxoid (full dose) and diphtheria toxoid (reduced dose), for children >7 yr and adults; VAR =varicella virus vaccine | ||
| Recommended Schedule for Children Younger than 7Years Not Immunized in the First Year of Life | ||
|---|---|---|
| Age | Immunizations | Comments |
| First visit | DTaP, (Hib), HBV,MMR, IPV, (PCV),VAR | If indicated, tuberculin testingmay be done at the samevisit. If child is >5 years, Hib is notindicated. PCV recommended for all children < 2 yrs or 2459 months of age and at highrisk for invasive pneumococcal disease (e.g.sickle cell anemia, HIV, immunocompromised).Varicella vaccine if child has not had varicella disease. |
| Interval after 1st visit 1 month 2 months >8 months | DTaP, HBV DTaP, Hib, IPV, (PCV)DTaP, HBV, IPV | Second dose of Hib is indicated only if first dose wasreceived when <15 months. Second dose of PCV 6-8 weeks after first dose (if criteria met above). |
| 4-6 years (at or before school entry) | DTaP, IPV, MMR | DTaP is not necessary if thefourth dose was given afterthe fourth birthday. IPV is notnecessary if the third dosewas given after the fourthbirthday. |
| 11-12 yr | MMR | MMR should be given at entryto middle school or junior highschool if it wasn’t given at age4-6 years. |
| 10 yr later | Td | Repeat every 10 yrs |
| HBV = Hepatitis B virus vaccine; DTaP = diphtheria and tetanus toxoidsand acellular pertussis vaccine; Hib = Haemophilus influenzae type bconjugate vaccine; IPV = inactivated polio vaccine; MMR = live measles, mumps, and rubella viruses vaccine; PCV = pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (Prevnar); Td = adult tetanus toxoid (full dose) and diphtheria toxoid (reduced dose), for children >7 yr and adults; VAR =varicella virus vaccine | ||
| Recommended Schedule for Children >7 Years Who Were Not Immunized Previously | ||
|---|---|---|
| Age | Immunizations | Comments |
| First visit | HBV, IPV, MMR, Td, VAR | Varicella vaccine if child has not had varicella disease. |
| Interval after First visit 2 months 8-14 months | HBV, IPV, Td, VAR, MMR HBV, Td, IPV | If child is >13 years old, asecond varicella vaccine dose is needed 4-8 weeks after the first dose. |
| 11-12 yrs old | MMR | Omit if MMR dose was given at age 4-6 years. |
| 10 yr later | Td | Repeat every 10 years |
| HBV = Hepatitis B virus vaccine; DTaP = diphtheria and tetanus toxoidsand acellular pertussis vaccine; Hib = Haemophilus influenzae type bconjugate vaccine; IPV = inactivated polio vaccine; MMR = live measles, mumps, and rubella viruses vaccine; PCV = pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (Prevnar); Td = adult tetanus toxoid (full dose) and diphtheria toxoid (reduced dose), for children >7 yr and adults; VAR =varicella virus vaccine | ||
| H influenzae type b Vaccination in Children ImmunizedBeginning at 2 to 6 Months of Age | ||
|---|---|---|
| Vaccine Product | Total Number of Doses | Regimens |
| PedvaxHIB (PRP-OMP) | 3 | 2 doses two months apart plusbooster at 12-15 months which must be at least two months after previous dose. Any vaccine maybe used for the booster. |
| HibTITER (HbOC),ActHIB (PRPT), OmniHIB(PRP-T) | 4 | 3 doses two months apart plusbooster at 12-15 months which must be at least two months after previous dose. Any vaccine maybe used for the booster. |
| H influenzae type b Vaccination When the Initial Vaccination was Delayed Until 7 Months of Age or Older | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Age at Initiation | Vaccine Product | Total Doses | Regimens |
| 7-11 mo | any vaccine(PedvaxHIBor HibTITER or ActHIB or OmniHIB) | 3 | 2 doses at 2month intervals plus booster at12-18 months (atleast 2 months after previousdose) |
| 12-14 mo | any vaccine | 2 | 2 doses 2 months apart |
| 15-59 mo | any vaccine | 1 | Single dose ofany product |
| >5 years | Any vaccine | 1 | Only recommended for children with chronic illness known to be associated with an increased risk for H flu disease. |
Varicella Immunization
Indications for Varicella Immunization:
A. Age 12 to 18 months: One dose of varicella vaccine isrecommended for universal immunization for all health(Buy now from <a href="http://www.drugswell.com/wow/index.php">http://www.drugswell.com</a>)ychildren who lack a reliable history of varicella.
B. Age 19 months to the 13th birthday: Vaccination of suscepti
ble children is recommended and may be given any timeduring childhood but before the 13th birthday because of thepotential increased severity of natural varicella after thisage. Susceptible is defined by either lack of proof of eithervaricella vaccination or a reliable history of varicella. Onedose is recommended.
C. health(Buy now from <a href="http://www.drugswell.com/wow/index.php">http://www.drugswell.com</a>)y adolescents and young adults: health(Buy now from <a href="http://www.drugswell.com/wow/index.php">http://www.drugswell.com</a>)y adolescentspast their 13th birthday who have not been immunized previously and have no history of varicella infection should beimmunized against varicella by administration of two dosesof vaccine 4 to 8 weeks apart. Longer intervals betweendoses do not necessitate a third dose, but may leave theindividual unprotected during the intervening months.
D. All susceptible children aged 1 year to 18 years old who arein direct contact with people at high risk for varicella relatedcomplications (eg, immunocompromised individuals) andwho have not had a documented case of varicella.
Influenza Immunization
Indications for Influenza Vaccination
A. Targeted high-risk children and adolescents (eg, chronicpulmonary disease including asthma, sickle cell anemia,HIV infection).
B. Other high-risk children and adolescents (eg, diabetesmellitus, chronic renal disease, chronic metabolic disease).
C. Close contacts of high risk patients.
D. Foreign travel if exposure is likely.Vaccine Administration. Administer in the Fall, usually October1 - November 15, before the start of the influenza season.
| Influenza Immunization Administration | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Age | Vaccine Type | Dosage(mL) | Number of Doses |
| 6-35 months | Split virusonly | 0.25 | 1-2* |
| 3-8 yrs | Split virusonly | 0.5 | 1-2* |
| 9-12 yrs | Split virusonly | 0.5 | 1 |
| > 12 yrs | Whole or split virus | 0.5 | 1 |
| *Two doses administered at least one month apart are recommended for children who are receiving influenza vaccine forthe first time. | |||
Pediatric Symptomatic Care
Antipyretics
Analgesics/Antipyretics:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-20 mg/kg/dose PO/PR q4-6h,max 5 doses/day or 80 mg/kg/day or 4 gm/day (whichever issmaller) OR
-Acetaminophen dose by age (if weight appropriate for age):
AGE: mg/dose PO/PR q4-6h prn:
0-3 mo 40 mg/dose 4-11 mo 80 mg/dose 1-2 yr 120 mg/dose 2-3 yr 160 mg/dose 4-5 yr 240 mg/dose 6-8 yr 320 mg/dose 9-10 yr 400 mg/dose 11-12 yr 480 mg/dose >12 yr 325-650 mg/dose
-Preparations: caplets: 160, 500 mg; caplet, ER: 650 mg; drops:80 mg/0.8 mL; elixir: 80 mg/2.5 mL, 80 mg/5 mL, 120 mg/5mL, 160 mg/5 mL, 325 mg/5 mL, 500 mg/15 mL; suppositories: 80, 120, 325, 650 mg; tabs: 325, 500 mg; tabs, chewable: 80, 120, 160 mg.
-Ibuprofen (Motrin, Advil, Nuprin, Medipren, Children's Motrin)Analgesic: 4-10 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8h prnAntipyretic: 5-10 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8h.
-Preparations: cap: 200 mg; caplet: 100 mg; oral drops: 40mg/mL; susp: 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600,800 mg; tabs, chewable: 50, 100 mg. May cause GI distress,bleeding.
Antitussives, Decongestants, Expectorants, and Antihistamines
Antihistamines:
-Brompheniramine (Dimetane) [elixir: 2 mg/5 mL; tab: 4, 8, 12mg; tab, SR: 8, 12 mg]< 6 yr: 0.5 mg/kg/day PO q6h prn (max 8 mg/day)6-11 yr: 2-4 mg PO q6-8h >12 yr: 4-8 mg PO q4-6h or 8 mg SR PO q8-12h or 12 mg
SR PO q12h (max 24 mg/day).
-Chlorpheniramine (Chlor-Trimeton) [cap, SR: 8, 12 mg; syrup2mg/5mL; tabs: 4, 8, 12 mg; tab, chew: 2 mg; tab, SR: 8, 12mg]
2-5 yr: 1 mg PO q4-6h prn6-11 yr: 2 mg PO q4-6h prn > 12 yr: 4 mg PO q4-6h prn or 8-12 mg SR PO q8-12h
Antitussives (Pure) - Dextromethorphan:
-Benylin DM Cough Syrup [syrup: 10 mg/5mL] -Benylin Pediatric [syrup: 37.5mg/5mL] -Robitussin Pediatric [syrup: 7.5 mg/5mL] -Vick’s Formula 44 Pediatric Formula [syrup: 3 mg/5mL] 2-5 yr: 2.5-5 mg PO q4h prn or 7.5 mg PO q6-8h prn 6-11 yr 5-10 mg PO q4h prn or 15 mg PO q6-8h prn >12 yr: 10-20 mg PO q4h prn or 30 mg PO q6-8h prn.
Expectorants:
-Guaifenesin (Robitussin) [syrup: 100 mg/5 mL] <2 yr: 12 mg/kg/day PO q4-6h prn 2-5 yr: 50-100 mg PO q4h prn (max 600 mg/day) 6-11 yr: 100-200 mg PO q4h prn (max 1.2 gm/day)
>12 yr: 100-400 mg PO q4h prn (max 2.4 gm/day) May irritate gastric mucosa; take with large quantities of fluids.Decongestants:
-Pseudoephedrine (Sudafed, Novafed): [cap: 60 mg; cap, SR:120, 240 mg; drops: 7.5 mg/0.8 mL; syrup: 15 mg/5 mL,30 mg/5 mL; tabs: 30, 60 mg].<2 yr: 4 mg/kg/day PO q6h.2-5 yr: 15 mg po q6h6-11 yr: 30 mg po q6h>12 yr: 30-60 mg/dose PO q6h or sustained release 120mg PO q12h or sustained release 240 mg PO q24h.
-Phenylephrine (Neo-synephrine) [nasal drops: 1/4, 1/2, 1%;nasal spray: 1/4, 1/2, 1%].Children: Use 1/4 % spray or drops, 1-2 drops/spray ineach nostril q3-4h.
Adults: Use 1/4-1/2% drops/spray, 1-2 drops/sprays in eachnostril q3-4h Discontinue use after 3 days to avoid rebound congestion.
Combination Products:
-Actifed [per cap or tab or 10 mL syrup: Triprolidine 2.5 mg,Pseudoephedrine 60 mg].4 mth-2 yr: 1.25 mL PO q6-8h2-4 yr: 2.5 mL PO q6-8h4-6 yr: 3.75 mL PO q6-8h6-11y: 5 mL or ½ tab PO q6-8h >12 yr: 10 mL or 1 cap/tab PO q6-8h OR 4 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO tid-qid
-Actifed with Codeine cough syrup [syrup/5 mL: Codeine 10mg, Triprolidine 1.25 mg, Pseudoephedrine 30 mg].4 mth-2 yr: 1.25 mL PO q6-8h2-4 yr: 2.5 mL PO q6-8h4-6 yr: 3.75 mL PO q6-8h6-11y: 5 mL PO q6-8h >12 yr: 10 mL PO q6-8h OR 4 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO tid-qid.
-Dimetane Decongestant [cap/cplt or 10 mL: Brompheniramine4 mg, Phenylephrine 5 mg].6-11 yr: 5 mL or ½ cap/caplet PO q4-6h prn > 12 yr: 10 mL or 1 cap/caplet PO q4-6h prn
-Dimetane DX [syrup per 5 mL: Brompheniramine 2 mg,Dextromethorphan 10 mg, Pseudoephedrine 30 mg].2-5 yrs: 2.5 mL PO q4-6h prn6-11 yrs: 5 mL PO q4-6h prn > 12 yrs: 10 mL PO q4-6h prn
-PediaCare Cough-Cold Chewable Tablets: [tab, chew: Pseudoephedrine 15 mg, Chlorpheniramine 1 mg, Dextromethorphan 5 mg]. 3-5 yr: 1 tab PO q4-6h prn (max 4 tabs/day) 6-11 yr: 2 tabs PO q4-6h (max 8 tabs/day) >12 yr: 4 tabs PO q4-6h (max 16 tabs/day)
-PediaCare Cough-Cold Liquid [liquid per 5 mL: Pseudoephedrine 15 mg, Chlorpheniramine 1 mg, Dextromethorphan 5mg].3-5 yr: 5 mL PO q6-8h prn6-11 yr: 10 mL PO q6-8h prn >12 yr: 20 mL PO q6-8h prn
-PediaCare Night Rest Cough-Cold Liquid [liquid per 5 mL:Pseudoephedrine 15 mg, Chlorpheniramine 1 mg,Dextromethorphan 7.5 mg].3-5 yr: 5 mL PO q6-8h prn6-11 yr: 10 mL PO q6-8h prn >12 yr: 20 mL PO q6-8h prn
-Phenergan VC [syrup per 5 mL: Phenylephrine 5 mg, Promethazine 6.25 mg]. 2-5 yr: 1.25 mL PO q4-6h prn 6-11 yr: 2.5 mL PO q4-6h prn >12 yr: 5 mL PO q4-6h prn
-Phenergan VC with Codeine [per 5 mL: Promethazine 6.25mg, Codeine 10 mg, Phenylephrine 5 mg].2-5 yr: 1.25 mL PO q4-6h prn6-11 yr: 2.5 mL PO q4-6h prn >12 yr: 5 mL PO q4-6h prnAdults: 5-10 mL q4-6h prn (max 120 mg codeine per day)
-Phenergan with Codeine [syrup per 5 mL: Promethazine 6.25mg, Codeine 10 mg].2-5 yr: 1.25 mL PO q4-6h prn6-11 yr: 2.5 mL PO q4-6h prn >12 yr: 5 mL PO q4-6h prnAdults: 5-10 mL q4-6h prn (max 120 mg codeine per day)
-Phenergan with Dextromethorphan [syrup per 5 mL: Promethazine 6.25 mg, Dextromethorphan 15 mg].2-5 yr: 1.25 mL PO q4-6h prn6-11 yr: 2.5 mL PO q4-6h prn >12 yr: 5 mL PO q4-6h prn
-Robitussin AC [syrup per 5 mL: Guaifenesin 100 mg, Codeine10 mg].6 mos-2 yr: 1.25-2.5 mL PO q4h prn2-5 yrs: 2.5 mL PO q4h prn6-11 yrs: 5 mL PO q4h prn >12 yrs: 10 mL PO q4-6h prn.
-Robitussin-DAC [syrup per 5 mL: Codeine 10mg, Guaifenesin100 mg, Pseudoephedrine 30 mg].2-5 yrs: 1-1.5 mg/kg/day of codeine PO q4-6h prn (max 30mg/day)6-11 yrs: 5 mL PO q4-6h prn >12 yrs: 10 mL PO q4-6h prn
-Robitussin DM [syrup per 5 mL: Guaifenesin 100 mg, Dextromethorphan 10 mg]. 2-5 yr: 2.5 mL PO q4h prn, max 10 mL/day
6-11 yr: 5 mL PO q4h prn, max 20 mL/day >12 yr: 10 mL PO q4h prn, max 40 mL/day
-Robitussin Pediatric Cough and Cold [syrup per 5 mL:Dextromethorphan 7.5mg, Pseudoephedrine 15 mg].2-5 yr: 5 mL PO q4-6h prn6-11 yr: 10 mL PO q4-6h prn >12 yr: 15 mL po q4-6h prnMaximum four doses daily.
-Rondec drops [drops per 1 mL: Carbinoxamine maleate 2 mg,Pseudoephedrine 25 mg].4-5 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO q6h prn OR 1-3 m: 1/4 dropperful (1/4 mL) PO q6h prn3-6 m: 1/2 dropperful (1/2 mL) PO q6h prn6-9 m: 3/4 dropperful (0.75 mL) PO q6h prn9-18 m: 1 dropperful (1 mL) PO q6h prn.
-Rondec syrup [syrup per 5 mL: Pseudoephedrine 60 mg,Carbinoxamine maleate 4 mg].4-5 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO q6h prn.
-Rondec DM drops [drops per mL: Carbinoxamine maleate 2mg, Pseudoephedrine 25 mg, Dextromethorphan 4 mg].4-5 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO q6h prn OR 1-3 m: 1/4 dropperful (1/4 mL) PO q6h prn3-6 m: 1/2 dropperful (1/2 mL) PO q6h prn6-9 m: 3/4 dropperful (0.75 mL) PO q6h prn9-18 m: 1 dropperful (1 mL) PO q6h prn.
-Rondec DM syrup [syrup per 5 mL: Carbinoxamine maleate 4mg, Pseudoephedrine 60 mg, Dextromethorphan 15 mg].4-5 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO q6h prn.
-Ryna Liquid [liquid per 5 mL: Chlorpheniramine 2 mg; Pseudoephedrine 30 mg]. 6-11 yrs: 5 mL PO q6h prn >12 yr: 10 mL PO q6h prn
-Ryna-C [liquid per 5 mL: Chlorpheniramine 2mg, Codeine 10mg, Pseudoephedrine 30 mg].4-5 mg/kg/day of pseudoephedrine component PO q6h prn
-Ryna-CS [liquid per 5 mL: Codeine 10 mg, Guaifenesin 100mg, Pseudoephedrine 30 mg].4-5 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO q6h prn
-Rynatan Pediatric [susp per 5 mL: Chlorpheniramine 2 mg,Phenylephrine 5 mg, Pyrilamine 12.5 mg].2-5 yr: 2.5-5 mL PO bid prn6-11 yr: 5-10 mL PO bid prn >12 yr: 10-15 mL PO bid prn
-Tylenol Cold Multi-Symptom Plus Cough Liquid, Children’s[liquid per 5 mL: Acetaminophen 160 mg,Chlorpheniramine 1 mg, Pseudoephedrine 15 mg].2-5 yr: 5 mL PO q4h prn6-11 yr: 10 mL PO q4h prn >12 yr: 20 mL po q4h prnMaximum four doses daily.
-Tylenol Cold Plus Cough Chewable Tablet, Children’s [tab,chew: Acetaminophen 80 mg, Chlorpheniramine 0.5 mg,Dextromethorphan 2.5 mg, Pseudoephedrine 7.5 mg].2-5 yr: 2 tabs PO q4h prn6-11 yr: 4 tabs PO q4h prn >12 yr: 4 tabs PO q4h prnMaximum four doses daily.
-Vick’s Children’s NyQuil Night-time Cough/Cold [liquid per 5mL: Chlorpheniramine 0.67 mg; Dextromethorphan 5 mg,Pseudoephedrine 10 mg].6-11 yr: 15 mL PO q6-8h prn >12 yr: 30 mL PO q6-8h prn
-Vicks Pediatric Formula 44D [liquid per 5 mL: Dextromethorphan 5 mg, Pseudoephedrine 10 mg]. 2-5 yr: 3.75 mL PO q6h prn 6-11 yr: 7.5 mL po q6h prn >12 yr: 15 mL PO q6h prn
-Vicks Pediatric Formula 44E [syrup per 5 mL: Dextromethorphan 3.3 mg, Guaifenesin 33.3 mg]. 2-5 yr: 5 mL PO q4h prn 6-11 yr: 10 mL PO q4h prn >12 yr: 15 mL po q4h prn
-Vick’s Pediatric Formula 44M Multi-Symptom Cough and ColdLiquid [liquid per 5 mL: Chlorpheniramine 0.67 mg,Dextromethorphan 5 mg, Pseudoephedrine 10 mg].2-5 yr: 7.5 mL PO q6h prn6-11 yr: 15 mL PO q6h prn >12 yr: 30 mL PO q6h prn
Analgesia and Sedation
Analgesics/Anesthetic Agents:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-15 mg/kg PO/PR q4-6h prn (seepage 39 for detailed list of available products)
-Acetaminophen/Codeine [per 5 mL: Acetaminophen 120 mg,Codeine 12 mg; tabs: Tylenol #2: 15 mg codeine/300 mgacetaminophen; #3: 30 mg codeine/300 mgacetaminophen; #4: 60 mg codeine/300 mgacetaminophen]0.5-1.0 mg codeine/kg/dose PO q4h prn.
-Acetaminophen/Hydrocodone [elixir per 5 mL: hydrocodone
2.5 mg, acetaminophen 167 mg]Tab: Lortab 2.5/500: Hydrocodone 2.5 mg, acetaminophen 500 mgLortab 5/500 and Vicodin: Hydrocodone 5 mg,acetaminophen 500 mgLortab 7.5/500: Hydrocodone 7.5 mg, acetaminophen 500 mgVicodin ES: Hydrocodone 7.5 mg, acetaminophen 750 mgLortab 10/500: Hydrocodone 10 mg, acetaminophen 500 mgLortab 10/650: Hydrocodone 10 mg, acetaminophen 650 mg
Children: 0.6 mg hydrocodone/kg/day PO q6-8h prn <2 yr: do not exceed 1.25 mg/dose 2-12 yr: do not exceed 5 mg/dose >12 yr: do not exceed 10 mg/dose
-ELAMax [lidocaine 4% cream (liposomal): 5, 30 gm]Apply 10-60 minutes prior to procedure. Occlusive dressing is optional. Available OTC.
-EMLA cream (eutectic mixture of local anesthetics) [ cream:2.5% lidocaine and 2.5% prilocaine: 5, 30 gm; transdermaldisc]. Apply and cover with occlusive dressing at least 1hour (max 4 hours) prior to procedure.
-Fentanyl 1-2 mcg/kg IV q1-2h prn or 1-3 mcg/kg/hr continuousIV infusion.
-Hydromorphone (Dilaudid) 0.015 mg/kg IV/IM/SC q3-4h or0.0075 mg/kg/hr continuous IV infusion titrated as necessary for pain relief or 0.03-0.08 mg/kg PO q6h prn.
-Ketamine 4 mg/kg IM or 0.5-1 mg/kg IV. Onset for IV administration is 30 seconds, duration is 5-15 minutes.
-Lidocaine, buffered: Add sodium bicarbonate 1 mEq/mL 1 partto 9 parts lidocaine 1% for local infiltration (eg, 2 mLlidocaine 1% and 0.22 mL sodium bicarbonate 1 mEq/mL)to raise the pH of the lidocaine to neutral and decreasethe “sting” of subcutaneous lidocaine.
-Meperidine (Demerol) 1 mg/kg IV/IM q2-3h prn pain.
-Morphine 0.05-0.1 mg/kg IV q2-4h prn or 0.02-0.06 mg/kg/hrcontinuous IV infusion or 0.1-0.15 mg/kg IM/SC q3-4h or0.2-0.5 mg/kg PO q4-6h.
Sedation: Fentanyl and Midazolam Sedation:
-Fentanyl 1 mcg/kg IV slowly, may repeat to total of 3 mcg/kg
AND
-Midazolam (Versed) 0.05-0.1 mg/kg slow IV [inj: 1 mg/mL, 5mg/mL].Have reversal agents available: naloxone 0.1 mg/kg (usualmax 2 mg) IM/IV for fentanyl reversal and flumazenil 0.01mg/kg (usual max 5 mg) IM/IV for midazolam reversal.
Benzodiazepines:
-Diazepam (Valium) 0.2-0.5 mg/kg/dose PO/PR or 0.05-0.2mg/kg/dose IM/IV, max 10 mg.-Lorazepam (Ativan) 0.05-0.1 mg/kg/dose IM/IV/PO, max 4 mg.
-Midazolam (Versed) 0.08-0.2 mg/kg/dose IM/IV over 10-20min, max 5 mg; or 0.2-0.4 mg/kg/dose PO x 1, max 15 mg,30-45 min prior to procedure; or 0.2 mg/kg intranasal(using 5 mg/mL injectable solution, insert into nares withneedleless tuberculin syringe.)
Phenothiazines:
-Promethazine (Phenergan) 0.5-1 mg/kg/dose IM or slow IVover 20 min, max 50 mg/dose.-Chlorpromazine (Thorazine) 0.5-1 mg/kg/dose IM or slow IVover 20min, max 50 mg/dose.
Antihistamines:
-Diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 1 mg/kg/dose IV/IM/PO, max 50 mg.-Hydroxyzine (Vistaril) 0.5-1 mg/kg/dose IM/PO, max 50 mg.
Barbiturates:
-Methohexital (Brevital) IM: 5-10 mg/kg
IV: 1-2 mg/kg
PR: 25 mg/kg (max 500 mg/dose)-Thiopental (Pentothal): Sedation, rectal: 5-10 mg/kg; seizures,
IV: 2-3 mg/kg
Other Sedatives:
-Chloral hydrate 25-100 mg/kg/dose PO/PR (max 1.5 gm/dose), allow 30 min for absorption.
Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs:
-Ibuprofen (Motrin, Advil, Nuprin, Medipren, Children's Motrin)Anti-inflammatory: 30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6h, max 2400mg/day.[cap: 200 mg; caplet: 100 mg; oral drops: 40 mg/mL; susp:100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 800 mg;tabs, chewable: 50, 100 mg].
-Ketorolac (Toradol)Single dose: 0.4-1 mg/kg IV/IM (max 30 mg/dose IV, 60mg/dose IM)Multiple doses: 0.4-0.5 mg/kg IV/IM q6h prn (max 30mg/dose) [inj: 15 mg/mL, 30 mg/mL]. Do not use for more than three days because of risk of GIbleed.
-Naproxen (Naprosyn)Analgesia: 5-7 mg/kg/dose PO q8-12hInflammatory disease: 10-15 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max1000 mg/day[susp: 125 mg/5mL; tab: 250, 375, 500 mg; tab, DR: 375,500 mg
-Naproxen sodium (Aleve, Anaprox, Naprelan)Analgesia: 5-7 mg/kg/dose PO q8-12hInflammatory disease: 10-15 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max1000 mg/day[tab: 220, 275, 550 mg; tab, ER: 375, 500, 750 mg].Naproxen sodium 220 mg = 200 mg base.
Antiemetics
-Chlorpromazine (Thorazine)0.25-1 mg/kg/dose slow IV over 20 min/IM/PO q4-8h prn,max 50 mg/dose [inj: 25 mg/mL,; oral concentrate 30 mg/mL; supp: 25,100mg; syrup: 10 mg/5 mL; tabs: 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 mg].
-Diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 1 mg/kg/dose IM/IV/PO q6h prn, max 50 mg/dose [caps: 25, 50 mg; inj: 10 mg/mL, 50 mg/mL; liquid: 12.5 mg/5mL; tabs: 25, 50 mg].
-Dimenhydrinate (Dramamine) >12 yrs: 5 mg/kg/day IM/IV/PO q6h prn, max 300 mg/dayNot recommended in <12y due to high incidence of extrapyramidal side effects. [cap: 50 mg; inj: 50 mg/mL; liquid 12.5 mg/4 mL; tab: 50 mg;tab, chew: 50mg].
-Prochlorperazine (Compazine) >12 yrs: 0.1-0.15 mg/kg/dose IM, max 10 mg/dose or 5-10 mg PO q6-8h, max 40 mg/day OR 5-25 mg PR q12h, max 50mg/dayNot recommended in <12y due to high incidence of extrapyramidal side effects [caps, SR: 10, 15, 30 mg; inj: 5 mg/mL; supp: 2.5, 5, 25 mg;syrup: 5 mg/5 mL; tabs: 5, 10, 25 mg].
-Promethazine (Phenergan) 0.25-1 mg/kg/dose PO/IM/IV over 20 min or PR q4-6h prn,max 50 mg/dose[inj: 25,50 mg/mL; supp: 12.5, 25, 50 mg;syrup 6.25 mg/5mL, 25 mg/5 mL; tabs: 12.5, 25, 50 mg].
-Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) 15 mg/kg/day IM/PO/PR q6-8h, max 100 mg/dose if <13.6 kgor 200 mg/dose if 13.6-41kg.[caps: 100, 250 mg; inj: 100 mg/mL; supp: 100, 200 mg].
Post-Operative Nausea and Vomiting:
-Ondansetron (Zofran) 0.1 mg/kg IV x 1, max 4 mg.-Droperidol (Inapsine) 0.01-0.05 mg/kg IV/IM q4-6h prn, max 5mg [inj: 2.5 mg/mL].
Chemotherapy-Induced Nausea:
-Dexamethasone 10 mg/m2/dose (max 20 mg) IV x 1, then 5 mg/m2/dose (max 10 mg) IV q6h prn[inj: 4 mg/mL, 10 mg/mL]
-Dronabinol (Marinol)5 mg/m2/dose PO 1-3 hrs prior to chemotherapy, then q4hprn afterwards. May titrate up in 2.5 mg/m2/dose increments to max of 15 mg/m2/dose. [cap: 2.5, 5, 10 mg]
-Granisetron (Kytril)10-20 mcg/kg IV given just prior to chemotherapy (singledose) [inj: 1 mg/mL]Adults (oral) 1 mg PO bid or 2 mg PO qd [tab: 1 mg]
-Metoclopramide (Reglan)0.5-1 mg/kg/dose IV q6h prn.Pretreatment with diphenhydramine 1 mg/kg IV is recommended to decrease the risk of extrapyramidal reactions.[inj: 5 mg/mL]
-Ondansetron (Zofran)
0.15 mg/kg/dose IV 30 minutes before chemotherapy andrepeated 4 hr and 8 hr later (total of 3 doses) OR
0.3 mg/kg/dose IV x 1 30 minutes before chemotherapy OR
0.45 mg/kg/day as a continuous IV infusion OR Oral:
<0.3 m2: 1 mg PO three times daily0.3-0.6 m2: 2 mg PO three times daily 0.6-1 m2: 3 mg PO three times daily >1 m2: 4 mg PO three times daily OR 4-11 yr: 4 mg PO three times daily>11 yr: 8 mg PO three times daily[inj: 2 mg/mL; oral soln: 4mg/5 mL; tab: 4, 8, 24 mg; tab,orally disintegrating: 4, 8 mg]
Cardiovascular Disorders
Pediatric Advanced Life Support
I. Cardiopulmonary assessmentA.Airway (A) assessment. The airway should be assessed and cleared.
B.Breathing (B) assessment determines the respiratory rate,respiratory effort, breath sounds (air entry) and skin color. Arespiratory rate of less than 10 or greater than 60 is a sign ofimpending respiratory failure.
C.Circulation (C) assessment should quantify the heart rateand pulse. In infants, chest compressions should be initiatedif the heart rate is less than 80 beats/minute (bpm). In children, chest compressions should be initiated if the heart rateis less than 60 bpm.
II. Respiratory failure
A.An open airway should be established. Bag-valve-maskventilation should be initiated if the respiratory rate is lessthan 10. Intubation is performed if prolonged ventilation isrequired. Matching the endotracheal tube to the size of thenares or fifth finger provides an estimate of tube size.
| Intubation | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Age | ETT | LaryngoscopeBlade | NG Tube Size |
| Premature Newborn >2 kgInfant 12 mo 36 mo 6 yr10 yrAdolescent Adult | 2.0-2.5 3.0-3.5 3.5-4.0 4.0-4.5 4.5-5.0 5.0-5.5 6.0-6.5 .0-7.5 7.5-8.0 | 0 1 1 1.5 2 2 2 3 3 | 8 10 10 12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-20 20 |
| Uncuffed ET tube in children <8 yrs.Straight laryngoscope blade if <6-10 yrs; curved blade if older. | |||
B. Vascular access should be obtained. Gastric decompression with a nasogastric or oral gastric tube is necessary inendotracheally intubated children and in children receivingbag-valve-mask ventilation.
III. Shock
A. If the child is in shock, oxygen administration and monitoring are followed by initiation of vascular access.Crystalloid (normal saline or lactated Ringer's) solutionsare used for rapid fluid boluses of 20 mL/kg over less than20 minutes until the shock is resolved.
B. Shock secondary to traumatic blood loss may requireblood replacement if perfusion parameters have not normalized after a total of 40 to 60 mL/kg of crystalloid hasbeen administered.
C. Children in septic shock and cardiogenic shock shouldinitially receive crystalloid solution (boluses of 20 mL/kg).Epinephrine should be considered if septic or cardiogenicshock persists after intravenous volume has been repleted(repletion requires 40 to 60 mL/kg of crystalloid).
IV. Cardiopulmonary failure
A. Oxygen is delivered at a concentration of 100%.
B. Intubation and foreign body removal are completed. Ifsigns of shock persist, crystalloid replacement is initiatedwith boluses of 20 mL/kg over less than 20 minutes.Inotropic agents are added if indicated.
| Inotropic Agents Used in Resuscitation of Children | ||
|---|---|---|
| Agent | Intravenous dosage | Indications |
| Epinephrine | 0.1 to 1.0 µg/kg/minute (continuous infusion) | Symptomatic bradycardia,shock (cardiogenic, septic,anaphylactic), hypotension |
| Dopamine | 2 to 5 µg/kg/minute(continuous infusion)10 to 20 µg/kg/minute (continuous infusion) | Low dose: improve renaland splanchnic blood flow High dose: useful in thetreatment of hypotensionand shock in the presenceof adequate intravascularvolume |
| Dobutamine | 2 to 20 µg/kg/minute (continuous infusion) | Normotensive cardiogenicshock |
V. Dysrhythmias
A. Bradycardia
B. Asystole
C. Supraventricular tachycardia
1. Supraventricular tachycardia presents with a heart rate>220 beats/minute in infants and >180 beats/minute inchildren. Supraventricular tachycardia is the most common dysrhythmia in the first year of life.
2. Stable children with no signs of respiratory compromise or shock and a normal blood pressure
3. Supraventricular tachycardia in unstable child withsigns of shock: Administer synchronized cardioversionat 0.5 joules (J)/kg. If supraventricular tachycardia persists, cardioversion is repeated at double the dose: 1.0J/kg.
D. Ventricular tachycardia with palpable pulse
E. Ventricular fibrillation and pulseless ventricular tachycardia
0.1 mL/kg of 1:1000 ET (0.1 mg/kg).
F. Pulseless electrical activity is uncommon in children. It usually occurs secondary to hypoxemia, hypovolemia, hypothermia, hypoglycemia, hyperkalemia, cardiac tamponade,tension pneumothorax, severe acidosis or drug overdose.Successful resuscitation depends on treatment of the underlying etiology.
VI.Serum glucose concentration should be determined in all children undergoing resuscitation. Glucose replacement isprovided with 25% dextrose in water, 2 to 4 mL/kg (0.5 to 1g/kg) IV over 20 to 30 minutes for hypoglycemia. In neonates,10% dextrose in water, 5 to 10 mL/kg (0.5 to 1 g/kg), is recommended.
Congestive Heart Failure
-Oxygen 2-4 L/min by NC.
-Furosemide (Lasix) 1 mg/kg/dose IV/IM/PO q6-12h prn, max80 mg PO, 40 mg IV; may increase to 2 mg/kg/doseIV/IM/PO [inj: 10 mg/mL; oral liquid: 10 mg/mL, 40 mg/5 mL; tabs: 20,40, 80 mg] OR
-Bumetanide (Bumex) 0.015-0.1 mg/kg PO/IV/IM q12-24h, max10 mg/day [ inj: 0.25 mg/mL; tabs: 0.5, 1, 2 mg].
Digoxin:
-Obtain a baseline ECG, serum electrolytes (potassium), andserum creatinine before administration.
Initial digitalization is given over 24 hours in three divideddoses: ½ total digitalizing dose (TDD) at time 0 hours, 1/4TDD at 8-12 hours, and 1/4 TDD 8-12 hours later.
Maintenance therapy is then started.
Total Digitalizing Dose PO IV
Premature infant 20-30 mcg/kg 10-30 mcg/kg Full term newborn (0-2 weeks) 30 mcg/kg 20-25 mcg/kg 2 wks-2 yr 40-50 mcg/kg 30-40 mcg/kg 2-10 yr 30-40 mcg/kg 25-30 mcg/kg >10 yr 0.75-1.5 mg 10 mcg/kg
(max 1 mg)
Maintenance digoxin dosePO IV
Preterm neonate 4-10 mcg/kg/day 4-9 mcg/kg/day Term neonate (0-2 wks) 6-10 mcg/kg/day 6-8 mcg/kg/day 2 weeks - 2 yr 10-12 mcg/kg/day 8-10 mcg/kg/day 2-10 yr 8-10 mcg/kg/day 6-8 mcg/kg/day >10 yr 5 mcg/kg/day 2-3 mcg/kg/day Adult 0.125-0.5 mg/day 0.1-0.4 mg/day
Divide bid if <10 yrs or qd if >10 yrs. [caps: 50, 100, 200 mcg; elixir: 50 mcg/mL; inj: 100 mcg/mL, 250 mcg/mL; tabs: 0.125, 0.25, 0.5 mg].
Other Agents:
-Dopamine (Intropin) 2-20 mcg/kg/min continuous IV infusion,titrate cardiac output and BP.-Dobutamine (Dobutrex) 2-20 mcg/kg/min continuous IV infusion, max of 40 mcg/kg/min.-Nitroglycerin 0.5 mcg/kg/min continuous IV infusion, mayincrease by 1 mcg/kg q20min; usual max 5 mcg/kg/min.
-Captopril (Capoten) Neonates: 0.05-0.1 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8hInfants: 0.15-0.3 mg/kg/dose PO q8h.Children: 0.5 mg/kg/dose PO q6-12h. Titrate as needed upto max of 6 mg/kg/day[tabs: 12.5, 25, 50,100 mg]. Tablets can be crushed and
made into extemporaneous suspension. -KCl 1-4 mEq/kg/day PO q6-24h.
Pulmonary Disorders
Asthma
6. Nursing: Pulse oximeter, measure peak flow rate in older patients.
-Oxygen humidified prn, 1-6 L/min by NC or 25-80% by mask,keep sat >92%.
Aerosolized and Nebulized Beta 2 Agonists:
-Albuterol (Ventolin) (using 0.5% = 5 mg/mL soln) nebulized 0.2-0.5 mL in 2 mL NS q1-4h and prn; may alsobe given by continuous aerosol.[soln for inhalation: 0.83 mg/3 mL unit dose; 5 mg/mL 20mL multidose bulk bottle]
-Albuterol (Ventolin, Proventil) 2 puffs q1-6h prn with spacerand mask. [capsule for inhalation (Rotacaps) using Rotahaler inhalation device: 200 mcg; MDI: 90 mcg/puff, 200 puffs/17 gm]
-Levalbuterol (Xopenex) 2-11 yrs: 0.16-1.25 mg nebulized >12 yrs: 0.63-1.25mg nebulized q6-8h[soln for inhalation: 0.63 mg/3 mL, 1.25 mg/3 mL].Levalbuterol 0.63 mg is comparable to albuterol 2.5 mg.
-Salmeterol (Serevent) > 4 yrs: 2 puffs bid. Not indicated foracute treatment. [Serevent Diskus: 50 mcg/puff; MDI: 21mcg/puff, 60 puffs/6.5gm or 120 puffs/13 gm]
-Formoterol (Foradil): >5 yrs: 12 mcg capsule aerosolizedusing dry powder inhaler bid. [capsule for aerosolization: 12mcg]
-Metaproterenol (Alupent, Metaprel)> 12 yrs: 2-3 puffs q3-4h prn, max 12 puffs/24 hrs. [MDI:
0.65 mg/puff]
-Racemic epinephrine (2.25% sln) 0.05 mL/kg/dose (max 0.5mL) in 2-3 mL saline nebulized q1-6h.
Intravenous Beta-2 Agonist:
-Terbutaline (Brethaire, Brethine, Bricanyl) Loading dose: 2-10 mcg/kg IVMaintenance continuous IV infusion: 0.08-6 mcg/kg/minMonitor heart rate and blood pressure closely.[inj: 1 mg/mL]
Corticosteroid (systemic) Pulse Therapy:
-Prednisolone 1-2 mg/kg/day PO q12-24h x 3-5 days [syrup: 5 mg/5 mL; Orapred 20.2 mg/5mL; Prelone 15 mg/5mL] OR
-Prednisone 1-2 mg/kg/day PO q12-24h x 3-5 days [oral solution: 1 mg/mL, 5 mg/mL; tabs: 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 mg] OR
-Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol) 2 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q6h x1-4 doses, then 0.5-1 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q6h x 3-5 days.
Aminophylline and theophylline:
-Therapeutic range 10-20 mcg/mL. Concomitant drugs (e.g.erythromycin or carbamazepine) may increase serumtheophylline levels by decreasing drug metabolism.
-Aminophylline loading dose 5-6 mg/kg total body weight IVover 20-30 min [1 mg/kg of aminophylline will raise serumlevel by 2 mcg/mL].
-Aminophylline maintenance as continuous IV infusion (basedon ideal body weight)1-6 mth: 0.5 mg/kg/hr6-12 mth: 0.6-0.75 mg/kg/hr1-10 yr: 1.0 mg/kg/hr10-16 yr: 0.75-0.9 mg/kg/hr>16 yr: 0.7 mg/kg/hr OR
-Theophylline PO maintenance 80% of total daily maintenance IV aminophylline dose in 2-4doses/day OR 1-6 mth: 9.6 mg/kg/day.6-12 mth: 11.5-14.4 mg/kg/day.1-10 yr: 19.2 mg/kg/day.10-16 yr: 14.4-17.3 mg/kg/day.>16 yr: 10 mg/kg/day.
-Give theophylline as sustained release theophylline preparation: q8-12h or liquid immediate release: q6h.-Slo-Phyllin Gyrocaps, may open caps and sprinkle on food[60, 125, 250 mg caps] q8-12h-Slobid Gyrocaps, may open caps and sprinkle on food [50, 75,
100, 125, 200, 300 mg caps] q8-12h-Theophylline oral liquid: 80 mg/15 mL, 10 mg/mL] q6-8h.-Theo-Dur [100, 200, 300, 450 mg tabs; scored, may cut in
half, but do not crush] q8-12h.
-Theophylline ProductsCap: 100, 200 mgCap, SR: 50, 60, 65, 75, 100, 125, 130, 200, 250, 260, 300 mgLiquid: 80 mg/15 mL, 10 mg/mLTab: 100, 125, 200, 250, 300 mgTab, SR: 50, 75, 100, 125, 130, 200, 250, 260, 300, 400, 450, 500 mg
Corticosteroid metered dose inhalers or nebulized solution:
-Beclomethasone (Beclovent, Vanceril) MDI 1-4 puffs bid-qidwith spacer and mask, followed by gargling with water. [42mcg/puff].
-Beclomethasone (Vanceril Double Strength) MDI 2 puffs bid
[84 mcg/puff]-Budesonide (Pulmicort Turbohaler) MDI 1-2 puffs bid [200mcg/puff]-Budesonide (Pulmicort) 0.25-0.5 mg nebulized bid [0.25
mg/2mL, 0.5 mg/2mL] -Flunisolide (Aerobid) MDI 2-4 puffs bid [250 mcg/puff] -Fluticasone (Flovent) MDI 1-2 puffs bid [44, 110, 220
mcg/actuation]-Triamcinolone (Azmacort) MDI 1-4 puffs bid-qid [100 mcg/puff]
Cromolyn/nedocromil:
-Cromolyn sodium (Intal) MDI 2-4 puffs qid [800 mcg/puff] ornebulized 20 mg bid-qid [10 mg/mL 2 mL unit dose ampules]
-Nedocromil (Tilade) MDI 2 puffs bid-qid [1.75 mg/puff]
Oral beta-2 agonists:
-Albuterol (Proventil) 2-6 years: 0.1-0.2 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8h6-12 years: 2 mg PO tid-qid>12 years: 2-4 mg PO tid-qid or 4-8 mg ER tab PO bid [soln: 2 mg/5 mL; tab: 2, 4 mg; tab, ER: 4, 8 mg]
-Metaproterenol (Alupent, Metaprel) < 2 yrs: 0.4 mg/kg/dose PO tid-qid 2-6 yrs: 1.3-2.6 mg PO q6-8h 6-9 yrs: 10 mg PO q6-8h [syrup: 10 mg/5mL; tabs: 10, 20 mg]
Leukotriene receptor antagonists:
-Montelukast (Singulair) 2-5 yr: 4 mg PO qPM 6-14 yr: 5 mg PO qPM > 14 yr: 10 mg PO qPM [tab: 10 mg; tab, chew : 4, 5 mg]
-Zafirlukast (Accolate) 7-11 yr: 10 mg PO bid >12 yr: 20 mg PO bid [tabs: 10, 20 mg]
-Zileuton (Zyflo) >12 yr: 600 mg PO qid (with meals and at bedtime) [tab: 600 mg]
Allergic Rhinitis and Conjunctivitis
Antihistamines:
-Astemizole (Hismanal):6-12 yr: 5 mg/day PO qd>12 yr: 10 mg PO qd[tab: 10 mg].
-Loratadine (Claritin) >3 yrs and < 30 kg: 5 mg PO qd>30 kg: 10 mg PO qd.[syrup: 1mg/mL; tab: 10 mg; tab, rapidly disintegrating: 10 mg]
-Cetirizine (Zyrtec)12 y: 5-10 mg qd6-11 y: 5-10 mg qd [tabs: 5, 10 mg Syrup: 5 mg/5 mL]
-Fexofenadine (Allegra), 12 y: 60 mg bid [60 mg]
-Actifed [per cap or tab or 10 mL syrup: triprolidine 2.5 mg,pseudoephedrine 60 mg]4 mg pseudoephedrine/kg/day PO tid-qid OR 4 m-2 yr: 1.25 mL PO q6-8h2-4 yr: 2.5 mL PO q6-8h4-6 yr: 3.75 mL PO q6-8h6-11y: 5 mL or ½ tab PO q6-8h>12 yr: 10 mL or 1 cap/tab PO q6-8h.
-Chlorpheniramine maleate (Chlor-Trimeton):
0.35 mg/kg/day PO q4-6h OR 2-5 yr: 1 mg PO q4-6h (max 4 mg/day) 6-11y: 2 mg PO q4-6h (max 12 mg/day) >12y: 4 mg PO q4-6h or 8-12 mg SR q8-12h (max 24 mg/day). [cap, SR: 8,12 mg; soln: 2 mg/5 mL; tab: 4, 8, 12 mg; tab, chew: 2 mg; tab, SR: 8, 12 mg]
-Diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 1 mg/kg/dose PO q6h prn, max 50 mg/dose [elixir/liquid: 12.5 mg/5 mL; tab, cap: 25, 50 mg].
Intranasal Therapy:
-Azelastine (Astelin)3-12 yr: 1 spray in each nostril bid> 12 yr: 2 sprays in each nostril bid[nasal soln: 1 mg/mL, 17 mL (137 mcg/spray)]
-Beclomethasone (Beconase, Vancenase) 6-11 yrs: 1 spray into each nostril tid >12 yrs: 1 spray into each nostril bid-qid[42 mcg/actuation]
-Beclomethasone aqueous (Beconase AQ) 6-11 yrs: 1-2 sprays into each nostril bid >12 yrs: 1-2 sprays into each nostril bid[42 mcg/actuation]
-Beclomethasone Double Strength (Vancenase AQ) 6-11 yrs: 1-2 puffs into each nostril qd >12 yrs: 1-2 sprays into each nostril qd[84 mcg/actuation]
-Budesonide (Rhinocort)6-11 yrs: 2 sprays into each nostril bid or 4 sprays into eachnostril qAM >12 yrs: 2 sprays into each nostril bid or 4 sprays into eachnostril qAM[32 mcg/actuation]
-Budesonide aqueous(Rhinocort AQ)6-11 yrs: 1-2 sprays into each nostril bid >12 yrs: 1 sprays into each nostril qd, may increase up to 4sprays into each nostril qAM[32 mcg/actuation]
-Cromolyn (Nasalcrom) 1 puff into each nostril q3-4h [40 mg/mL 13 mL].
-Flunisolide (Nasalide, Nasarel) 6-11 yrs: 1 spray into each nostril tid or 2 sprays into each nostril bid >12 yrs: 2 sprays into each nostril bid-tid [25 mcg/actuation].
-Fluticasone (Flonase) 4-6 yrs: 1-2 sprays into each nostril qd 6-11 yrs: 1-2 sprays into each nostril qd > 12 yrs: 1 spray into each nostril bid or 2 sprays into each nostril qd [50 mcg/actuation]
-Mometasone (Nasonex) 4-6 yrs: 1 spray into each nostril qd 6-11 yrs: 1 spray into each nostril qd >12 yrs: 2 sprays into each nostril qd [50 mcg/actuation]
-Triamcinolone (Nasacort) 6-11 yr: 2 sprays into each nostril qd >12 yr: 2 sprays into each nostril qd. [55 mcg/actuation]
-Triamcinolone aqueous (Nasacort AQ) 6-11 yr: 2 spray into each nostril qd >12 yr: 2 sprays into each nostril qd. [55 mcg/actuation]
Allergic Conjunctivitis Therapy:
-Azelastine (Optivar) >3 yr: instill 1 drop into affected eye(s) bid [ophth soln: 0.05% 6 mL]
-Cromolyn ophthalmic (Crolom, Opticrom) Instill 2 drops into each affected eye(s) q4-6h [ophth soln: 4% 2.5, 10 mL].Decongestants:
-Pseudoephedrine (Sudafed, Novafed) <12 yr: 4 mg/kg/day PO q6h. >12 yr and adults: 30-60 mg/dose PO q6-8h or sustained release 120 mg PO q12h or sustained release 240 mg PO q24h
[cap/cplt, SR: 120, 240 mg; drops: 7.5 mg/0.8mL; syrup: 15mg/5mL, 30 mg/5mL; tabs: 30, 60 mg].
Infectious Diseases
Suspected Sepsis
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights, cooling measuresprn temp >38EC, consent for lumbar puncture.
7. Diet:
8. IV Fluids: Correct hypovolemia if present; NS 10-20 mL/kg IVbolus, then IV fluids at 1-1.5 times maintenance.
9. Special Medications: Term newborns <1 month old (Group B strep, E coli, Group D strep, gram negatives, Listeria monocytogenes): Ampicillin and gentamicin or cefotaxime.
-Ampicillin IV/IM: <7d: 150 mg/kg/day q8h; >7d: 200 mg/kg/dayq6h.-Cefotaxime (Claforan) IV/IM: <7 days: 100 mg/kg/day q12h;
>7 days: 150 mg/kg/day q8h. -Gentamicin (Garamycin) IV/IM: 5 mg/kg/day q12h. -Also see page 72.
Infant 1-2 months old (H. flu, strep pneumonia, N
meningitidis, Group B strep):-Ampicillin 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h AND EITHER -Cefotaxime (Claforan) 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h OR -Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50-75 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12-24h OR -Gentamicin (Garamycin) 7.5 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h
Children 2 months to 18 years old (S pneumonia, H flu, N.meningitidis):
-Cefotaxime (Claforan) 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 12gm/day OR -Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50-75 mg/kg/day IV/IM q 12-24h, max4 gm/day.
Immunocompromised Patients (Gram negative bacilli, Pseudomonas, Staph, Strep viridans):
-Ticarcillin (Ticar) 200-300 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 24 gm/day -Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin) 200-300 mg/kg/day of
ticarcillin IV/IM q6-8h, max 24gm/day OR -Piperacillin (Pipracil) 200-300 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 24gm/day OR -Piperacillin/tazobactam (Zosyn) 240 mg/kg/day of piperacillinIV/IM q6-8h, max 12 gm/day OR -Ceftazidime (Fortaz) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 12gm/day AND
-Tobramycin (Nebcin) or Gentamicin (Garamycin) (normalrenal function):<5 yr (except neonates): 7.5 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h.5-10 yr: 6.0 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h.>10 yr: 5.0 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h AND (if gram positive infection strongly suspected)
-Vancomycin (Vancocin) (central line infection) 40-60 mg/kg/day IV q6-8h, max 4 gm/day
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Ibuprofen (Advil) 5-10 mg/kg/dose PO q6h-8h prn temp >38EC
OR
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-15 mg/kg PO/PR q4-6h prn temp>38EC or pain.
11. Extras and X-rays: CXR.
12. Labs: CBC, SMA 7. Blood culture and sensitivity x 2. UA,urine culture and sensitivity; antibiotic levels. Stool for Wrightstain if diarrhea. Nasopharyngeal washings for direct fluorescent antibody (RSV, chlamydia).CSF Tube 1 - Gram stain, culture and sensitivity for bacteria,
antigen screen (1-2 mL).CSF Tube 2 - Glucose, protein (1-2 mL). CSF Tube 3 - Cell count and differential (1-2 mL).
Meningitis
9. Special Medications: Term Newborns <1 months old (Group B strep, E coli, gram negatives, Listeria):
-Ampicillin, 0-7 d: 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h; >7d: 200mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h AND -Cefotaxime (Claforan): <7d: 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h; >7days: 150 mg/kg/day q8h IV/IM.
Infants 1-3 months old (H. flu, strep pneumonia, N.Meningitidis, group B strep, E coli):-Cefotaxime (Claforan) 200 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h OR -Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12-24h AND -Vancomycin (Vancocin) 40-60 mg/kg/day IV q6h.-Dexamethasone 0.6 mg/kg/day IV q6h x 4 days. Initiate before
or with the first dose of parenteral antibiotic.
Children 3 months to 18 years old (S pneumonia, H flu, N.meningitidis):
-Cefotaxime (Claforan) 200 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 12gm/day or ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q1224h, max 4 gm/day AND
-Vancomycin (Vancocin) 60 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4gm/day.-Dexamethasone 0.6 mg/kg/day IV q6h x 4 days. Initiate beforeor with the first dose of parenteral antibiotic.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Ibuprofen (Advil) 5-10 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8h prn OR -Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 15 mg/kg PO/PR q4h prn temp
>38EC or pain.
11. Extras and X-rays: CXR, MRI.
12. Labs: CBC, SMA 7. Blood culture and sensitivity x 2. UA,urine culture and sensitivity; urine specific gravity. Antibioticlevels. Urine and blood antigen testing.
Lumbar Puncture: CSF Tube 1 - Gram stain, culture and sensitivity, bacterial anti
gen screen (1-2 mL).CSF Tube 2 - Glucose, protein (1-2 mL). CSF Tube 3 - Cell count and differential (1-2 mL).
Pneumonia
6. Nursing: Pulse oximeter, inputs and outputs. Bronchial clearance techniques, vibrating vest.
-Humidified O2 by NC at 2-4 L/min or 25-100% by mask, adjust tokeep saturation >92%
Term Neonates <1 month: -Ampicillin 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h AND -Cefotaxime (Claforan) <1 wk: 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h; >1 wk:
150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h OR -Gentamicin (Garamycin) 5 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h.
Children 1 month-5 years old: -Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h OR -Ampicillin 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h AND -Gentamicin (Garamycin) or Tobramycin (Nebcin):
7.5 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h (normal renal function).
-If chlamydia is strongly suspected, add erythromycin 40mg/kg/day IV q6h.
Oral Therapy:
-Cefuroxime axetil (Ceftin)tab: child: 125-250 mg PO bid; adult: 250-500 mg PO bid susp: 30 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 1000 mg/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL; tabs: 125, 250,500 mg] OR
-Loracarbef (Lorabid) 30 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 800 mg/day[cap: 200, 400 mg; susp: 100 mg/5 mL, 200 mg/5mL]
-Cefpodoxime (Vantin)10 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 800 mg/day[susp: 50 mg/5 mL, 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 100, 200 mg]
-Cefprozil (Cefzil) 30 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 1000 mg/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg].
-Cefixime (Suprax) 8 mg/kg/day PO qd-bid, max 400 mg/day[susp: 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 200, 400 mg].
-Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 15-30 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 1000 mg/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg].
-Azithromycin (Zithromax) Children >2 yrs: 12 mg/kg/day PO qd x 5 days, max 500 mg/day >16 yrs: 500 mg PO on day 1, 250 mg PO qd on days 2-5[cap: 250 mg; susp: 100 mg/5mL, 200 mg/5mL; tabs: 250, 600mg]
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin) 30-40 mg/kg/day of amoxicillin PO q8h , max 500 mg/dose [elixir 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg; tabs,
chew: 125, 250 mg;]
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin BID)30-40 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 875 mg (amoxicillin)/dose[susp 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 875 mg; tabs, chew:200, 400 mg]
Community Acquired Pneumonia 5-18 years old (viral,Mycoplasma pneumoniae, chlamydia pneumoniae,pneumococcus, legionella):
-Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 9gm/day OR -Erythromycin estolate (Ilosone) 30-50 mg/kg/day PO q8-12h,max 2 gm/day
[caps: 125, 250 mg; drops: 100 mg/mL; susp: 125 mg/5 mL,250 mg/5 mL; tab: 500 mg; tabs, chew: 125,250 mg]
-Erythromycin ethylsuccinate (EryPed, EES)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 400 mg; tab, chew:200 mg]
-Erythromycin base (E-mycin, Ery-Tab, Eryc)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[cap, DR: 250 mg; tabs: 250, 333, 500 mg]
-Erythromycin lactobionate 20-40 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4 gm/day[inj: 500 mg, 1 gm]
-Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 15-30 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 1000 mg/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg].
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-15 mg/kg PO/PR q4h prn temp>38EC or pain.
11. Extras and X-rays: CXR PA and LAT, PPD.
12. Labs: CBC, ABG, blood culture and sensitivity x 2. Sputumgram stain, culture and sensitivity, AFB. Antibiotic levels. Nasopharyngeal washings for direct fluorescent antibody (RSV,adenovirus, parainfluenza, influenza virus, chlamydia) andcultures for respiratory viruses. UA.
Specific Therapy for Pneumonia
Pneumococcal pneumonia:
-Erythromycin estolate (Ilosone)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q8-12h, max 2 gm/day[caps: 125, 250 mg; drops: 100 mg/mL; susp: 125 mg/5 mL,250 mg/5 mL; tab: 500 mg; tabs, chew: 125,250 mg]
-Erythromycin ethylsuccinate (EryPed, EES)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 400 mg; tab, chew:200 mg]
-Erythromycin base (E-Mycin, Ery-Tab, Eryc) 30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[tab: 250, 333, 500 mg]
-Erythromycin lactobionate 20-40 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4 gm/day[inj: 500 mg, 1 g m] OR
-Vancomycin (Vancocin) 40 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4 gm/day OR -Cefotaxime (Claforan) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 12gm/day OR -Penicillin G 150,000 U/kg/day IV/IM q4-6h, max 24 MU/day.
Staphylococcus aureus:
-Oxacillin (Bactocill, Prostaphlin) or Nafcillin (Nafcil) 150-200mg/kg/day IV/IM q4-6h, max 12 gm/day OR -Vancomycin (Vancocin) 40 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4 gm/day
Haemophilus influenzae (<5 yr of age):
-Cefotaxime (Claforan) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 12gm/day OR -Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h (beta-lactamase pos), max 9 gm/day OR -Ampicillin 100-200 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h (beta-lactamase negative), max 12 gm/day
Pseudomonas aeruginosa:
-Tobramycin (Nebcin):<5 yr (except neonates): 7.5 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h.5-10 yr: 6.0 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h.>10 yr: 5.0 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h AND
-Piperacillin (Pipracil) or ticarcillin (Ticar) 200-300 mg/kg/dayIV/IM q4-6h, max 24 gm/day OR -Ceftazidime (Fortaz) 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 12 gm/day.
Mycoplasma pneumoniae:
-Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 15-30 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 1 gm/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg].
-Erythromycin estolate (Ilosone)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q8-12h, max 2 gm/day[caps: 125, 250 mg; drops: 100 mg/mL; susp: 125 mg/5 mL,250 mg/5 mL; tab: 500 mg; tabs, chew: 125,250 mg]
-Erythromycin ethylsuccinate (EryPed, EES)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 400 mg; tab, chew:200 mg]
-Erythromycin base (E-Mycin, Ery-Tab, Eryc) 30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[cap, DR: 250 mg; tabs: 250, 333, 500 mg]
-Erythromycin lactobionate (Erythrocin)20-40 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4 gm/day[inj: 500 mg, 1 gm]
-Tetracycline (Achromycin)
>8 yrs only
25-50 mg/kg/day PO q6h, max 2 gm/day[caps: 100, 250, 500 mg; susp: 125 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500mg]
Moraxella catarrhalis:
-Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 15 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 1 gm/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg] OR
-Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 9gm/day OR
-Erythromycin estolate (Ilosone)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q8-12h, max 2 gm/day[caps: 125, 250 mg; drops: 100 mg/mL; susp: 125 mg/5 mL,250 mg/5 mL; tab: 500 mg; tabs, chew: 125,250 mg]
-Erythromycin ethylsuccinate (EryPed, EES)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 400 mg; tab, chew:200 mg]
-Erythromycin base (E-Mycin, Ery-Tab, Eryc) 30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[cap, DR: 250 mg; tabs: 250, 333, 500 mg]
-Erythromycin lactobionate (Erythrocin) 20-40 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4 gm/day[inj: 500 mg, 1 gm] OR
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 6-12 mg TMP/kg/day PO/IV q12h, max 320 mg TMP/day[inj per mL: TMP 16 mg/SMX 80 mg; susp per 5 mL: TMP 40mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160 mg/SMX 800 mg; tab SS:TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg]
Chlamydia pneumoniae (TWAR), psittaci, trachomatous:
-Erythromycin estolate (Ilosone)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q8-12h, max 2 gm/day[caps: 125, 250 mg; drops: 100 mg/mL; susp: 125 mg/5 mL,250 mg/5 mL; tab: 500 mg; tabs, chew: 125,250 mg]
-Erythromycin ethylsuccinate (EryPed, EES)30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 400 mg; tab, chew:200 mg]
-Erythromycin base (E-Mycin, Ery-Tab, Eryc) 30-50 mg/kg/day PO q6-8h, max 2gm/day[cap, DR: 250 mg; tabs: 250, 333, 500 mg]
-Erythromycin lactobionate (Erythrocin) 20-40 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 4 gm/day[inj: 500 mg, 1 gm ] OR
-Azithromycin (Zithromax) children >2 yrs: 12 mg/kg/day PO qd x 5 days, max 500 mg/day >16 yrs: 500 mg PO on day one, then 250 mg PO qd on days2-5 [cap: 250 mg; susp: 100 mg/5mL, 200 mg/5mL; tabs: 250, 600mg]
Influenza Virus:
-Oseltamivir (Tamiflu) >1 yr and <15 kg: 30 mg PO bid15-23 kg: 45 mg PO bid>23 - 40 kg: 60 mg PO bid>40 kg: 75 mg PO bid>18 yr: 75 mg PO bid[cap: 75 mg; susp: 12 mg/mL]Approved for treatment of uncomplicated influenza A or Bwhen patient has been symptomatic no longer than 48 hrs. OR
-Rimantadine (Flumadine) <10 yr: 5 mg/kg/day PO qd, max 150 mg/day>10 yr: 100 mg PO bid [syrup: 50 mg/5 mL; tab: 100 mg].Approved for treatment or prophylaxis of Influenza A. Noteffective against Influenza B. OR
-Amantadine (Symmetrel) 1-9 yr: 5 mg/kg/day PO qd-bid, max 150 mg/day>9 yr: 5 mg/kg/day PO qd-bid, max 200 mg/day[cap: 100 mg; syr: 50 mg/5 mL].Approved for treatment or prophylaxis of Influenza A. Noteffective against Influenza B.
Bronchiolitis
1. Admit to:
2. Diagnosis: Bronchiolitis
6. Nursing: Pulse oximeter, peak flow rate. Respiratory isolation.
-Oxygen, humidified 1-4 L/min by NC or 40-60% by mask, keepsat >92%.
Nebulized Beta 2 Agonists:
-Albuterol (Ventolin, Proventil) (5 mg/mL sln) nebulized 0.2-0.5mL in 2 mL NS (0.10-0.15 mg/kg) q1-4h prn.
Treatment of Respiratory Syncytial Virus (severe lung disease or underlying cardiopulmonary disease):
-Ribavirin (Virazole) therapy should be considered in high riskchildren <2 yrs with chronic lung disease or with history ofpremature birth less than 35 weeks gestational age. Ribavirinis administered as a 6 gm vial, aerosolized by SPAG nebulizerover 18-20h qd x 3-5 days or 2 gm over 2 hrs q8h x 3-5 days.
Prophylaxis Against Respiratory Syncytial Virus:
-Recommended use in high risk children <2 yrs with BPD whorequired medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) management within the past six months, orwith history of premature birth less than or equal to 28 weeksgestational age who are less than one year of age at start ofRSV season, or with history of premature birth 29-32 weeksgestational age who are less than six months of age at start ofRSV season.
-Palivizumab (Synagis) 15 mg/kg IM once a month throughoutRSV season (usually October-March)-RSV-IVIG (RespiGam) 750 mg/kg IV once a month throughoutRSV season (usually from October to March).Influenza A:
-Oseltamivir (Tamiflu) >1 yr and <15 kg: 30 mg PO bid15-23 kg: 45 mg PO bid>23 - 40 kg: 60 mg PO bid>40 kg: 75 mg PO bid>18 yr: 75 mg PO bid[cap: 75 mg; susp: 12 mg/mL]Approved for treatment of uncomplicated influenza A or Bwhen patient has been symptomatic no longer than 48 hrs. OR
-Rimantadine (Flumadine) <10 yr: 5 mg/kg/day PO qd, max 150 mg/day>10 yr: 100 mg PO bid [syrup: 50 mg/5 mL; tab: 100 mg].
Approved for treatment or prophylaxis of Influenza A. Not effective against Influenza B. OR
-Amantadine (Symmetrel) 1-9 yr: 5 mg/kg/day PO qd-bid, max 150 mg/day>9 yr: 5 mg/kg/day PO qd-bid, max 200 mg/day[cap: 100 mg; syr: 50 mg/5 mL].Approved for treatment or prophylaxis of Influenza A. Noteffective against Influenza B.
Oral Beta 2 Agonists and Acetaminophen:
-Albuterol liquid (Proventil, Ventolin)2-6 years: 0.1-0.2 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8h6-12 years: 2 mg PO tid-qid>12 years: 2-4 mg PO tid-qid [soln: 2 mg/5 mL; tabs: 2,4 mg; tabs, SR: 4, 8 mg]
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-15 mg/kg PO/PR q4-6h prn temp>38E.
10. Extras and X-rays: CXR.
11. Labs: CBC, SMA 7, CBG/ABG, UA. Urine antigen screen.Nasopharyngeal washings for direct fluorescent antibody (RSV,adenovirus, parainfluenza, influenza virus, chlamydia), viralculture.
Viral Laryngotracheitis (Croup)
6. Nursing: Pulse oximeter, laryngoscope and endotracheal tubeat bedside. Respiratory isolation, inputs and outputs.
-Oxygen, cool mist, 1-2 L/min by NC or 40-60% by mask, keepsat >92%. -Racemic epinephrine (2.25% sln) 0.05 mL/kg/dose (max 0.5mL) in 2-3 mL saline nebulized q1-6h.-Dexamethasone (Decadron) 0.25-0.5 mg/kg/dose IM/IV q6hprn, max dose 10 mg OR -Prednisone 1-2 mg/kg/day PO q12-24h x 3-5 days [syr:1mg/mL, 5 mg/mL;tabs: 1, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 50 mg]-Prednisolone 1-2 mg/kg/day PO q12-24h x 3-5 days [5 mg/5mL, Orapred 20.2mg/5mL, Prelone 15 mg/5 mL].
Varicella Zoster Infections
Immunocompetent Patient
A. Therapy with oral acyclovir is not recommended routinely forthe treatment of uncomplicated varicella in the otherwisehealth(Buy now from <a href="http://www.drugswell.com/wow/index.php">http://www.drugswell.com</a>)y child <12 years of age.
B. Oral acyclovir may be given within 24 hours of the onset ofrash. Administration results in a modest decrease in the duration and magnitude of fever and a decrease in thenumber and duration of skin lesions.
C. Acyclovir (Zovirax) 80 mg/kg/day PO q6h for five days, max3200 mg/day [cap: 200 mg; susp: 200 mg/5 mL; tabs: 400,800 mg]
Immunocompromised Patient
A. Intravenous acyclovir should be initiated early in the courseof the illness. Therapy within 24 hours of rash onset maximizes efficacy. Oral acyclovir should not be used because ofunreliable oral bioavailability.Dose: 500 mg/m2/dose IV q8h x 7-10 days
B. Varicella zoster immune globulin (VZIG) may be givenshortly after exposure to prevent or modify the course of thedisease. It is not effective once disease is established. Dose: 125 U per 10 kg body weight, round up to nearest vialsize to max of 625 U [vial: 125 U/1.25ml]. Must be administered IM.
Lower Urinary Tract Infection
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs
-Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 6-10mg/kg/day TMP PO q12h, max 320 mg TMP/day [susp per 5mL: TMP 40 mg, SMX 200 mg; tab, SS: 80 mg/400 mg; tab,DS: 160 mg/800 mg] OR
-Cefpodoxime (Vantin) 10 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 800mg/day [susp: 50 mg/5 mL, 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 100, 200mg] OR
-Cefprozil (Cefzil) 30 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 1 gm/day [susp:125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg] OR Prophylactic Therapy:
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 2 mgTMP/kg/day and 10 mg SMX/kg/day PO qhs [ susp per 5mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160 mg/SMX800 mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg] OR
-Sulfisoxazole (Gantrisin) 10-20 mg/kg/day PO q12h [syr: 500mg/5 mL; tab: 500 mg].
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Phenazopyridine (Pyridium), children 6-12 yrs: 12 mg/kg/dayPO tid (max 200 mg/dose); >12 yrs: 100-200 mg PO tid x 2 days prn dysuria [tabs: 100, 200 mg]. Does not treat infection; acts only as an analgesic.
Pyelonephritis
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights
-If less than 1 week old, see suspected sepsis, pages 48, 72.-Ampicillin 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 12 gm/day AND -Gentamicin (Garamycin) or Tobramycin (Nebcin):
30 days-5 yr: 7.5 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h. 5-10 yr: 6.0 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h. >10 yr: 5.0 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h OR
-Cefotaxime (Claforan) 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 12 gm/day.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-15 mg/kg PO/PR q4-6h prn temp>38E.
11. Extras and X-rays: Renal ultrasound.
12. Labs: CBC, SMA-7. UA with micro, urine culture and sensitivity. Repeat urine culture and sensitivity 24-48 hours after initiation of therapy; blood culture and sensitivity x 2; drug levels.
Otitis Media
Acute Otitis Media (S pneumoniae, non-typable H flu, Mcatarrhalis, Staph a, group A strep):
-Amoxicillin (Amoxil) 25-50 mg/kg/day PO q8h, max 3 gm/day[caps: 250, 500 mg; drops: 50 mg/mL; susp; 125 mg/5mL,200 mg/5mL, 250 mg/5mL, 400 mg/5mL; tabs: 500, 875 mg;tabs, chew: 125, 200, 250, 400 mg] OR
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 6-8mg/kg/day of TMP PO bid, max 320 mg TMP/day[susp per 5 mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160mg/SMX 800 mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg] OR
-Erythromycin/sulfisoxazole (Pediazole) 1 mL/kg/day PO qid or40 mg/kg/day of erythromycin PO qid, max 50 mL/day[susp per 5 mL: erythromycin 200 mg/sulfisoxazole 600 mg]
OR
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin) 40 mg/kg/day ofamoxicillin PO q8h x 7-10d, max 500 mg/dose [susp per 5 mL: 125, 250 mg; tabs: 250, 500 mg; tab, chew:125, 250 mg] OR
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin BID)40 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 875 mg of amoxicillin/dose[susp: 200 mg/5mL, 400 mg/5mL; tab: 875 mg; tab, chew:200, 400 mg]
-Azithromycin (Zithromax) Children >2 yrs: 12 mg/kg/day PO qd x 5 days, max 500 mg/day >16 yrs: 500 mg PO on day 1, 250 mg PO qd on days 2-5[cap: 250 mg; susp: 100 mg/5mL, 200 mg/5mL; tabs: 250,600 mg]
OR
-Clarithromycin (Biaxin) 15-30 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 1gm/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg] OR
-Cefixime (Suprax) 8 mg/kg/day PO bid-qd, max 400 mg/day[susp: 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 200, 400 mg] OR
-Cefuroxime axetil (Ceftin) tab: child: 125-250 mg PO bid;adult: 250-500 mg PO bid; susp: 30 mg/kg/day PO q12h,max 500 mg/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL; tabs 125, 250, 500 mg] OR
-Loracarbef (Lorabid) 30 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 400 mg/day[caps: 200, 400 mg; susp: 100 mg/5 mL, 200 mg/5mL] OR -Cefpodoxime (Vantin) 10 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 800 mg/day[susp: 50 mg/5 mL, 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 100, 200 mg] OR -Cefprozil (Cefzil) 30 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 1gm/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250 mg, 500 mg]
OR
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50 mg/kg IM x one dose, max 2000 mg
Acute Otitis Media (resistant strains of Strep pneumoniae):
-Amoxicillin (Amoxil) 80-90 mg/kg/day PO q12h, max 3 gm/day[caps: 250, 500 mg; drops: 50 mg/mL; susp; 125 mg/5mL,200 mg/5mL, 250 mg/5mL, 400 mg/5mL; tabs: 500, 875 mg;tabs, chew: 125, 200, 250, 400mg]
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin BID) 80-90 mg/kg/day POq12h.[susp 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 875 mg; tab, chew:200, 400 mg]
Prophylactic Therapy (>3 episodes in 6 months):
Therapy reserved for control of recurrent acute otitis media,defined as three or more episodes per 6 months or 4 or moreepisodes per 12 months.
-Sulfisoxazole (Gantrisin) 50 mg/kg/day PO qhs [tab 500 mg; susp 500 mg/5 mL] OR
-Amoxicillin (Amoxil) 20 mg/kg/day PO qhs [caps: 250,500 mg; drops: 50 mg/mL; susp; 125 mg/5mL,200 mg/5mL, 250 mg/5mL, 400 mg/5mL; tabs: 500, 875 mg;tabs, chew: 125, 200, 250, 400mg] OR
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 4mg/kg/day of TMP PO qhs [susp per 5 mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160mg/SMX 800 mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg]
Symptomatic Therapy:
-Ibuprofen (Advil) 5-10 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8 hrs prn fever [suspension: 100 mg/5 mL, tabs: 200, 300, 400, 600, 800mg] AND/OR
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-15 mg/kg/dose PO/PR q4-6h prnfever [tabs: 325, 500 mg; chewable tabs: 80 mg; caplets: 160 mg,500 mg; drops: 80 mg/0.8 mL; elixir: 120 mg/5 mL, 130mg/5 mL, 160 mg/5 mL, 325 mg/5 mL; caplet, ER: 650 mg;suppositories: 120, 325, 650 mg].
-Benzocaine/antipyrine (Auralgan otic): fill ear canal with 2-4drops; moisten cotton pledget and place in external ear;repeat every 1-2 hours prn pain [soln, otic: Antipyrine 5.4%,benzocaine 1.4% in 10 mL and 15 mL bottles]
Extras and X rays: Aspiration tympanocentesis, tympanogram; audiometry.
Otitis Externa
Otitis Externa (Pseudomonas, gram negatives, proteus):
-Polymyxin B/neomycin/hydrocortisone (Cortisporin otic susp orsolution) 2-4 drops in ear canal tid-qid x 5-7 days.[otic soln or susp per mL: neomycin sulfate 5 mg; polymyxinB sulfate 10,000 units; hydrocortisone 10 mg in 10 mLbottles)]. The suspension is preferred. The solution should not beused if the eardrum is perforated.
Malignant Otitis Externa in Diabetes (Pseudomonas):
-Ceftazidime (Fortaz) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max12gm/day OR -Piperacillin (Pipracil) or ticarcillin (Ticar) 200-300 mg/kg/dayIV/IM q4-6h, max 24gm/day OR
-Tobramycin (Nebcin) 30 days-5 yr: 7.5 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h. 5-10 yr: 6.0 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h. >10 yr: 5.0 mg/kg/day IV q8h.
Tonsillopharyngitis
Streptococcal Pharyngitis:
-Penicillin V (Pen Vee K) 25-50 mg/kg/day PO qid x 10 days,max 3 gm/day [susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 125,250, 500 mg] OR
-Penicillin G benzathine (Bicillin LA) 25,000-50,000 U/kg (max
1.2 MU) IM x 1 dose OR -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 12 mg/kg/day PO qd x 5 days, max500 mg/day
[cap: 250 mg; susp: 100 mg/5mL, 200 mg/5mL; tabs: 250,600 mg] OR -Clarithromycin (Biaxin)15 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 1 gm/day[susp 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg] OR
-Erythromycin (penicillin allergic patients) 40 mg/kg/day PO qidx 10 days, max 2 gm/dayErythromycin ethylsuccinate (EryPed, EES)
[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 400 mg; tab,chew: 200 mg]Erythromycin base (E-Mycin, Ery-Tab, Eryc)[cap, DR: 250 mg; tabs: 250, 333, 500 mg]
Refractory Pharyngitis:
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin)40 mg/kg/day of amoxicillin PO q8h x 7-10d, max 500mg/dose [susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg; tabs,chew: 125, 250 mg] OR
-Dicloxacillin (Dycill, Dynapen, Pathocil) 50 mg/kg/day PO qid, max 2 gm/day [caps 125, 250, 500; elixir 62.5 mg/5 mL] OR
-Cephalexin (Keflex)50 mg/kg/day PO qid-tid, max 4 gm/day[caps: 250, 500 mg; drops 100 mg/mL; susp 125 mg/5 mL,250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 500 mg, 1 gm].
Prophylaxis (5 strep infections in 6 months):
-Penicillin V Potassium (Pen Vee K)40 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 3 gm/day[susp 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 125, 250, 500 mg].
Retropharyngeal Abscess (strep, anaerobes, E corrodens):
-Clindamycin (Cleocin) 25-40 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6-8h, max 4.8gm/day OR -Nafcillin (Nafcil) or oxacillin (Bactocill, Prostaphlin) 100-150mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 12 gm/day AND -Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 75-100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 9
gm/dayLabs: Throat culture, rapid antigen test; PA lateral and neck films;CXR. Otolaryngology consult for incision and drainage.
Epiglottitis
6. Nursing: Pulse oximeter. Keep head of bed elevated, allowpatient to sit; curved blade laryngoscope, tracheostomy trayand oropharyngeal tube at bedside. Avoid excessive manipulation or agitation. Respiratory isolation.
-Oxygen, humidified, blow-by; keep sat >92%.
Antibiotics:
Most common causative organism is Haemophilus influenzae.-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50 mg/kg/day IV/IM qd, max 2 gm/day
OR
-Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 9gm/day OR
-Cefotaxime (Claforan) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6-8h, max12 gm/day
Sinusitis
Treatment of Sinusitis (S. pneumoniae, H flu, M catarrhalis,group A strep, anaerobes):
-Treat for 14-21 days.
-Amoxicillin (Amoxil) 40 mg/kg/day PO tid, max 3 gm/day[caps: 250,500 mg; drops: 50 mg/mL; susp; 125 mg/5mL,200 mg/5mL, 250 mg/5mL, 400 mg/5mL; tabs: 500, 875 mg;tabs, chew: 125, 200, 250 , 400mg] OR
-Azithromycin (Zithromax) Children >2 yrs: 12 mg/kg/day PO qd x 5 days, max 500 mg/day >16 yrs: 500 mg PO on day 1, 250 mg PO qd on days 2-5[cap: 250 mg; susp: 100 mg/5mL, 200 mg/5mL; tab: 250,600 mg] OR
-Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 6-8mg/kg/day of TMP PO bid, max 320 mg TMP/day[susp per 5 mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160mg/SMX 800 mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg] OR
-Erythromycin/sulfisoxazole (Pediazole) 1 mL/kg/day PO qid or40-50 mg/kg/day of erythromycin PO qid, max 2 gmerythromycin/day[susp per 5 mL: Erythromycin 200 mg, sulfisoxazole 600 mg]
OR
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin) 40 mg/kg/day ofamoxicillin PO tid, max 500 mg/dose [elixir 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg; tabs,chew: 125, 250 mg] OR
-Amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin BID)40 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 875 mg (amoxicillin)/dose[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 875 mg; tabs, chew:200, 400 mg] OR
-Cefuroxime axetil (Ceftin)tab: child: 125-250 mg PO bid; adult: 250-500 mg PO bid susp: 30 mg/kg/day PO qid, max 500 mg/day[susp: 125 mg/5 mL; tabs: 125, 250, 500 mg]
Labs: Sinus x-rays, MRI scan.
Active Pulmonary Tuberculosis
6. Nursing: Respiratory isolation.
pyrazinamide daily, followed by 4 months of isoniazid and rifampin daily OR Two months of isoniazid, rifampin and pyrazinamide daily, followed by 4 months of isoniazid and rifampin twice weekly.
Nine Month Regimen (for hilar adenopathy only): Nine months of isoniazid and rifampin daily OR one month of isoniazid and rifampin daily, followed by 8 months of isoniazid and rifampintwice weekly.
| Anti-tuberculosis Agents | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Drug | Daily Dose | Twice Weekly Dose | Dosage Forms |
| Isoniazid (Laniazid) | 10-15 mg/kg/dayPO qd, max300 mg | 20-30 mg/kgPO, max 900 mg | Tab: 50, 100, 300 mgSyr: 10 mg/mL |
| Rifampin(Rifadin) | 10-20 mg/kg/dayPO qd, max600 mg | 10-20 mg/kg,max 600 mg | Cap: 150, 300mg Extemporaneous suspension |
| Pyrazinamide | 20-40 mg/kgPO qd, max2000 mg | 50 mg/kg PO,max 2000 mg | Tab: 500 mgExtemporaneoussuspension |
| Ethambutol (Myambutol) | 15-25 mg/kg/dayPO qd, max2500 mg | 50 mg/kg PO,max 2500 mg | Tab: 100, 400 mg |
| Streptomycin | 20-40 mg/kgIM qd, max 1 gm | 20-40 mg/kgIM, max 1 gm | Inj: 400 mg/mL,IM only |
-Directly observed therapy should be considered for all patients. All household contacts should be tested.
Tuberculosis Prophylaxis for Skin Test Conversion:-Isoniazid-susceptible: Isoniazid (Laniazid) 10 mg/kg/day (max300 mg) PO qd x 6-9 months.-Isoniazid-resistant: Rifampin (Rifadin) 10 mg/kg/day (max 600mg) PO qd for 9 months.
Cellulitis
6. Nursing: Keep affected extremity elevated; warm compressestid prn. Monitor area of infection.
-Nafcillin (Nafcil) or oxacillin (Bactocill, Prostaphlin) 100-200mg/kg/day/IV/IM q4-6h, max 12gm/day OR -Cefazolin (Ancef) 75-100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6-8h, max 6gm/day OR -Cefoxitin (Mefoxin) 100-160 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h, max 12gm/day OR -Ticarcillin/clavulanate (Timentin) 200-300 mg/kg/day IV/IM q68h, max 24 gm/day OR
-Dicloxacillin (Dycill, Dynapen, Pathocil) 50-100 mg/kg/day POqid, max 2 gm/day [caps: 125, 250, 500 mg; susp: 62.5mg/5 mL].
Cheek/Buccal Cellulitis (H flu):-Cefuroxime (Zinacef) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h, max 9gm/day OR -Cefotaxime (Claforan) 100-150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6-8h, max12 gm/day.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Acetaminophen and codeine, 0.5-1 mg codeine/kg/dose POq4-6h prn pain [elixir per 5 mL: codeine 12 mg,acetaminophen 120 mg].
11. Extras and X-rays: X-ray views of site.
12. Labs: CBC, SMA 7, blood culture and sensitivity. Leadingedge aspirate, Gram stain, culture and sensitivity; UA, urineculture.
Impetigo, Scalded Skin Syndrome, andStaphylococcal Scarlet Fever
6. Nursing: Warm compresses tid prn.
9. Special Medications:-Nafcillin (Nafcil) or oxacillin (Bactocill, Prostaphlin) 100-200mg/kg/day IV/IM q4-6h, max 12 gm/day OR -Dicloxacillin (Dycill, Dynapen, Pathocil) 25-50 mg/kg/day POqid x 5-7days, max 2 gm/day [caps 125, 250, 500 mg; elixir
62.5 mg/5 mL] OR
-Cephalexin (Keflex) 25-50 mg/kg/day PO qid, max 4 gm/day[caps: 250, 500 mg; drops 100 mg/mL; susp 125 mg/5 mL,250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 500 mg, 1 gm] OR
-Loracarbef (Lorabid) 30 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 800 mg/day[caps: 200, 400 mg; susp: 100 mg/5 mL, 200 mg/5mL] OR -Cefpodoxime (Vantin) 10 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 800 mg/day[susp: 50 mg/5 mL, 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 100 mg, 200 mg]
OR
-Cefprozil (Cefzil) 30 mg/kg/day PO bid, max 1 gm/day [susp
125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg] OR -Vancomycin (Vancocin) 40 mg/kg/day IV q6-8h, max 4 gm/day-Mupirocin (Bactroban) ointment or cream, apply topiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y tid
(cream/oint: 2% 15 gm). Extensive involvement requires
systemic antibiotics.
10. Symptomatic Medications:-Acetaminophen and codeine, 0.5-1 mg codeine/kg/dose POq4-6h prn pain [elixir per 5 mL: codeine 12 mg,acetaminophen 120 mg].
11. Labs: CBC, SMA 7, blood culture and sensitivity. Drainagefluid for Gram stain, culture and sensitivity; UA.
Tetanus
History of One or Two Primary Immunizations or Unknown:Low risk wound - Tetanus toxoid 0.5 mL IM. Tetanus prone - Tetanus toxoid 0.5 mL IM, plus tetanusimmunoglobulin (TIG) 250 U IM.
Three Primary Immunizations and 10 yrs or more Since LastBooster:
Low risk wound - Tetanus toxoid, 0.5 mL IM.
Tetanus prone - Tetanus toxoid, 0.5 mL IM.
Three Primary Immunizations and 5-10 yrs Since LastBooster:
Low risk wound - None
Tetanus prone - Tetanus toxoid 0.5 mL IM.
Three Primary Immunizations and <5 yrs Since Last Booster:
Low risk wound - None
Tetanus prone - None
Treatment of Clostridium Tetani Infection: -Tetanus immune globulin (TIG): single dose of 3,000 to 6,000U IM (consider immune globulin intravenous if TIG is notavailable). Part of the TIG dose may be infiltrated loCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)yaround the wound. Keep wound clean and débrided.-Penicillin G 100,000 U/kg/day IV q4-6h, max 24 MU/day x 1014 days OR -Metronidazole (Flagyl) 30 mg/kg/day PO/IV q6h, max 4gm/day x 10-14 days
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
-Ofloxacin (Floxin, 400 mg PO twice daily) or levofloxacin(Levaquin, 500 mg once daily) with or without metronidazole(Flagyl, 500 mg twice daily) for 14 days. OR
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin, 250 mg IM), cefoxitin (Mefoxin, 2 g IMplus probenecid 1 g orally), or another parenteral third-generation cephalosporin, followed by doxycycline (100 mgorally twice daily) with or without metronidazole for 14 days.Quinolones are not recommended to treat gonorrhea acquired in California or Hawaii. If the patient may have acquired the disease in Asia, Hawaii, or California, cefixime orceftriaxone should be used. OR
-Azithromycin (Zithromax, 1 g PO for Chlamydia coverage) andamoxicillin-clavulanate (Amoxicillin, 875 mg PO) once bydirectly observed therapy, followed by amoxicillinclavulanate (Amoxicillin, 875 mg PO BID) for 7 to 10 days.
Adolescent Inpatients-Cefotetan (Cefotan), 2 g IV Q12h, or cefoxitin (Mefoxin, 2 g IVQ6h) plus doxycycline (100 mg IV or PO Q12h) OR -Clindamycin (Cleocin), 900 mg IV Q8h, plus gentamicin (1-1.5mg/kg IV q8h)-Ampicillin-sulbactam (Unasyn), 3 g IV Q6h plus doxycycline(100 mg IV or PO Q12h)-Parenteral administration of antibiotics should be continued for 24 hours after clinical response, followed by doxycycline(100 mg PO BID) or clindamycin (Cleocin, 450 mg PO QID)for a total of 14 days.-Levofloxacin (Levaquin), 500 mg IV Q24h, plus metronidazole(Flagyl, 500 mg IV Q8h). With this regimen, azithromycin(Zithromax, 1 g PO once) should be given as soon as thepatient is tolerating oral intake.
Gonorrhea in Children less than 45 kg: Uncomplicated Vulvovaginitis, Cervicitis, Urethritis, Proctitis, or Pharyngitis:
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 125 mg IM x 1 dose (uncomplicateddisease only)
AND
-Erythromycin 50 mg/kg/day PO q6h, max 2gm/day x 7 days
OR -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 20 mg/kg PO x 1 dose, max 1 gm Disseminated Gonococcal Infection:
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50 mg/kg/day (max 2gm/day) IV/IMq24h x 7 days AND -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 20 mg/kg (max 1gm) PO x 1 dose
OR
-Erythromycin 40 mg/kg/day PO q6h (max 2gm/day) x 7 days
OR
-Doxycycline 100 mg PO bid.
Gonorrhea in Children > 45 kg and >8 yrs: Uncomplicated Vulvovaginitis, Cervicitis, Urethritis, Proctitis, or Pharyngitis:
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 125 mg IM x 1 dose OR cefixime (Suprax) 400 mg PO x 1 dose or ofloxacin (Floxin) 400 mgPO x 1 dose
AND -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 1000 mg PO x 1 dose OR -Doxycycline 100 mg PO bid x 7 days.
Disseminated Gonococcal Infection:
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 1000 mg/day IV/IM q24h x 7 days OR
cefotaxime (Claforan) 1000 mg IV q8h x 7 days AND -Azithromycin (Zithromax) 1000 mg PO x 1 dose OR -Doxycycline 100mg PO bid x 7 days.
10. Symptomatic Medications:
-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 10-15 mg/kg/dose PO/PR q4-6h prn.
Pediculosis
Pediculosis Capitis (head lice):-Permethrin (Nix) is the preferred treatment. Available in a 1%cream rinse that is applied to the scalp and hair for 10 minutes. A single treatment is adequate, but a second treatmentmay be applied 7-10 days after the first treatment [creamrinse: 1% 60 mL].-Pyrethrin (Rid, A-2000, R&C). Available as a shampoo that isapplied to the scalp and hair for 10 minutes. A repeat application 7-10 days later may sometimes be necessary [shampoo (0.3% pyrethrins, 3% piperonyl butoxide): 60, 120, 240mL].-For infestation of eyelashes, apply petrolatum ointment tid-qidfor 8-10 days and mechaniCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y remove the lice.
Pediculosis Corporis (body lice):-Treatment consists of improving hygiene and cleaning clothes.Infested clothing should be washed and dried at hot temperatures to kill the lice. Pediculicides are not necessary.
Pediculosis Pubis (pubic lice, “crabs”): Permethrin (Nix) orpyrethrin-based products may be used as described above forpediculosis capitis. Retreatment is recommended 7-10 dayslater.
Scabies
Treatment:
Bathe with soap and water; scrub and remove scaling or crusteddetritus; towel dry. All clothing and bed linen contaminatedwithin past 2 days should be washed in hot water for 20 min.
Permethrin (Elimite) - 5% cream: Adults and children: Massagecream into skin from head to soles of feet. Remove by washingafter 8 to 14 hours. Treat infants on scalp, temple and forehead. One application is curative. [cream: 5% 60 gm]
Lindane (Kwell, Gamma benzene) - available as 1% cream orlotion: Use 1% lindane for adults and older children; not recommended in pregnancy, infants, or on excoriated skin. 1-2treatments are effective. Massage a thin layer from neck totoes (including soles). In adults, 20-30 gm of cream or lotion issufficient for 1 application. Bathe after 8 hours. May be repeated in one week if mites remain or if new lesions appear.Contraindicated in children <2 years of age. [lotion: 1% 60, 473mL; shampoo:1%: 60, 473 mL].
Dermatophytoses
Diagnostic procedures:
Treat for at least 4 weeks. Tinea corporis (ringworm), cruris (jock itch), pedis (athlete’s foot):
-Ketoconazole (Nizoral) cream qd [2%: 15, 30, 60 gm].-Clotrimazole (Lotrimin) cream bid [1%: 15, 30, 45 gm].-Miconazole (Micatin) cream bid [2%: 15, 30 gm].-Econazole (Spectazole) cream bid [1%: 15, 30, 85 gm].-Oxiconazole (Oxistat) cream or lotion qd-bid [1% cream: 15,
30, 60 gm; 1% lotion: 30 mL].-Sulconazole (Exelderm) cream or lotion qd-bid [1% cream: 15,
30, 60 gm; 1% lotion: 30 mL].-Naftifine (Naftin) cream or gel applied bid [1%: 15, 30 gm].-Terbinafine (Lamisil) cream or applied bid [1% cream: 15, 30
gm; 1% gel: 5, 15, 30 gm].
Tinea capitis:-Griseofulvin Microsize (Grisactin, Grifulvin V) 15-20 mg/kg/dayPO qd, max 1000 mg/day [caps: 125, 250 mg; susp: 125mg/5 mL; tabs: 250, 500 mg]-Griseofulvin Ultramicrosize (Fulvicin P/G, Grisactin Ultra, Gris-PEG) 5-10 mg/kg/day PO qd, max 750 mg/day [tabs: 125,165, 250, 330 mg].-Give griseofulvin with whole-milk or fatty foods to increaseabsorption. May require 4-6 weeks of therapy and should becontinued for two weeks beyond clinical resolution.
Tinea Unguium (Fungal Nail Infection): -Griseofulvin (see dosage above) is effective, but may requireup to 4 months of therapy.
Tinea Versicolor: -Cover body surface from face to knees with selenium sulfide2.5% lotion or selenium sulfide 1% shampoo daily for 30minutes for 1 week, then monthly x 3 to help prevent recurrences.
Gastrointestinal Disorders
Gastroenteritis
9. Special Medications: Severe Gastroenteritis with Fever, Gross Blood and Neutrophils in Stool (E coli, Shigella, Salmonella):
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50-75 mg/kg/day IV/IM q 12-24h, max 4gm/day OR
-Cefixime (Suprax) 8 mg/kg/day PO bid-qd, max 400 mg/day[susp: 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 200, 400 mg] OR
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 10 mg of TMPcomponent/kg/day PO bid x 5-7d, max 320 mg TMP/day [suspper 5 mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160 mg/SMX800 mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg].
Salmonella (treat infants and patients with septicemia):
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50-75 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12-24h, max 4gm/day OR
-Cefixime (Suprax) 8 mg/kg/day PO bid-qd, max 400 mg/day[susp: 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 200, 400 mg] OR
-Ampicillin 100-200 mg/kg/day IV q6h, max 12 gm/day or 50-100mg/kg/day PO qid x 5-7d, max 4 gm/day [caps: 250, 500 mg;drops: 100 mg/mL; susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL, 500mg/5 mL] OR
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 10 mgTMP/kg/day PO bid x 5-7d, max 320 mg TMP/day [susp per 5mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160 mg/SMX 800mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg] OR
-If >18 yrs: Ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 250-750 mg PO q12h or 200-400mg IV q12h [inj: 200, 400 mg; susp: 100 mg/mL; tabs: 100,250, 500, 750 mg]
Antibiotic Associated Diarrhea and Pseudomembranous Colitis (Clostridium difficile):
-Treat for 7-10 days. Do not give antidiarrheal drugs.
-Metronidazole (Flagyl) 30 mg/kg/day PO/IV (PO preferred) q8h x7 days, max 4 gm/day. [inj: 500 mg; tabs: 250, 500 mg; extem
poraneous suspension] OR
-Vancomycin (Vancocin) 40 mg/kg/day PO qid x 7 days, max 2gm/day [caps: 125, 250 mg; oral soln: 250 mg/5 mL, 500 mg/6mL]. Vancomycin therapy is reserved for patients who areallergic to metronidazole or who have not responded tometronidazole therapy.
Rotavirus supportive treatment, see Dehydration page 67.
10. Extras and X-rays: Upright abdomen
11. Labs: SMA7, CBC; stool Wright stain for leukocytes,Rotazyme. Stool culture and sensitivity for enteric pathogens;C difficile toxin and culture, ova and parasites; occult blood.Urine specific gravity, UA, blood culture and sensitivity.
Specific Therapy for Gastroenteritis
Shigella Sonnei:
-Treat x 5 days. Oral therapy is acceptable except for seriously illpatients. For resistant strains, ciprofloxacin should be considered but is not recommended for use for persons younger than18 years of age except in exceptional circumstances.
-Ampicillin (preferred over amoxicillin) 50-100 mg/kg/day PO q6h,max 3 gm/day [caps: 250, 500 mg; drops: 100 mg/mL; susp:125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; 500 mg/5 mL] OR
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 10 mgTMP/kg/day PO/IV q12h x 5 days [inj per mL: TMP 16mg/SMX80mg; susp per 5 mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP160 mg/SMX 800 mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg] OR
-Ampicillin 50-80 mg/kg/day PO q6h, max 4 gm/day; or 100mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h for 5-7 days, max 12 gm/day [caps: 250,500 mg; susp: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL] OR
-Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 50-75 mg/kg/day IV/IM q 12-24h, max 4gm/day OR
-Cefixime (Suprax) 8 mg/kg/day PO bid-qd, max 400 mg/day[susp: 100 mg/5 mL; tabs: 200, 400 mg].
Yersinia (sepsis):
-Most isolates are resistant to first-generation cephalosporins andpenicillins.
-Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 10 mg/kg/dayTMP PO q12h x 5-7days [susp per 5 mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200mg; tab DS: TMP 160 mg/SMX 800 mg; tab SS: TMP80mg/SMX 400 mg]
Campylobacter jejuni:
-Erythromycin 40 mg/kg/day PO q6h x 5-7 days, max 2 gm/dayErythromycin ethylsuccinate (EryPed, EES)[susp: 200 mg/5 mL, 400 mg/5 mL; tab: 400 mg; tab, chew:200 mg]Erythromycin base (E-Mycin, Ery-Tab, Eryc)[cap, DR: 250 mg; tabs: 250, 333, 500 mg] OR
-Azithromycin (Zithromax) 10 mg/kg PO x 1 on day 1 (max 500 mg) followed by 5mg/kg/day PO qd on days 2-5 (max 250 mg)[cap: 250 mg; susp: 100 mg/5mL, 200 mg/5mL; tabs: 250, 600mg]
Enteropathogenic E coli (Travelers Diarrhea):
-Trimethoprim/Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim, Septra) 10 mg/kg/dayTMP PO/IV bid [inj per mL: TMP 16 mg/SMX 80 mg; susp per 5mL: TMP 40 mg/SMX 200 mg; tab DS: TMP 160 mg/SMX 800mg; tab SS: TMP 80mg/SMX 400 mg].
-Patients older than 8 years old: Doxycycline (Vibramycin) 2-4mg/kg/day PO q12-24h, max 200 mg/day [caps: 50, 100 mg;susp: 25 mg/5mL; syrup: 50 mg/5mL; tabs 50, 100 mg].
Enteroinvasive E coli:
-Antibiotic selection should be based on susceptibility testing ofthe isolate. If systemic infection is suspected, parenteralantimicrobial therapy should be given.
Giardia Lamblia:
-Metronidazole is the drug of choice. A 5-7 day course of therapyhas a cure rate of 80-95%. Furazolidone is 72-100% effective when given for 7-10 days. Albendazole is also an acceptablealternative when given for 5 days.
-Metronidazole (Flagyl) 15 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 5-7 days (max 4gm/day) [tabs: 250, 500 mg; extemporaneous suspension] OR
-Furazolidone (Furoxone) 5-8.8 mg/kg/day PO qid for 7-10 days,max 400 mg/day [susp: 50 mg/15 mL; tab: 100 mg] OR
-Albendazole (Albenza): if > 2 yrs, 400 mg PO qd x 5 days [tab:200mg; extemporaneous suspension]
Entamoeba Histolytica:Asymptomatic cyst carriers:
-Iodoquinol (Yodoxin) 30-40 mg/kg/day PO q8h (max 1.95gm/day) x 20 days [tabs: 210, 650 mg; powder for reconstitution] OR
-Paromomycin (Humatin) 25-35 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 7 days[cap: 250 mg] OR -Diloxanide: 20 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 10 days, max 1500mg/day. (Available only through CDC).
Mild-to-moderate intestinal symptoms with no dysentery:-Metronidazole (Flagyl): 35-50 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 10 days,max 2250 mg/day [tabs: 250, 500 mg; extemporaneoussuspension] followed by:-Iodoquinol (Yodoxin) 30-40 mg/kg/day PO q8h (max 1.95gm/day) x 20 days [tabs: 210, 650 mg; powder for reconstitution] OR -Paromomycin (Humatin) 25-35 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 7 days[cap: 250 mg] OR -Diloxanide: 20 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 10 days, max 1500mg/day. (Available only through CDC).
Dysentery or extraintestinal disease (including liver abscess):
-Metronidazole (Flagyl): 35-50 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 10 days,max 2250 mg/day [tabs: 250, 500 mg; extemporaneoussuspension] followed by:
-Iodoquinol (Yodoxin) 30-40 mg/kg/day PO q8h (max 1.95gm/day) x 20 days [tabs: 210, 650 mg; powder for reconstitution] OR
-Paromomycin (Humatin) 25-35 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 7 days[cap: 250 mg] OR -Diloxanide: 20 mg/kg/day PO q8h x 10 days, max 1500mg/day. (Available only through CDC).
Hepatitis A
6. Nursing: Contact precautions.
9. Symptomatic Medications:-Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) 15 mg/kg/day IM/PO/PR q6-8h, max 100 mg/dose if <13.6kg or 200 mg/dose if 13.6-41kg.[caps: 100, 250 mg; inj: 100 mg/mL; supp: 100, 200 mg].-Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 15 mg/kg PO/PR q4h prn temp >38E C or pain.-Meperidine (Demerol) 1 mg/kg IV/IM q2-3h prn pain.
10. Special Medications:-Hepatitis A immune globulin, 0.02 mL/kg IM (usually requiresmultiple injections at different sites), when given within 2weeks after exposure to HAV, is 85% effective in preventingsymptomatic infection.-Hepatitis A vaccine (Havrix) if >2 yrs: 0.5 mL IM, repeat in 6
12 months.
Hepatitis B
9. Symptomatic Medications:-Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) 15 mg/kg/day IM/PO/PR q6-8h, max 100 mg/dose if <13.6kg or 200 mg/dose if 13.6-41kg.[caps: 100, 250 mg; inj: 100 mg/mL; supp: 100, 200 mg].-Diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 1 mg/kg/dose IV/IM/IO/PO q6hprn pruritus or nausea, max 50 mg/dose OR -Acetaminophen (Tylenol)15 mg/kg PO/PR q4h prn temp >38E C or pain.-Meperidine (Demerol) 1 mg/kg IV/IM q2-3h prn pain.
Post exposure prophylaxis for previously unimmunizedpersons:
-Hepatitis B immune globulin 0.06 mL/kg (minimum 0.5 mL) IM
x1 AND -Hepatitis B vaccine 0.5 mL IM (complete three dose serieswith second dose in one month and third dose in six months)
10. Extras and X-rays:
11. Labs: IgM anti-HAV, IgM anti-HBc, HBsAg, anti-HCV; alpha-1-antitrypsin, ANA, ferritin, ceruloplasmin, urine copper, liverfunction tests, INR, PTT.
Parenteral Nutrition
5. Nursing: Daily weights, inputs and outputs; measure headcircumference and height. Finger stick glucose bid.
6. Diet: Total Parenteral Nutrition:
-Calculate daily protein solution fluid requirement less fluidfrom lipid and other sources. Calculate total amino acid requirement.
-Protein: Neonates and infants start with 0.5 gm/kg/day andincrease to 2-3 gm/kg/day. For children and young adults,start with 1 gm/kg/day, and increase by 1.0 gm/kg/day (max2-3 gm/kg/day). Calculate percent amino acid to be infused:amino acid requirement in grams divided by the volume offluid from the dextrose/protein solution in mL x 100.
-Advance daily dextrose concentration as tolerated, whilefollowing blood glucose levels. Usual maximum concentration is D35W.
| Total Parenteral Nutrition Requirements | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Infants-25 kg | 25-45 kg | >45 kg | |
| Calories | 90-120 kcal/kg/day | 60-105 kcal/kg/day | 40-75 kcal/kg/day |
| Fluid | 120-180 mL/kg/day | 120-150 mL/kg/day | 50-75 mL/kg/day |
| Dextrose | 4-6 mg/kg/min | 7-8 mg/kg/min | 7-8 mg/kg/min |
| Protein | 2-3 gm/kg/day | 1.5-2.5 gm/kg/day | 0.8-2.0 gm/kg/day |
| Sodium | 2-6 mEq/kg/day | 2-6 mEq/kg/day | 60-150 mEq/day |
| Potassium | 2-5 mEq/kg/day | 2-5 mEq/kg/day | 70-150 mEq/day |
| Infants-25 kg | 25-45 kg | >45 kg | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Chloride | 2-3 mEq/kg/day | 2-3 mEq/kg/day | 2-3 mEq/kg/day |
| Calcium | 1-2 mEq/kg/day | 1 mEq/kg/day | 0.2-0.3 mEq/kg/day |
| Phosphate | 0.5-1 mM/kg/day | 0.5 mM/kg/day | 7-10 mM/1000 cal |
| Magnesium | 1-2 mEq/kg/day | 1 mEq/kg/day | 0.35-0.45 mEq/kg/day |
| Multi-Trace Element Formula | 1 mL/day | 1 mL/day | 1 mL/day |
| Multivitamin (Peds MVI or MVC 9+3) | |
|---|---|
| <2.5 kg | 2 mL/kg Peds MVI |
| 2.5 kg -11 yr | 5 mL/day Peds MVI |
| >11 yrs | MVC 9+3 10 mL/day |
Dextrose Infusion: -Dextrose mg/kg/min = [% dextrose x rate (mL/hr) x 0.167] ÷kg-Normal Starting Rate: 6-8 mg/kg/min
Lipid Solution:-Minimum of 5% of total calories should be from fat emulsion. Max of 40% of calories as fat (10% soln = 1 gm/10 mL = 1.1kcal/mL; 20% soln = 2 gm/10 mL = 2.0 kcal/mL). 20%Intralipid is preferred in most patients.-For neonates, begin fat emulsion at 0.5 gm/kg/day and advance to 0.5-1 gm/kg/day.-For infants, children and young adults, begin at 1 gm/kg/day,advance as tolerated by 0.5-1 gm/kg/day; max 3 gm/kg/dayor 40% of calories/day.-Neonates - infuse over 20-24h; children and infants - infuse over 16-24h, max 0.15 gm/kg/hr.-Check serum triglyceride 6h after infusion (maintain <200mg/dL)
Peripheral Parenteral Supplementation: -Calculate daily fluid requirement less fluid from lipid and othersources. Then calculate protein requirements: Begin with 1gm/kg/day. Advance daily protein by 0.5-0.6 gm/kg/day tomaximum of 3 gm/kg/day.-Protein requirement in grams ÷ fluid requirement in mL x 100= % amino acids. -Begin with maximum tolerated dextrose concentration. (Dextrose concentration >12.5% requires a central line.)-Calculate max fat emulsion intake (3 gm/kg/day), and calculate volume of 20% fat required (20 gm/100 mL = 20 %):[weight (kg) x gm/kg/day] ÷ 20 x 100 = mL of 20% fat emulsion. Start with 0.5-1.0 gm/kg/day lipid, and increase by 0.5-1.0gm/kg/day until 3 gm/kg/day. Deliver over 18-24 hours.-Draw blood 4-6h after end of infusion for triglyceride level.
Daily labs: Glucose, Na, K, Cl, HCO3, BUN, creatinine, osmolarity, CBC, cholesterol, triglyceride, urine glucose andspecific gravity.
Twice weekly Labs: Calcium, phosphate, Mg, SMA-12
Weekly Labs: Protein, albumin, prealbumin, Mg, direct andindirect bilirubin, AST, GGT, alkaline phosphatase, iron, TIBC,transferrin, retinol-binding protein, PT/PTT, zinc, copper, B12,folate, 24h urine nitrogen and creatinine.
Gastroesophageal Reflux
A. Treatment: -Thicken feedings; give small volume feedings; keep head of bedelevated 30 degrees.-Metoclopramide (Reglan) 0.1-0.2 mg/kg/dose PO qid 20-30minutes prior to feedings, max 1 mg/kg/day [concentratedsoln: 10 mg/mL; syrup: 1 mg/mL; tab: 10 mg]-Cimetidine (Tagamet) 20-40 mg/kg/day IV/PO q6h (20-30 minbefore feeding) [inj: 150 mg/mL; oral soln: 60 mg/mL; tabs:200, 300, 400, 800 mg]-Ranitidine (Zantac) 2-4 mg/kg/day IV q8h or 4-6 mg/kg/day POq12h [inj: 25 mg/mL; liquid: 15 mg/mL; tabs: 75, 150, 300 mg]-Erythromycin (used as a prokinetic agent not as an antibiotic) 23 mg/kg/dose PO q6-8h. [ethylsuccinate susp: 200 mg/5mL,400 mg/5mL] Concomitant cisapride is contraindicated due topotentially fatal drug interaction.-Cisapride (Propulsid) 0.15-0.3 mg/kg/dose PO tid-qid [susp: 1mg/mL; tab, scored: 10 mg]. Available via limited-accessprotocol only (Janssen, 1-800-Janssen) due to risk of seriouscardiac arrhythmias.
B. Extras and X-rays: Upper GI series, pH probe, gastroesophageal nuclear scintigraphy (milk scan), endoscopy.
Constipation
I. Management of Constipation in Infants
A. Glycerin suppositories are effective up to 6 months of age:1 suppository rectally prn.Barley malt extract, 1-2 teaspoons, can be added to a feeding two to three times daily.Four to six ounces prune juice are often effective. After 6
months of age, lactulose 1 to 2 mL/kg/day is useful.
B. Infants that do not respond may be treated with emulsifiedmineral oil (Haley’s MO) 2 mL/kg/dose PO bid, increasingas needed to 6-8 oz per day.
II. Management of Constipation in Children >2 years of Age
A. The distal impaction should be removed with hypertonicphosphate enemas (Fleet enema). Usually three enemasare administered during a 36 to 48 hour period.
B. Lactulose may also be used at 5 to 10 mL PO bid, increasing as required up to 45 mL PO bid.
C. Emulsified mineral oil (Haley’s MO) may be begun at 2mL/kg/dose PO bid and increased as needed up to 6 to 8oz per day. Concerns about mineral oil interfering withabsorption of fat-soluble vitamins have not been substantiated.
D. Milk of magnesia: Preschoolers are begun at 2 tsp PO bid,with adjustments made to reach a goal of one to threesubstantial stools a day over 1 to 2 weeks. Older children:1-3 tablets (311mg magnesium hydroxide/chewable tablet)PO bid prn.
E. A bulk-type stool softener (e.g., Metamucil) should beinitiated. Increase intake of high-residue foods (e.g. fruits,vegetables), bran, and whole grain products. Water intakeshould be increased.
III.Stool Softeners and Laxatives:
A. Docusate sodium (Colace):
<3y 20-40 mg/day PO q6-24h 3-6y 20-60 mg/day PO q6-24h 6-12y 40-150 mg/day PO q6-24h >12y 50-400 mg/day PO q6-24h[caps: 50,100, 250 mg; oral soln: 10 mg/mL, 50 mg/mL]
B. Magnesium hydroxide (Milk of Magnesia) 0.5 mL/kg/doseor 2-5 yr: 5-15 mL; 6-12y: 15-30 mL; >12y: 30-60 mL PO prn.
C. Hyperosmotic soln (CoLyte or GoLytely) 15-20 mL/kg/hrPO/NG.
D. Polyethylene glycol (MiraLax)3-6 yr: 1 tsp powder dissolved in 3 ounces fluid PO qd-tid6-12 yr: ½ tablespoon powder dissolved in 4 ounces fluidPO qd-tid >12 yr: one tablespoon powder dissolved in 8 ounces fluidPO qd-tid
E. Senna (Senokot, Senna-Gen) 10-20 mg/kg PO/PR qhs prn(max 872 mg/day) [granules: 362 mg/teaspoon; supp: 652mg; syrup: 218 mg/5mL; tabs: 187, 217, 600 mg]
F. Sennosides (Agoral, Senokot, Senna-Gen), 2-6 yrs: 3-8.6mg/dose PO qd-bid; 6-12 yrs: 7.15-15 mg/dose PO qd-bid;> 12 yrs: 12-25 mg/dose PO qd-bid [granules per 5 mL: 8.3,15, 20 mg; liquid: 33 mg/mL; syrup: 8.8 mg/5 mL; tabs: 6,8.6, 15, 17, 25 mg]
IV. Diagnostic Evaluation: Anorectal manometry,anteroposterior and lateral abdominal radiographs, lower GIstudy of unprepared colon.
Toxicology
Poisonings
Gastric Decontamination: Ipecac Syrup:
<6 mos: not recommended 6-12 mos: 5-10 mL PO followed by 10-20 mL/kg of water1-12 yrs: 15 mL PO followed by 10-20 mL/kg of water>12 yrs: 30 mL PO followed by 240 mL of waterMay repeat dose one time if vomiting does not occur within 2030 minutes. Syrup of ipecac is contraindicated in corrosive orhydrocarbon ingestions or in patients without or soon to losegag reflex.Activated Charcoal: 1 gm/kg/dose (max 50 gm) PO/NG; the
first dose should be given using product containing sorbitol
as a cathartic. Repeat ½ of initial dose q4h if indicated.
Gastric Lavage: Left side down, with head slightly lower thanbody; place large-bore orogastric tube and check position byinjecting air and auscultating. Normal saline lavage: 15mL/kg boluses until clear (max 400 mL), then give activatedcharcoal or other antidote. Save initial aspirate for toxicological exam. Gastric lavage is contraindicated if corrosives,hydrocarbons, or sharp objects were ingested.
Cathartics: -Magnesium citrate 6% sln:<6 yrs: 2-4 mL/kg/dose PO/NG6-12 yrs: 100-150 mL PO/NG>12 yrs: 150-300 mL PO/NG
Antidotes to Common Poisonings
Narcotic or Propoxyphene Overdose:-Naloxone (Narcan) 0.1 mg/kg/dose (max 4 mg) IV/IO/ET/IM,may repeat q2min.
Methanol or Ethylene Glycol Overdose:-Ethanol 8-10 mL/kg (10% inj soln) IV in D5W over 30min, then0.8-1.4 mL/kg/hr. Maintain ethanol level at 100-130 mg/dL.
Benzodiazepine Overdose:-Flumazenil (Romazicon) 0.01 mg/kg IV (max 0.5 mg). Repeatdose if symptoms return.
Alcohol Overdose: Cardiorespiratory support-Labs: Blood glucose; CBC, ABG, rapid toxicology screen.-Treatment: Dextrose 0.5-1 gm/kg (2-4 mL/kg D25W or 5-10mL/kg D10W), max 25 gm.-Naloxone (Narcan) 0.1 mg/kg (max 2 mg) IV, repeat q2minprn to max dose 8-10 mg if drug overdose suspected. Forextreme agitation, give diazepam 0.1-0.5 mg/kg IV (max 5mg if < 5 yrs, 10 mg if >5 yrs).
Organophosphate Toxicity-Atropine: 0.01-0.02 mg/kg/dose (minimum dose 0.1mg, maximum dose 0.5 mg in children and 1 mg in adolescents)IM/IV/SC. May repeat prn.-Pralidoxime (2-PAM): 20-50 mg/kg/dose IM/IV. Repeat in 1-2hrs if muscle weakness has not been relieved, then at 10-12 hr intervals if cholinergic signs recur.
Anticholinergic Toxicity-Physostigmine (Antilirium): 0.01-0.03 mg/kg/dose IV; mayrepeat after 15-20 minutes to a maximum total dose of 2 mg.
Heparin Overdose-Protamine sulfate dosage is determined by the most recentdosage of heparin and the time elapsed since the overdose.
| Dosage of Protamine Sulfate | |
|---|---|
| Time Elapsed | IV Dose of Protamine (mg) to Neutralize 100 units of Heparin |
| Immediate | 1-1.5 |
| 30-60 minutes | 0.5-0.75 |
| > 2 hrs | 0.25-0.375 |
Warfarin Overdose
-Phytonadione (Vitamin K1)
-If no bleeding and rapid reversal needed and patient willrequire further oral anticoagulation therapy, give 0.5-2 mgIV/SC
-If no bleeding and rapid reversal needed and patient will not require further oral anticoagulation therapy, give 2-5 mgIV/SC
-If significant bleeding but not life-threatening, give 0.5-2 mgIV/SC-If significant bleeding and life-threatening, give 5 mg IV[inj: 2 mg/mL, 10 mg/mL]
Acetaminophen Overdose
6. Nursing: ECG monitoring, inputs and outputs, pulse oximeter,aspiration precautions.
9. Special Medications:-Gastric lavage with 10 mL/kg (if >5 yrs, use 150-200 mL) ofnormal saline by nasogastric tube if < 60 minutes after ingestion. -Activated charcoal (if recent ingestion) 1 gm/kg PO/ NG q24h, remove via suction prior to acetylcysteine.
-N-Acetylcysteine (Mucomyst, NAC) loading dose 140 mg/kgPO/ NG, then 70 mg/kg PO/NG q4h x 17 doses (20% slndiluted 1:4 in carbonated beverage); follow acetaminophenlevels. Continue for full treatment course even if serum levels fall below nomogram.
-Phytonadione (Vitamin K) 1-5 mg PO/IV/IM/SQ (if INR >1.5).-Fresh frozen plasma should be administered if INR >3.
Iron Overdose
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs
9. Special Medications:Toxicity likely if >60 mg/kg elemental iron ingested.Possibly toxic if 20-60 mg/kg elemental iron ingested.Induce emesis with ipecac if recent ingestion (<1 hour ago).Charcoal is not effective. Gastric lavage if greater than 20mg/kg of elemental iron ingested or if unknown amountingested.If hypotensive, give IV fluids (10-20 mL/kg normal saline) andplace the patient in Trendelenburg's position.Maintain urine output of >2 mL/kg/h.If peak serum iron is greater than 350 mcg/dL or if patient issymptomatic, begin chelation therapy.-Deferoxamine (Desferal) 15 mg/kg/hr continuous IV infusion.Continue until serum iron is within normal range.Exchange transfusion is recommended in severely symptomatic patients with serum iron >1,000 mcg/dL.
Neurologic andEndocrinologic Disorders
Seizure and Status Epilepticus
6. Nursing: Seizure and aspiration precautions, ECG and EEGmonitoring.
Status Epilepticus:1.Maintain airway, 100% O2 by mask; obtain brief history, fingerstick glucose.2.Start IV NS. If hypoglycemic, give 1-2 mL/kg D25W IV/IO(0.25-0.5 gm/kg). 3.Lorazepam (Ativan) 0.1 mg/kg (max 4 mg) IV/IM. Repeat q15-20 min x 3 prn. 4.Phenytoin (Dilantin) 15-18 mg/kg in normal saline at <1mg/kg/min (max 50 mg/min) IV/IO. Monitor BP and ECG (QTinterval).
5. If seizures continue, intubate and give phenobarbitalloading dose of 15-20 mg/kg IV or 5 mg/kg IV every 15minutes until seizures are controlled or 30 mg/kg is reached.
6.If seizures are refractory, consider midazolam (Versed) infusion (0.1 mg/kg/hr) or general anesthesia with EEG monitoring.
7.Rectal Valium gel formulation< 2 yrs: not recommended2-5 yrs: 0.5 mg/kg6-11 yrs: 0.3 mg/kg >12 yrs: 0.2 mg/kgRound dose to 2.5, 5, 10, 15, and 20 mg/dose. Dose may berepeated in 4-12 hrs if needed. Do not use more than fivetimes per month or more than once every five days.[rectal gel (Diastat): pediatric rectal tip - 5 mg/mL (2.5, 5, 10mg size); adult rectal tip - 5 mg/mL (10, 15, 20 mg size)]
Generalized Seizures Maintenance Therapy:
-Carbamazepine (Tegretol):
<6 yr: initially 10-20 mg/kg/day PO bid, then may increase in5-7 day intervals by 5 mg/kg/day; usual max dose 35mg/kg/day PO q6-8h
6-12 yr: initially 100 mg PO bid (10 mg/kg/day PO bid), thenmay increase by 100 mg/day at weekly intervals; usual maintenance dose 400-800 mg/day PO bid-qid.
>12 yr: initially 200 mg PO bid, then may increase by 200mg/day at weekly intervals; usual maintenance dose 8001200 mg/day PO bid-tid Dosing interval depends on product selected. Susp: q6-8h;tab: q8-12h; tab, chew: q8-12h; tab, ER: q12h[susp: 100 mg/5 mL; tab: 200 mg; tab, chewable: 100 mg; tab, ER: 100, 200, 400 mg] OR
-Divalproex sodium (Depakote, Valproic acid) PO: Initially 1015 mg/kg/day bid-tid, then increase by 5-10 mg/kg/dayweekly as needed; usual maintenance dose 30-60mg/kg/day bid-tid. Up to 100 mg/kg/day tid-qid may be required if other enzyme-inducing anticonvulsants are usedconcomitantly. IV: total daily dose is equivalent to total dailyoral dose but divide q6h and switch to oral therapy as soonas possible. PR: dilute syrup 1:1 with water for use as aretention enema, loading dose 17-20 mg/kg x 1 or maintenance 10-15 mg/kg/dose q8h [cap: 250 mg; cap, sprinkle: 125 mg; inj: 100 mg/mL; syrup:
250 mg/5 mL; tab, DR: 125, 250, 500 mg] OR
-Phenobarbital (Luminal): Loading dose 10-20 mg/kg IV/IM/PO,then maintenance dose 3-5 mg/kg/day PO qd-bid [cap: 16 mg; elixir: 15 mg/5mL, 4 mg/mL; inj: 30 mg/mL, 60
mg/mL, 65 mg/mL, 130 mg/mL; tabs: 8, 15, 16, 30, 32, 60,
65,100 mg] OR
-Phenytoin (Dilantin): Loading dose 15-18 mg/kg IV/PO, thenmaintenance dose 5-7 mg/kg/day PO/IV q8-24h (only sustained release capsules may be dosed q24h)[caps: 30, 100 mg; elixir: 125 mg/5 mL; inj: 50 mg/mL; tab,
chewable: 50 mg]
-Fosphenytoin (Cerebyx): > 5 yrs: loading dose 10-20 mg PEIV/IM, maintenance dose 4-6 mg/kg/day PE IV/IM q12-24h.Fosphenytoin 1.5 mg is equivalent to phenytoin 1 mg whichis equivalent to fosphenytoin 1 mg PE (phenytoin equivalentunit). Fosphenytoin is a water-soluble pro-drug of phenytoinand must be ordered as mg of phenytoin equivalent (PE).[inj: 150 mg (equivalent to phenytoin sodium 100 mg) in 2
mL vial; 750 mg (equivalent to phenytoin sodium 500 mg)
in 10 mL vial]
Partial Seizures and Secondary Generalized Seizures:-Carbamazepine (Tegretol), see above OR -Phenytoin (Dilantin), see above-Phenobarbital (Luminal), see above OR -Valproic acid (Depacon, Depakote, Depakene), see above.-Lamotrigine (Lamictal):Adding to regimen containing valproic acid: 2-12 yrs: 0.15mg/kg/day PO qd-bid weeks 1-2, then increase to 0.3mg/kg/day PO qd-bid weeks 3-4, then increase q1-2 weeksby 0.3 mg/kg/day to maintenance dose 1-5 mg/kg/day (max200 mg/day)>12 yrs: 25 mg PO qOD weeks 1-2, then increase to 25 mgPO qd weeks 3-4, then increase q1-2 weeks by 25-50mg/day to maintenance dose 100-400 mg/day PO qd-bidAdding to regimen without valproic acid: 2-12 yrs: 0.6mg/kg/day PO bid weeks 1-2, then increase to 1.2 mg/kg/dayPO bid weeks 3-4, then increase q1-2 weeks by 1.2mg/kg/day to maintenance dose 5-15 mg/kg/day PO bid(max 400 mg/day)>12 yrs: 50 mg PO qd weeks 1-2, then increase to 50 mg PObid weeks 3-4, then increase q1-2 weeks by 100 mg/day tomaintenance dose 300-500 mg/day PO bid.[tabs: 25, 100, 150, 200 mg]-Primidone (Mysoline) PO: 8 yrs: 50-125 mg/day qhs, increaseby 50-125 mg/day q3-7d; usual dose 10-25 mg/kg/day tid-qid >8 yrs: 125-250 mg qhs; increase by 125-250 mg/day q3-7d,usual dose 750-1500 mg/day tid-qid (max 2 gm/day).[susp: 250 mg/5mL; tabs: 50, 250 mg]
| Therapeutic Serum Levels | |
|---|---|
| Carbamazepine | 4-12 mcg/mL |
| Clonazepam | 20-80 ng/mL |
| Ethosuximide | 40-100 mcg/mL |
| Phenobarbital | 15-40 mcg/mL |
| Phenytoin | 10-20 mcg/mL |
| Primidone | 5-12 mcg/mL |
| Valproic acid | 50-100 mcg/mL |
New-Onset Diabetes
9. Special Medications:
-Goal is preprandial glucose of 100-200 mg/dL
| Total Daily Insulin Dosage | ||
|---|---|---|
| <5 Years (U/kg) | 5-11 Years (U/kg) | 12-18 Years (U/kg) |
| 0.6-0.8 | 0.75-0.9 | 0.8-1.5 |
-Divide 2/3 before breakfast and 1/3 before dinner. Give 2/3 of
total insulin requirement as NPH and give 1/3 as lispro orregular insulin.
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
6. Nursing: ECG monitoring; capillary glucose checks q1-2h untilglucose level is <200 mg/dL, daily weights, inputs and outputs.O2 at 2-4 L/min by NC. Record labs on flow sheet.
<3 40-60 mEq/L 3-4 30 4-5 20 5-6 10 >6 0
Rate: 0.25-1 mEq KCL/kg/hr, maximum 1 mEq/kg/h or 20 mEq/h.
9.Special Medications:
-Insulin Regular (Humulin) 0.05-0.1 U/kg/hr (50 U in 500 mL NS)continuous IV infusion. Adjust to decrease glucose by 50-100mg/dL/hr.
-If glucose decreases at less than 50 mg/dL/hr, increase insulinto 0.14-0.2 U/kg/hr. If glucose decreases faster than 100mg/dL/hr, continue insulin at 0.05-0.1 U/kg/h and add D5W toIV fluids.
-When glucose approaches 250-300 mg/dL, add D5W to IV.Change to subcutaneous insulin (lispro or regular) whenbicarbonate is >15, and patient is tolerating PO food; do notdiscontinue insulin drip until one hour after subcutaneous doseof insulin.
Hematologic and InflammatoryDisorders
Sickle Cell Crisis
6. Nursing: Age appropriate pain scale.
-Oxygen 2-4 L/min by NC.
-Morphine sulfate 0.1 mg/kg/dose (max 10-15 mg) IV/IM/SC q24h prn or follow bolus with infusion of 0.05-0.1 mg/kg/hr prn or0.3-0.5 mg/kg PO q4h prn OR
-Acetaminophen/codeine 0.5-1 mg/kg/dose (max 60 mg/dose) ofcodeine PO q4-6h prn [elixir: 12 mg codeine/5 mL; tabs: 15,30, 60 mg codeine component] OR
-Acetaminophen and hydrocodone [elixir per 5 mL: hydrocodone
2.5 mg, acetaminophen] 167 mg; tabs: Hydrocodone 2.5 mg, acetaminophen 500 mg; Hydrocodone 5 mg, acetaminophen 500 mg; Hydrocodone 7.5 mg, acetaminophen 500 mg, Hydrocodone 7.5 mg, acetaminophen 650 mg, Hydrocodone 10 mg, acetaminophen 500 mg, Hydrocodone 10 mg, acetaminophen 650 mg Children: 0.6 mg hydrocodone/kg/day PO q6-8h prn <2 yr: do not exceed 1.25 mg/dose 2-12 yr: do not exceed 5 mg/dose
>12 yr: do not exceed 10 mg/dose
Patient Controlled Analgesia
-Morphine Basal rate 0.01-0.02 mg/kg/hr Intermittent bolus dose 0.01-0.03 mg/kg Bolus frequency (“lockout interval”) every 6-15 minutes
-Hydromorphone (Dilaudid) Basal rate 0.0015-0.003 mg/kg/hr Intermittent bolus dose 0.0015-0.0045 mg/kg Bolus frequency (“lockout interval”) every 6-15 min
Adjunctive Therapy:
-Hydroxyzine (Vistaril) 0.5-1 mg/kg/dose PO q6h (max 50mg/dose)-Ibuprofen (Motrin) 10 mg/kg/dose PO q6h (max 800 mg/dose)
OR
-Ketorolac (Toradol) 0.4 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q6h (max 30 mg/dose); maximum 3 days, then switch to oral ibuprofen
Maintenance Therapy:
-Hydroxyurea (Hydrea): 15 mg/kg/day PO qd, may increase by 5mg/kg/day q12 weeks to a maximum dose of 35 mg/kg/day.Monitor for myelotoxicity. [caps: 200, 300, 400, 500 mg]
-Folic acid 1 mg PO qd (if >1 yr). -Transfusion PRBC 5 mL/kg over 2h, then 10 mL/kg over 2h,
then check hemoglobin. If hemoglobin is less than 6-8 gm/dL,give additional 10 mL/kg.
-Deferoxamine (Desferal) 15 mg/kg/hr x 48 hours (max 12gm/day) concomitantly with transfusion or 1-2 gm/day SQ over8-24 hrs
-Vitamin C 100 mg PO qd while receiving deferoxamine
-Vitamin E PO qd while receiving deferoxamine <1 yr: 100 IU/day 1-6 yr: 200 IU/day >6 yr: 400 IU/day
-Penicillin VK (Pen Vee K) (prophylaxis for pneumococcalinfections): <3 yrs: 125 mg PO bid; >3 yrs: 250 mg PO bid[elixir: 125 mg/5 mL, 250 mg/5 mL; tabs: 125, 250, 500 mg]. Ifcompliance with oral antibiotics is poor, use penicillin Gbenzathine 50,000 U/kg (max 1.2 million units) IM every 3weeks. Erythromycin is used if penicillin allergic.
10. Extras and X-rays: CXR.
11. Labs: CBC, blood culture and sensitivity, reticulocyte count, typeand cross, SMA 7, parvovirus titers, UA, urine culture and sensitivity.
Kawasaki Disease
6. Nursing: temperature at least q4h
7. Diet:
8. Special Medications:-Immunoglobulin (IVIG) 2 gm/kg/dose IV x 1 dose. Administerdose at 0.02 mL/kg/min over 30 min; if no adverse reaction,increase to 0.04 mL/kg/min over 30 min; if no adversereaction, increase to 0.08 mL/kg/min for remainder of infusion. Defer measles vaccination for 11 months after receiving high dose IVIG. [inj: 50 mg/mL, 100 mg/mL]-Aspirin 100 mg/kg/day PO or PR q6h until fever resolves, then8-10 mg/kg/day PO/PR qd [supp: 60, 120, 125, 130, 195,200, 300, 325, 600, 650 mg; tabs: 325, 500, 650 mg; tab,chew: 81 mg].-Ambubag, epinephrine (0.1 mL/kg of 1:10,000), and diphenhydramine 1 mg/kg (max 50 mg) should be availablefor IV use if an anaphylactic reaction to immunoglobulin occurs.
Fluids and Electrolytes
Dehydration
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights. Urine specific gravity q void.
<10 kg 100 mL/kg/24h 10-20 kg 1000 mL plus 50 mL/kg/24h for each kg >10 kg >20 kg 1500 mL plus 20 mL/kg/24h for each kg >20 kg.
Electrolyte Requirements:Sodium: 3-5 mEq/kg/dayPotassium: 2-3 mEq/kg/dayChloride: 3 mEq/kg/dayGlucose: 5-10 gm/100 mL water required (D5W - D10W)
| Estimation of Dehydration | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Degree of Dehydration | Mild | Moderate | Severe |
| Weight Loss--Infants | 5% | 10% | 15% |
| Weight Loss--Children | 3%-4% | 6%-8% | 10% |
| Pulse | Normal | Slightly increased | Very increased |
| Blood Pressure | Normal | Normal to orthostatic, >10 mm Hgchange | Orthostatic to shock |
| Behavior | Normal | Irritable | Hyperirritableto lethargic |
| Thirst | Slight | Moderate | Intense |
| Mucous Membranes | Normal | Dry | Parched |
| Tears | Present | Decreased | Absent, sunken eyes |
| Anterior Fontanelle | Normal | Normal to sunken | Sunken |
| Degree of Dehydration | Mild | Moderate | Severe |
| External JugularVein | Visible when supine | Not visible except withsupraclavicular pressure | Not visible even with supraclavicular pressure |
| Skin | Capillaryrefill <2 sec | Delayedcapillaryrefill, 2-4 sec (decreasedturgor) | Very delayedcapillary refill(>4 sec), tenting; cool skin,acrocyanotic,or mottled |
| Urine Specific Gravity (SG) | >1.020 | >1.020; oliguria | Oliguria oranuria |
| Approximate FluidDeficit | <50 mL/kg | 50-100 mL/kg | >100 mL/kg |
Electrolyte Deficit Calculation:Na+ deficit = (desired Na - measured Na in mEq/L) x 0.6 x weightin kgK+ deficit = (desired K - measured K in mEq/L) x 0.25 x weight inkgCl! deficit= (desired Cl - measured Cl in mEq/L) x 0.45 x weightin kgFree H2O deficit in hypernatremic dehydration = 4 mL/kg forevery mEq that serum Na >145 mEq/L.
Phase 1, Acute Fluid Resuscitation (Symptomatic Dehydration):-Give NS 20-30 mL/kg IV at maximum rate; repeat fluid bolusesof NS 20-30 mL/kg until adequate circulation.
Phase 2, Deficit and Maintenance Therapy (Asymptomatic dehydration): Hypotonic Dehydration (Na+ <125 mEq/L):
-Calculate total maintenance and deficit fluids and sodium deficit for 24h (minus fluids and electrolytes given in phase 1). Ifisotonic or hyponatremic dehydration, replace 50% over 8hand 50% over next 16h.
-Estimate and replace ongoing losses q6-8h. -Add potassium to IV solution after first void. -Usually D5 ½ NS or D5 1/4 NS saline with 10-40 mEq KCL/liter
60 mL/kg over 2 hours. Then infuse at 6-8 mL/kg/h for 12h.-See hyponatremia, page 69.
Isotonic Dehydration (Na+ 130-150 mEq/L):-Calculate total maintenance and replacement fluids for 24h(minus fluids and electrolytes given in phase 1) and give halfover first 8h, then remaining half over next 16 hours.-Add potassium to IV solution after first void.-Estimate and replace ongoing losses.-Usually D5 ½ NS or D5 1/4 NS with 10-40 mEq KCL/L.
Hypertonic Dehydration (Na+ >150 mEq/L):-Calculate and correct free water deficit and correct slowly. Lowersodium by 10 mEq/L/day; do not reduce sodium by more than15 mEq/L/24h or by >0.5 mEq/L/hr.-If volume depleted, give NS 20-40 mL/kg IV until adequatecirculation, then give ½-1/4 NS in 5% dextrose to replace halfof free water deficit over first 24h. Follow serial serum sodium levels and correct deficit over 48-72h. -Free water deficit: 4 mL/kg x (serum Na+ -145)-Also see "hypernatremia" page 69.-Add potassium to IV solution after first void as KCL.-Usually D5 1/4 NS or D5W with 10-40 mEq/L KCL. Estimate andreplace ongoing losses and maintenance.
Replacement of ongoing losses (usual fluids):-Nasogastric suction: D5 ½ NS with 20 mEq KCL/L or ½ NS withKCL 20 mEq/L.-Diarrhea: D5 1/4 NS with 40 mEq KCl/L
Oral Rehydration Therapy (mild-moderate dehydration <10%):-Oral rehydration electrolyte solution (Rehydralyte, Pedialyte,Ricelyte, Revital Ice) deficit replacement of 60-80 mL/kg PO orvia NG tube over 2h. Provide additional fluid requirement overremaining 18-20 hours; add anticipated fluid losses from stoolsof 10 mL/kg for each diarrheal stool.
| Oral Electrolyte Solutions | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Product | Na (mEq/L) | K (mEq/L) | Cl (mEq/L) |
| Rehydralyte | 75 | 20 | 65 |
| Ricelyte | 50 | 25 | 45 |
| Pedialyte | 45 | 20 | 35 |
Hyperkalemia
6. Nursing: Continuous ECG monitoring, inputs and outputs, daily weights.
-Calcium gluconate 50-100 mg/kg (max 1 gm) IV over 5-10minutes or calcium chloride 10-20 mg/kg (max 1 gm) IV over10 minutes.
-Regular insulin 0.1 U/kg plus glucose 0.5 gm/kg IV bolus (as10% dextrose).
-Sodium bicarbonate 1-2 mEq/kg IV over 3-5 min (give aftercalcium in separate IV), repeat in 10-15 min if necessary.-Furosemide (Lasix) 1 mg/kg/dose (max 40 mg IV) IV q6-12h prn,
may increase to 2 mg/kg/dose IV [inj: 10 mg/mL]
-Kayexalate resin 0.5-1 gm/kg PO/PR. 1 gm resin binds 1 mEq ofpotassium.
Hypokalemia
6. Nursing: ECG monitoring, inputs and outputs, daily weights.
Add 20-40 mEq KCL/L to maintenance IV fluids. May give 1-4mEq/kg/day to maintain normal serum potassium. May supplement with oral potassium.
K <2.5 mEq/L and ECG abnormalities:
Give KCL 1-2 mEq/kg IV at 0.5 mEq/kg/hr; max rate 1 mEq/kg/hror 20 mEq/kg/hr in life-threatening situations (whichever issmaller). Recheck serum potassium, and repeat IV bolusesprn; ECG monitoring required.
Oral Potassium Therapy:
-Potassium chloride (KCl) elixir 1-3 mEq/kg/day PO q8-24h [10%soln = 1.33 mEq/mL].
Hypernatremia
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights.
If volume depleted or hypotensive, give NS 20-40 mL/kg IV untiladequate circulation, then give D5 ½ NS IV to replace half ofbody water deficit over first 24h. Correct serum sodium slowlyat 0.5-1 mEq/L/hr. Correct remaining deficit over next 48-72h.
Body water deficit (liter) = 0.6 x (weight kg) x (serum Na -140)
Hypernatremia with ECF Volume Excess: -Furosemide (Lasix) 1 mg/kg IV.-D5 1/4 NS to correct body water deficit.
9. Extras and X-rays: ECG.
10. Labs: SMA 7, osmolality, triglycerides. UA, urine specificgravity; 24h urine Na, K, creatinine.
Hyponatremia
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights, neurochecks.
-Water restrict to half maintenance. -Furosemide (Lasix) 1 mg/kg/dose IV over 1-2 min or 2-3
mg/kg/day PO q8-24h.Hyponatremia with Normal Volume Status (low osmolality <280,urine sodium <10 mM/L: water intoxication; urine sodium >20 mM/L:SIADH, hypothyroidism, renal failure, Addison's disease, stress,drugs):
-0.9% saline with 20-40 mEq KCL/L infused to correct hyponatremia at rate of <0.5 mEq/L/hr) OR use 3% NS in severe hyponatremia [3% NS = 513 mEq/liter].
Hyponatremia with Hypovolemia (low osmolality <280; urine sodium <10 mM/L: vomiting, diarrhea, 3rd space/respiratory/skinloss; urine sodium >20 mM/L: diuretics, renal injury, renal tubularacidosis, adrenal insufficiency, partial obstruction, salt wasting):
-If volume depleted, give NS 20-40 mL/kg IV until adequatecirculation.
-Gradually correct sodium deficit in increments of 10 mEq/L.Determine volume deficit cliniCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y, and determine sodium deficit as below.
-Calculate 24 hour fluid and sodium requirement and give halfover first 8 hours, then give remainder over 16 hours. 0.9%saline = 154 mEq/L
-Usually D5NS 60 mL/kg IV over 2h (this will increaseextracellular sodium by 10 mEq/L), then infuse at 6-8 mL/kg/hrx 12h.
Severe Symptomatic Hyponatremia: -If volume depleted, give NS 20-40 mL/kg until adequate circulation. -Determine volume of 3% hypertonic saline (513 mEq/L) to be
infused as follows: Na(mEq) deficit = 0.6 x (wt kg) x (desired Na - actual Na)Volume of soln (L) = Sodium to be infused (mEq) ÷ mEq/L in
solution -Correct half of sodium deficit slowly over 24h.-For acute correction, the serum sodium goal is 125 mEq/L; max
rate for acute replacement is 1 mEq/kg/hr. Serum Na should beadjusted in increments of 5 mEq/L to reach 125 mEq/L. Thefirst dose is given over 4 hrs. For further correction for serumsodium to above 125 mEq/L, calculate mEq dose of sodiumand administer over 24-48h.
9. Extras and X-rays: CXR, ECG.
10. Labs: SMA 7, osmolality, triglyceride. UA, urine specificgravity. Urine osmolality, Na, K; 24h urine Na, K, creatinine.
Hypophosphatemia
Indications for Intermittent IV Administration:
| Treatment of Hypophosphatemia | |
| Dosage of IV Phosphate | Serum Phosphate |
| Low dose 0.08 mM/kg IVover 6 hrs | >1 mg/dL |
| Intermediate dose 0.16 mM/kg IVover 6 hrs 0.24 mM/kg IVover 4 hrs | 0.5-1 mg/dL |
| High Dose 0.36 mM/kg IVover 6 hrs | <0.5 mg/dL |
IV Phosphate Cations:
Sodium phosphate: Contains sodium 4 mEq/mL, phosphate 3mM/mLPotassium phosphate: Contains potassium 4.4 mEq/mL, phosphate 3 mM/mLMax rate 0.06 mM/kg/hr
Oral Phosphate Replacement
1-3 mM/kg/day PO bid-qid
Potassium Phosphate:Powder (Neutra-Phos-K): phosphorus 250 mg [8 mM] andpotassium 556 mg [14.25 mEq] per packet; Tab (K-Phos Original): phosphorus 114 mg [3.7 mM], potassium 144 mg [3.7 mEq]Sodium Phosphate: Phosphosoda Soln per 100 mL: sodium
phosphate 18 gm and sodium biphosphate 48 gm [containsphosphate 4 mM/mL]
Sodium and Potassium Phosphate: Powd Packet: phosphorus250 mg [8 mM], potassium 278 mg [7.125 mEq], sodium 164mg [7.125 mEq];
Tabs: K-Phos MF: phosphorus 125.6 mg [4 mM], potassium 44.5 mg
mEq], sodium 134 mg [5.8 mEq]Uro-KP-Neutral: phosphorus 250 mg [8 mM], potassium 49.4 mg
[1.27 mEq], sodium 250.5 mg [10.9 mEq]
Hypomagnesemia
Indications for Intermittent IV Administration:
Magnesium Sulfate, Acute Treatment:
-25-50 mg/kg/dose (0.2-0.4 mEq/kg/dose) IV every 4-6 hrs x 3-4doses as needed (max 2000 mg = 16 mEq/dose); max rate1 mEq/kg/hr (125 mg/kg/hr).
Magnesium sulfate IV maintenance dose: 1-2 mEq/kg/day(125-250 mg/kg/day) in maintenance IV solution.Magnesium PO Maintenance Dose: 10-20 mg/kg/dose elemental magnesium PO qid.Magnesium Chloride (Slow-Mag): mg salt (mEq elemental
magnesium; mg elemental magnesium)Tab, SR: 535 mg (5.2 mEq; 63 mg).Magnesium Gluconate (Magonate): mg salt (mEq elemental
magnesium; mg elemental magnesium)Liq: 1000 mg/5mL (4.8 mEq/5mL; 54 mg).Tab: 500 mg (2.4 mEq; 27 mg).Magnesium Oxide: mg salt (mEq elemental magnesium; mg
elemental magnesium). Tabs: 400 mg (20 mEq; 242 mg), 420 mg (21 mEq; 254 mg),
500 mg (25 mEq; 302 mg).Caps: 140 mg (7 mEq; 84 mg).Magnesium Sulfate: mg salt (mEq elemental magnesium; mg
elemental magnesium) Soln: 500 mg/mL (4.1 mEq/mL; 49.3 mg/mL).
Newborn Care
Neonatal Resuscitation
| APGAR Score | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Sign | 0 | 1 | 2 |
| Heart rate per minute | Absent | Slow (<100) | >100 |
| Respirations | Absent | Slow, irregular | Good, crying |
| Muscle tone | Limp | Some flexion | Active motion |
| Reflex irritability | No response | Grimace | Cough or sneeze |
| Color | Blue or pale | Pink bodywith blue extremities | Completelypink |
| Assess APGAR score at 1 minute and 5 minutes, then continue assessment at 5 minute intervals until APGAR is greaterthan 7. | |||
General Measures:
1. Review history, check equipment, oxygen, masks, laryngo
scope, ET tubes, medications.Vigorous, Crying Infant: Provide routine delivery room care forinfants with heart rate >100 beats per minute, spontaneousrespirations, and good color and tone: warmth, clearing the airway,and drying.
Meconium in Amniotic Fluid:
Resuscitation:
Hypotension or Bradycardia or Asystole: Epinephrine 0.1-0.3mL/kg [0.01-0.03 mg/kg (0.1 mg/mL = 1:10,000)] IV or ET q35min. Dilute ET dose to 2-3 mL in NS. If infant fails to respond,consider increasing dose to 0.1 mg/kg (0.1 mL/kg of 1 mg/mL =1:1000).
Hypovolemia: Insert umbilical vein catheter and give O negativeblood, plasma, 5% albumin, Ringer’s lactate, or normal saline10 mL/kg IV over 5-10 minutes. Repeat as necessary to correcthypovolemia.
Severe Birth Asphyxia, Mixed Respiratory/Metabolic Acidosis(not responding to ventilatory support; pH <7.2): Give sodium Bicarbonate 1 mEq/kg, dilute 1:1 in sterile water IV q510min as indicated.
Narcotic-Related Depression:
| Endotracheal Tube Sizes | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Weight(gm) | Gestational Age(weeks) | Tube Size (mm) | Depth ofInsertion from UpperLip (cm) |
| < 1000 | <28 | 2.5 | 6.5-7 |
| 1000-2000 | 28-34 | 3 | 37079 |
| 2000-3000 | 34-38 | 3.5 | 37111 |
| > 3000 | >38 | 3.5-4.0 | >9 |
Suspected Neonatal Sepsis
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights, cooling measuresprn temp >38EC, consent for lumbar puncture.
-Ampicillin and gentamicin OR ampicillin and cefotaxime as below. -Add vancomycin as below if >7 days old and a central line is present.
Neonatal Dosage of Ampicillin:
<1200 gm 0-4 weeks: 100 mg/kg/day IV/IMq12h
1200-2000 gm: <7d: 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h >7d: 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h
>2000 gm: <7d: 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h >7d: 200 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h
Cefotaxime (Claforan):
<1200 grams: 0-4 wks: 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h >
> 1200 grams: 0-7 days: 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h >7 days: 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h
Gentamicin (Garamycin)/Tobramycin (Nebcin):
<1200 gm 0-4 weeks: 2.5 mg/kg/dose IV/IMq24h
1200-2000 gm: <7d: 2.5 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12-24h >7d: 2.5 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12-24h
>2000 gm: <7d: 2.5 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12-24h >7d: 2.5 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12h
Neonatal Vancomycin (Vancocin) Dosage:
<1200 gm 0-4 weeks: 15 mg/kg/dose IV q24h
1200-2000 gm: <7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV q12-18h >7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV q8-12h
>2000 gm: <7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV q12h >7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV q8-12h
Nafcillin (Nafcil):
<1200 gm: 0-4 weeks 50 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h
1200-2000 gm: <7 days: 50 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h >7 days: 75 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h
>2000 gm: <7 days: 75 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h >7 days: 100 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6h
Mezlocillin (Mezlin):
<1200 gm: 0-4 weeks 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h
1200-2000 gm: <7 days: 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h >7 days: 225 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h
>2000 gm: <7 days: 150 mg/kg/day IV/IM q12h >7 days: 225 mg/kg/day IV/IM q8h
Amikacin:
<1200 gm 0-4 weeks: 10 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q24h
1200-2000 gm: <7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12-24h >7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12-24h
>2000 gm: <7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12-24h >7d: 10 mg/kg/dose IV/IM q12h
10. Extras and X-rays: CXR
11. Laboratory Studies: CBC, SMA 7, blood culture and sensitivity; UA, culture and sensitivity, antibiotic levels.CSF Tube 1 - Gram stain, bacterial culture and sensitivity, an
tigen screen (1-2 mL).CSF Tube 2 - Glucose protein (1-2 mL). CSF Tube 3 - Cell count and differential (1-2 mL).
Respiratory Distress Syndrome
Rescue Therapy: Treatment of infants with RDS based onrespiratory distress not attributable to any other causes andchest radiographic findings consistent with RDS.
-Beractant (Survanta): 4 mL/kg of birth weight via endotrachealtube then q6h up to 4 doses total [100 mg (4 mL), 200 mg (8mL)]
-Colfosceril (Exosurf): 5 mL/kg of birth weight via endotrachealtube then q12h for 2-3 doses total [108 mg (10 mL)]
-Poractant alfa (Curosurf): first dose 2.5 mL/kg (200mg/kg/dose) of birthweight via endotracheal tube, mayrepeat with 1.25 mL/kg/dose (100 mg/kg/dose) at 12-hourintervals for up to two additional doses [120 mg (1.5 mL),240 mg (3 mL)]
-Calfactant (Infasurf): 3 mL/kg via endotracheal tube, mayrepeat q12h up to a total of 3 doses [6 mL]
Chronic Lung Disease
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights
-Furosemide (Lasix) 1 mg/kg/dose PO/IV/IM q6-24h prn [inj: 10mg/mL; oral soln: 10 mg/mL, 40 mg/5mL]-Chlorothiazide (Diuril) 2-8 mg/kg/day IV q12-24h or 20-40mg/kg/day PO q12h [inj: 500 mg; susp: 250 mg/5mL]-Spironolactone (Aldactone) 2-3 mg/kg/day PO q12-24h [tabs:25, 50, 100 mg; extemporaneous suspension]
Steroids:
-Dexamethasone (Decadron) 0.5-1 mg/kg/day IV/IM q6-12h-Prednisone 1-2 mg/kg/day PO q12-24h [soln: 1 mg/mL, 5mg/mL]
11. Extras and X-rays: CXR
12. Labs: CBC, SMA 7.
Hyperbilirubinemia
6. Nursing: Inputs and outputs, daily weights, monitor skin color,monitor for lethargy and hypotonia
-Phenobarbital 5 mg/kg/day PO/IV q12-24h [elixir: 15 mg/5mL,20 mg/5mL; inj: 30 mg/mL, 60 mg/mL, 65 mg/mL, 130mg/mL]
-Phototherapy -Exchange transfusion for severely elevated bilirubin
12. Labs: Total bilirubin, indirect bilirubin, albumin, SMA 7. Blood group typing of mother and infant, a direct Coombs' test. Complete blood cell count, reticulocyte count, blood smear. Ininfants of Asian or Greek descent, glucose-6-phosphatedehydrogenase (G6PD) should be measured.
GYNECOLOGY
Surgical Documentation forGynecology
Gynecologic Surgical History
Identifying Data. Age, gravida (number of pregnancies), para (number of deliveries). Chief Compliant. Reason given by patient for seeking surgical care. History of Present Illness (HPI). Describe the course of the patient's illness, including when it began, character of the symptoms; pain onset (gradual or rapid), character of pain (constant, intermittent, cramping, radiating); other factors associated with pain (urination, eating, strenuous activities); aggravating or relieving factors. Other related diseases; past diagnostic testing. Obstetrical History. Past pregnancies, durations and outcomes, preterm deliveries, operative deliveries. Gynecologic History: Last menstrual period, length of regular cycle. Past medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) History (PMH). Past medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems, previous surgeries, hospitalizations, diabetes, hypertension, asthma, heart disease. Medications. Cardiac medications, oral contraceptives, estrogen. Allergies. Penicillin, codeine. Family History. medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) problems in relatives. Social History. Alcohol, smoking, drug usage, occupation.
Review of Systems (ROS):General: Fever, fatigue, night sweats. HEENT: Headaches, masses, dizziness. Respiratory: Cough, sputum, dyspnea.Cardiovascular: Chest pain, extremity edema. Gastrointestinal: Vomiting, abdominal pain, melena (blacktarry stools), hematochezia (bright red blood per rectum).Genitourinary: Dysuria, hematuria, discharge. Skin: Easy bruising, bleeding tendencies.
Gynecologic Physical Examination
General: Vital Signs: Temperature, respirations, heart rate, blood pressure. Eyes: Pupils equally round and react to light and accommodation
(PERRLA); extraocular movements intact (EOMI). Neck: Jugular venous distention (JVD), thyromegaly, masses,
lymphadenopathy.Chest: Equal expansion, rales, breath sounds. Heart: Regular rate and rhythm (RRR), first and second heartsounds, murmurs. Breast: Skin retractions, masses (mobile, fixed), erythema,
axillary or supraclavicular node enlargement.Abdomen: Scars, bowel sounds, masses, hepatosplenomegaly,guarding, rebound, costovertebral angle tenderness, hernias.Genitourinary: Urethral discharge, uterus, adnexa, ovaries,
cervix. Extremities: Cyanosis, clubbing, edema.Neurological: Mental status, strength, tendon reflexes, sensory
testing.Laboratory Evaluation: Electrolytes, glucose, liver function tests,INR/PTT, CBC with differential; X-rays, ECG (if >35 yrs or cardiovascular disease), urinalysis.Assessment and Plan: Assign a number to each problem.Discuss each problem, and describe surgical plans for eachnumbered problem, including preoperative testing, laboratorystudies, medications, and antibiotics.
Discharge Summary
Patient's Name: Chart Number: Date of Admission: Date of Discharge: Admitting Diagnosis: Discharge Diagnosis: Name of Attending or Ward Service: Surgical Procedures: History and Physical Examination and Laboratory Data:
Describe the course of the disease up to the time the patient came to the hospital, and describe the physical exam and laboratory data on admission. Hospital Course: Describe the course of the patient's illness while in the hospital, including evaluation, treatment, outcome of treatment, and medications given. Discharged Condition: Describe improvement or deterioration in condition. Disposition: Describe the situation to which the patient will be discharged (home, nursing home). Discharged Medications: List medications and instructions. Discharged Instructions and Follow-up Care: Date of return for follow-up care at clinic; diet, exercise instructions. Problem List: List all active and past problems. Copies: Send copies to attending physician, clinic, consultants and referring physician.
Surgical Progress Note
Surgical progress notes are written in “SOAP” format.
| Surgical Progress Note |
|---|
| Date/Time:Post-operative Day Number:Problem List: Antibiotic day number and hyperalimentationday number if applicable. List each surgical problem separately (eg, status-post appendectomy, hypokalemia).Subjective: Describe how the patient feels in the patient's ownwords, and give observations about the patient. Indicate anynew patient complaints, note the adequacy of pain relief, andpassing of flatus or bowel movements. Type of food the patientis tolerating (eg, nothing, clear liquids, regular diet).Objective:Vital Signs: Maximum temperature (Tmax) over the past 24hours. Current temperature, vital signs.Intake and Output: Volume of oral and intravenous fluids, volume of urine, stools, drains, and nasogastric output.Physical Exam:General appearance: Alert, ambulating.Heart: Regular rate and rhythm, no murmurs. Chest: Clear to auscultation. Abdomen: Bowel sounds present, soft, nontender.Wound Condition: Comment on the wound condition (eg, clean and dry, good granulation, serosanguinousdrainage). Condition of dressings, purulent drainage,granulation tissue, erythema; condition of sutures,dehiscence. Amount and color of drainageLab results: White count, hematocrit, and electrolytes, chest x-rayAssessment and Plan: Evaluate each numbered problemseparately. Note the patient's general condition (eg, improving), pertinent developments, and plans (eg, advance diet toregular, chest x-ray). For each numbered problem, discussany additional orders and plans for discharge or transfer. |
Procedure Note
A procedure note should be written in the chart when a procedureis performed. Procedure notes are brief operative notes.
| Procedure Note |
|---|
| Date and time: Procedure: Indications: Patient Consent: Document that the indications, risks and alternatives to the procedure were explained to the patient.Note that the patient was given the opportunity to ask questions and that the patient consented to the procedure in writing.Lab tests: Electrolytes, INR, CBCAnesthesia: Local with 2% lidocaine Description of Procedure: Briefly describe the procedure,including sterile prep, anesthesia method, patient position,devices used, anatomic location of procedure, and outcome.Complications and Estimated Blood Loss (EBL):Disposition: Describe how the patient tolerated the procedure. Specimens: Describe any specimens obtained and laboratorytests which were ordered. |
Discharge Note
The discharge note should be written in the patient’s chart prior todischarge.
| Discharge Note |
|---|
| Date/time:Diagnoses:Treatment: Briefly describe treatment provided during hospitalization, including surgical procedures and antibiotic therapy.Studies Performed: Electrocardiograms, CT scans, CXR.Discharge Medications:Follow-up Arrangements: |
Postoperative Check
A postoperative check should be completed on the evening aftersurgery. This check is similar to a daily progress note.
| Example Postoperative Check |
|---|
| Date/time:Postoperative CheckSubjective: Note any patient complaints, and note the adequacy of pain relief.Objective:General appearance:Vitals: Maximum temperature in the last 24 hours (Tmax),current temperature, pulse, respiratory rate, blood pressure. Urine Output: If urine output is less than 30 cc per hour,more fluids should be infused if the patient is hypovolemic.Physical Exam:Chest and lungs:Abdomen: Wound Examination: The wound should be examined for excessive drainage or bleeding, skin necrosis, condition ofdrains. Drainage Volume: Note the volume and characteristics of drainage from Jackson-Pratt drain or other drains.Labs: Post-operative hematocrit value and other labs.Assessment and Plan: Assess the patient’s overall conditionand status of wound. Comment on abnormal labs, and discuss treatment and discharge plans. |
Total Abdominal Hysterectomy and Bilateral Salpingo-oophorectomy OperativeReport
Preoperative Diagnosis: 45 year old female, gravida 3 para 3,with menometrorrhagia unresponsive to medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) therapy.Postoperative Diagnosis: Same as above Operation: Total abdominal hysterectomy and bilateral salpingooophorectomy
Surgeon:Assistant: Anesthesia: General endotracheal Findings At Surgery: Enlarged 10 x 12 cm uterus with multiplefibroids. Normal tubes and ovaries bilaterally. Frozen sectionrevealed benign tissue. All specimens sent to pathology.Description of Operative Procedure: After obtaining informedconsent, the patient was taken to the operating room and placedin the supine position, given general anesthesia, and prepped anddraped in sterile fashion.
A Pfannenstiel incision was made 2 cm above the symphysispubis and extended sharply to the rectus fascia. The fascial incision was bilaterally incised with curved Mayo scissors, and therectus sheath was separated superiorly and inferiorly by sharp andblunt dissection. The peritoneum was grasped between two Kellyclamps, elevated, and incised with a scalpel. The pelvis wasexamined with the findings noted above. A Balfour retractor wasplaced into the incision, and the bowel was packed away withmoist laparotomy sponges. Two Kocher clamps were placed on the cornua of the uterus and used for retraction.
The round ligaments on both sides were clamped, sutured with#0 Vicryl, and transected. The anterior leaf of the broad ligamentwas incised along the bladder reflection to the midline from bothsides, and the bladder was gently dissected off the lower uterinesegment and cervix with a sponge stick.
The retroperitoneal space was opened and the ureters wereidentified bilaterally. The infundibulopelvic ligaments on both sideswere then doubly clamped, transected, and doubly ligated with #OVicryl. Excellent hemostasis was observed. The uterine arterieswere skeletonized bilaterally, clamped with Heaney clamps,transected, and sutured with #O Vicryl. The uterosacral ligamentswere clamped bilaterally, transected, and suture ligated in a similarfashion.
The cervix and uterus was amputated, and the vaginal cuffangles were closed with figure-of-eight stitches of #O Vicryl, andthen were transfixed to the ipsilateral cardinal and uterosacralligament. The vaginal cuff was closed with a series of interrupted#O Vicryl, figure-of-eight sutures. Excellent hemostasis was obtained.
The pelvis was copiously irrigated with warm normal saline,and all sponges and instruments were removed. The parietalperitoneum was closed with running #2-O Vicryl. The fascia wasclosed with running #O Vicryl. The skin was closed with stables.Sponge, lap, needle, and instrument counts were correct timestwo. The patient was taken to the recovery room, awake and instable condition. Estimated Blood Loss (EBL): 150 cc Specimens: Uterus, tubes, and ovaries Drains: Foley to gravity Fluids: Urine output - 100 cc of clear urineComplications: None Disposition: The patient was taken to the recovery room in stable condition.
Endometrial Sampling and Dilation andCurettage
The endometrial cavity is frequently evaluated because of abnormal uterine bleeding, pelvic pain, infertility, or pregnancy complications. The most common diagnostic indications for obtainingendometrial tissue include abnormal uterine bleeding,postmenopausal bleeding, endometrial dating, endometrial cellson Papanicolaou smear, and follow-up of women undergoingmedical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) therapy for endometrial hyperplasia.
I. Endometrial biopsy
A. The office endometrial biopsy offers a number of advantagesto D&C because it can be done with minimal to no cervical dilation, anesthesia is not required, and the cost is approximately one-tenth of a hospital D&C.
B. Numerous studies have shown that the endometrium is adequately sampled with these techniques.
C. Pipelle endometrial sampling device is the most popularmethod for sampling the endometrial lining. The device isconstructed of flexible polypropylene with an outer sheathmeasuring 3.1 mm in diameter.
D. The device is placed in the uterus through an undilatedcervix. The piston is fully withdrawn to create suction and,while the device is rotated 360 degrees, the distal port isbrought from the fundus to the internal os to withdraw asample. The device is removed and the distal aspect of theinstrument is severed, allowing for the expulsion of the sample into formalin.
E. The detection rates for endometrial cancer by Pipelle inpostmenopausal and premenopausal women are 99.6 and 91percent, respectively.
F. D&C should be considered when the endometrial biopsy isnondiagnostic, but a high suspicion of cancer remains (eg,hyperplasia with atypia, presence of necrosis, or pyometra).
II.Dilation and curettage
A. Dilation and curettage is performed as either a diagnostic ortherapeutic procedure. Indications for diagnostic D&C include:
B. Diagnostic D&Cs are usually performed with hysteroscopy toobtain a visual image of the endometrial cavity, exclude focaldisease, and prevent missing unsuspected polyps.
C. Examination under anesthesia. After anesthesia has been administered, the size, shape, and position of the uterus arenoted, with particular attention to the axis of the cervix andflexion of the fundus. The size, shape, and consistency of theadnexa are determined. The perineum, vagina, and cervixare then prepared with an aseptic solution and vaginal retractors are inserted into the vagina.
D. Operative technique. A D&C is performed with the womanin the dorsal lithotomy position.
surface along the entire length of the uterus to the internalcervical os. The endometrial tissue is placed on a Telfapad placed in the vagina. Moving around the uterus in asystematic fashion, the entire surface of the endometriumis sampled. The curettage procedure is completed whenthe "uterine cry" (grittiness to palpation) is appreciated onall surfaces of the uterus. Curettage is followed by blindextraction with Randall polyp forceps to improve the rate ofdetection of polyps.
General Gynecology
Management of the AbnormalPapanicolaou Smear
The Papanicolaou (Pap) smear is the standard screening test forcervical cancer and premalignant lesions. Refinements in processing(eg, ThinPrep) have improved sensitivity and specificity. The Papsmear functions to screen for cellular abnormalities that are associated with an increased risk. Treatment decisions are then made based upon diagnostic results from histologic examination, usuallyfrom colposcopiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y directed biopsies.
I. Clinical evaluation
A. Pap smear report
B. Specimen adequacy. The adequacy of the Pap smearspecimen is typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y reported as follows.
3. Blood or inflammation present. Women with partiallyobscuring blood or inflammation should have a repeat testin six months if they meet any of the above criteria.
4. Intraepithelial abnormalities
a. Squamous epithelial cell abnormalities
b. Glandular cell abnormalities
5. Hyperkeratosis or parakeratosis on an otherwise negativePap smear is not a marker for significant CIN and may berelated to infection or trauma with inflammation, such as from use of a diaphragm. The Pap smear should be repeated in 6 to 12 months.
| Bethesda 2001 Pap Smear Report |
|---|
| Interpretation ResultNegative for intraepithelial lesion or malignancyInfection (Trichomonas vaginalis, Candida spp., shift in flora suggestive of bacterial vaginosis, Actinomyces spp., cellular changesconsistent with Herpes simplex virus)Other Non-neoplastic Findings:Reactive cellular changes associated with inflammation (includestypical repair) radiation, intrauterine contraceptive device (IUD)Glandular cells status post-hysterectomyAtrophyOther Endometrial cells (in a woman >40 years of age) Epithelial Cell AbnormalitiesSquamous CellAtypical squamous cells -of undetermined significance (ASC-US)-cannot exclude HSIL (ASC-H)Low-grade squamous intraepithelial lesion (LSIL) encompassing:HPV/mild dysplasia/CIN 1High-grade squamous intraepithelial lesion (HSIL) encompassing: moderate and severe dysplasia, CIS/CIN 2 and CIN 3with features suspicious for invasion (if invasion is suspected)Squamous cell carcinomaGlandular Cell Atypical-Endocervical cells (not otherwise specified or specify incomments)-Glandular cell (not otherwise specified or specify in comments)-Endometrial cells (not otherwise specified or specify in comments)-Glandular cells (not otherwise specified or specify in comments)Atypical-Endocervical cells, favor neoplastic-Glandular cells, favor neoplasticEndocervical adenocarcinoma in situ Adenocarcinoma (endocervical, endometrial, extrauterine, nototherwise specified (not otherwise specified)Other Malignant Neoplasms (specify) |
| Management of the Abnormal Papanicolaou Smear | |
|---|---|
| Result | Action |
| Specimen adequacy | |
| Satisfactory for evaluation | Routine follow-up |
| Unsatisfactory for evaluation | Repeat smear |
| No endocervical cells | Follow-up in one year for low-riskwomen with a previously normalsmear; repeat in 4-6 months forhigh-risk women |
| Atypical cells | |
| Atypical squamous cells of undetermined significance (ASC-US) | HPV testing with referral tocolposcopy if positive for high-riskHPV type; if negative for high-riskHPV type, then repeat cytology in12 months |
| Special circumstances | Postmenopausal women withatrophic epitheliium may betreated with topical estrogen followed by repeat cervical cytologyone week after completing treatment |
| ASC-H | Immediate referral to colposcopy |
| Atypical glandular cells (AGS) | Immediate referral to colposcopywith sampling of the endocervicalcanal. Women over age 35 andany woman with unexplainedvaginal bleeding should alsohave an endometrial biopsy |
| Intraepithelial neoplasia | |
| High grade | Immediate referral for colposcopy |
| Low grade | Immediate referral for colposcopy, except adolescentsand postmenopausal women |
| Endometrial cells | Endometrial biopsy in selected cases |
| Other malignant cells | Referral to a gynecologiconcologist |
| Management of Women with Combined Test Screening | |
|---|---|
| Results of cytology/HPV | Recommended follow-up |
| Negative/NegativeNegative/NegativeASCUS/NegativeASCUS/PositiveGreater than ASCUS/ Positive ornegative | Routine screening in 3 yearsRepeat combined test in 6-12months* Repeat cytology in 12 months**ColposcopyColposcopy |
| *If Negative/Negative, then resume screening in 3 yearsIf ASCUS/Negative, then repeat combined test in 12 monthsIf greater than ASCUS/Negative, then colposcopyIf any cytology result/Positive, the colposcopy | |
| **Follow-up depends on cytology results | |
| HPV = Human Papillomarvirus. Positive means high-risk types arepresent. Negative means high-risk types are not present | |
C. Special circumstances
a. Hormonal therapy given for vaginal atrophy should befollowed by repeat cervical cytology one week aftercompleting treatment. If negative, cytology should berepeated again in four to six months. If both tests arenegative, the woman can return to routine screeningintervals, but if either test is positive for ASC-US orgreater, she should be referred for colposcopy.
3. Immunosuppressed women, including all women whoare HIV positive, with ASC-US should be referred forimmediate colposcopy.
D. Management after colposcopy/biopsy. Colposcopy/biopsyof women with ASC-US will either yield a histologic abnormality (eg, CIN II or III), which should be treated as appropriateor show no abnormal findings. In the latter case, if HPVtesting was not performed or showed a low-risk type, thenfollow-up cytological testing in 12 months is recommended.
1. Management of women who test positive for high-risk HPVtypes, but have CIN I or less on colposcopy/biopsy consists of HPV testing at 12 months postprocedure withrepeat colposcopic referral if the HPV results are positivefor high-risk types.
E. Women with ASC-H on cytological examination should bereferred for colposcopy. Biopsy proven CIN is treated. If nolesion is identified, the cytology sample, colposcopy, and anybiopsy specimens should be reviewed. If review of cytologyconfirms ASC-H, follow-up HPV DNA testing in 12 months isacceptable. Colposcopy should be repeated for ASC-US orgreater on cytology or a positive test for high-risk HPV DNA.
III. Low- and high-grade intraepithelial neoplasia. All women who present with lower genital tract intraepithelial lesions shouldbe offered HIV testing because of the high incidence of neoplasia in this population.
A. Low-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions
B. Special circumstances
C. High-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions
IV. Atypical glandular cells
A. A report of atypical glandular cells (AGC) indicates thepresence of glandular cells that could originate from theendocervical or endometrial region. AGC is divided into twosubcategories:
B. Additional categories for glandular cell abnormalities are:
C. Significance. A smear with adenocarcinoma in situ is associated with a premalignant or malignant lesion of theendocervix or endometrium in 10 to 39 percent of cases.
D. Evaluation
4. Negative colposcopy/endocervical curettage
E. Follow-up after treatment. Follow-up Pap smears arerecommended every three to four months for the first yearafter any treatment for dysplasia. Women with cervical dysplasia present at the LEEP or cone margin or in theconcomitant endocervical curettage also need follow-upcolposcopy with endocervical sampling every six months forone year. Routine surveillance can be resumed if there is norecurrence after the first year. Surveillance consists of Papsmears on a yearly basis for most women and on a twice-yearly basis for high-risk women (ie, HIV positive).
References: See page 155.
Cervical Intraepithelial Neoplasia
Cervical intraepithelial abnormalities are usually first detected bycytology screening. Treatment of cervical intraepithelial abnormalities is typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y undertaken after a histologic abnormality has beenproven by tissue biopsy.
I. Atypical squamous cells (ASC) is a cytological screeningdiagnosis that does not require treatment. ASC does requirefurther evaluation to exclude the presence of higher- gradedisease that might require treatment. Treatment may be initiated if there is biopsy proven dysplasia.
II. Low-grade lesions. Low-grade precursors of cervical cancerhave been Call(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)ed low-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions(LSIL), low-grade cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (CIN I), andmild dysplasia.
A. Management
3. A lesion that persists after 1 to 2 years or any progression during the follow-up period suggests the need fortreatment. Close follow-up should be continued for persistent CIN I; treatment should be provided if there isevidence of disease progression. Ablation and excisionare both acceptable treatment modalities for women withsatisfactory colposcopic examinations. Endocervicalsampling is recommended before ablation and excisionfor recurrent disease after ablation.
III. High-grade lesions. High-grade squamous intraepitheliallesions (HSIL) include CIN II or III, moderate and severedysplasia, and carcinoma in situ. Forty-three percent of CIN IIlesions regress if left untreated, while 22 percent progress tocarcinoma in situ or invasive cancer. For CIN III, the spontaneous regression rate is 32 percent, and 14 percent progress toinvasive cancer if untreated.
A. Management
3. Excisional therapy. Indications for excisional therapy are:
4. Excisional treatment can be performed by cold-knifeconization using a scalpel, laser conization, or the loopelectrosurgical excision procedure (LEEP). A diagnosticexcisional procedure and sampling of the endocervicalcanal in women in whom the complete transformation isnot visualized is important to exclude cancer.
IV. Adenocarcinoma in situ
A. The Bethesda 2001 system classifies glandular cell abnormalities into four subcategories:
B. Cold-knife conization is the best method for diagnosis ofAIS. Adenocarcinoma in situ (AIS) of the cervix is characterized by endocervical glands lined by atypical columnarepithelial cells.
C. If conization margins are positive, repeat conization shouldbe performed in patients who wish to maintain fertility andwho understand the risk of leaving residual disease. Repeat conizations should also be considered if cone marginsare negative in the setting of a positive ECC. If fertility isnot desired, hysterectomy should be performed.
V. Recommendations for initial management of cervicalintraepithelial lesions
A. CIN I. Expectant management is recommended for thereliable patient in whom the entire lesion and limits of thetransformation zone are completely visualized. Expectantmanagement consists of repeat cytology at 6 and 12months or HPV testing at 12 months.
B. CIN II, III, squamous carcinoma in situ. Loopelectrosurgical excision procedure (LEEP) is the preferredtechnique. Ablative procedures are limited to the patientwith biopsy confirmed CIN and satisfactory colposcopy.
C. Adenocarcinoma in situ, suspected microinvasion, unsatisfactory colposcopy, lesion extending into the endocervicalcanal: Cold- knife cone biopsy is the preferred technique.
References: See page 155.
Colposcopy
The colposcope provides an illuminated, magnified view of thecervix, vagina, and vulva. Malignant and premalignant epitheliumhas a characteristic contour, color, and vascular pattern. The goalof colposcopy is to identify precancerous and cancerous lesions.
I. Indications for colposcopy
A. Abnormal cytological abnormalities:
B. Evaluation of an abnormal appearing cervix, vagina, or vulva.
II. Contraindications. Active cervicitis should be treated before the examination. Biopsies are relatively contraindicated inpatients on anticoagulations, who have a known bleedingdisorder, or who are pregnant.
III.Procedure. The medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) history is obtained, including age,gravity, parity, last menstrual period, use and type of contraception, prior cervical cytology results, allergies, significant medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)history including HIV status and history of anyimmunosuppressive conditions or medications, other medications, prior cervical procedures, and smoking history. If there is any possibility of pregnancy, a pregnancy test is obtained.
A. Repeat cervical cytology. If the patient has not had cervicalcytology in the last six weeks, a repeat assessment of cervical cytology is done.
B. Visualization. The cervix and vagina are examined with abright light, and then with the colposcope. Cotton soaked insaline is used to cleanse the cervix. Pigmented areas andobvious lesions are noted. The cervix is examined for areas of erosion, true leukoplakia, pigmented lesions, or areas ofobvious ulceration or exophytic growth. Three to 5 percentacetic acid is applied to the cervix using cotton swabs andthe cervix is reexamined. A green-filter examination is performed to accentuate abnormal vasculature. Iodine solution (Lugol's or Schiller's) is used to improve visualization ofabnormal areas.
C. The clinician first identifies the squamocolumnar junction ortransformation zone (TZ) . The clinician should differentiatebetween the grey-pink appearing ectocervix and the pink-redappearing endocervix. The region where the two cell typesmeet, termed the squamocolumnar junction, defines the"transformation" zone. The ability to see the transformationzone dictates whether the colposcopic exam is adequate (ie,the entire squamocolumnar junction is visible circumferentially around the os) or unsatisfactory.
D. The upper one-third of the vagina, in particular the lateralfornices, is also inspected.
E. Biopsies are obtained from the most abnormal appearingareas. Biopsies should be taken from inferior to superior toavoid bleeding over the target sites.
F. Endocervical curettage is performed in patients with HSIL,AGUS, adenocarcinoma in situ (AIS) on the endocervicalmargin following cone biopsy, LSIL but no visible lesion, andthose with an unsatisfactory colposcopic examination. A longstraight curette is used to scrape the four quadrants of theendocervical canal and an endocervical brush is employedto remove any exfoliated tissue. Endocervical curettage innot performed in pregnant women.
References: See page 155.
Contraception
Approximately 31 percent of births are unintended; about 22percent were "mistimed," while 9 percent were "unwanted."
I. Hormonal contraceptive methods other than oral contraceptives
A. Contraceptive vaginal ring (NuvaRing) delivers 15 μgethinyl estradiol and 120 μg of etonogestrel daily.
B. Transdermal contraceptive patch
C. Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate (DMPA, Depo-Provera) is an injectable contraceptive. Deep intramuscularinjection of 150 mg results in effective contraception forthree to four months. Effectiveness is 99.7 percent.
D. Women who receive the first injection after the seventh dayof the menstrual cycle should use a second method ofcontraception for seven days. The first injection should beadministered within five days after the onset of menses, inwhich case alternative contraception is not necessary.
E. Ovulation is suppressed for at least 14 weeks after injection of a 150 mg dose of DMPA. Therefore, injections shouldrepeated every three months. A pregnancy test must beadministered to women who are more than two weeks late for an injection.
F. Return of fertility can be delayed for up to 18 months aftercessation of DMPA. DMPA is not ideal for women who maywish to become pregnant soon after cessation of contraception.
G. Amenorrhea, irregular bleeding, and weight gain (typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y 1to 3 kg) are the most common adverse effects of DMPA.Adverse effects also include acne, headache, and depression. Fifty percent of women report amenorrhea by one year.Persistent bleeding may be treated with 50 μg of ethinyl estradiol for 14 days.
H. Medroxyprogesterone acetate/estradiol cypionate(MPA/E2C, Lunelle) is a combined (25 mg MPA and 5 mgE2C), injectable contraceptive.
1. Although monthly IM injections are required, MPA/E2Chas several desirable features:
II. Oral contraceptives
A. Combined (estrogen-progestin) oral contraceptives arereliable, and they have noncontraceptive benefits, whichinclude reduction in dysmenorrhea, iron deficiency, ovariancancer, endometrial cancer.
| Combination Oral Contraceptives | ||
|---|---|---|
| Drug | Progestin, mg | Estrogen |
| Monophasic combinations | ||
| Ortho-Novum 1 /3521, 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Ovcon 35 21, 28 | Norethindrone (0.4) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Brevicon 21, 28 | Norethindrone (0.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Modicon 28 | Norethindrone (0.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Necon 0.5/35E 21, 28 | Norethindrone (0.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Nortrel 0.5/35 28 | Norethindrone (0.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Necon 1 /35 21, 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Norinyl 1 /35 21, 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Nortrel 1 /35 21, 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Loestrin 1 /20 21, 28 | Norethindrone acetate (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (20) |
| Microgestin 1 /20 28 | Norethindrone acetate (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (20) |
| Loestrin 1.5/30 21, 28 | Norethindrone acetate (1.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Microgestin 1.5/30 28 | Norethindrone acetate (1.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Alesse 21, 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.1) | Ethinyl estradiol (20) |
| Aviane 21, 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.1) | Ethinyl estradiol (20) |
| Lessina 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.1) | Ethinyl estradiol (20) |
| Levlite 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.1) | Ethinyl estradiol (20) |
| Necon 1/50 21, 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Mestranol (50) |
| Norinyl 1150 21, 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Mestranol (50) |
| Ortho-Novum 1/50 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Mestranol (50) |
| Ovcon 50 28 | Norethindrone (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (50) |
| Cyclessa 28 | Desogestrel (0.1) | Ethinyl estradiol (25) |
| Apri 28 | Desogestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Desogen 28 | Desogestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Ortho-Cept 21, 28 | Desogestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Yasmin 28 | Drospirenone (3) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Demulen 1 /35 21, 28 | Ethynodiol diacetate(1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Zovia 1 /35 21, 28 | Ethynodiol diacetate(1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Drug | Progestin, mg | Estrogen |
|---|---|---|
| Demulen 1/50 21, 28 | Ethynodiol diacetate(1) | Ethinyl estradiol (50) |
| Zovia 1 /50 21, 28 | Ethynodiol diacetate(1) | Ethinyl estradiol (50) |
| Levlen 21, 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Levora 21, 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Nordette 21, 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Ortho-Cyclen 21, 28 | Norgestimate (0.25) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Lo/Ovral 21, 28 | Norgestrel (0.3) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Low-Ogestrel 21, 28 | Norgestrel (0.3) | Ethinyl estradiol (30) |
| Ogestrel 28 | Norgestrel (0.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (50) |
| Ovral 21, 28 | Norgestrel (0.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (50) |
| Seasonale | Levonorgestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol(0.03) |
| Multiphasic Combinations | ||
| Kariva 28 | Desogestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (20,0, 10) |
| Mircette 28 | Desogestrel (0.15) | Ethinyl estradiol (20,0, 10) |
| Tri-Levlen 21, 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.05,0.075, 0.125) | Ethinyl estradiol (30,40, 30) |
| Triphasil 21, 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.05,0.075, 0.125) | Ethinyl estradiol (30,40, 30) |
| Trivora 28 | Levonorgestrel (0.05,0.075, 0.125) | Ethinyl estradiol (30,40, 30) |
| Necon 10/11 21, 28 | Norethindrone (0.5, 1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Ortho-Novum 10/1128 | Norethindrone (0.5, 1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Ortho-Novum 7/7/721, 28 | Norethindrone (0.5,0.75, 1) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Tri-Norinyl 21, 28 | Norethindrone (0.5, 1,0.5) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
| Estrostep 28 | Norethindrone acetate (1) | Ethinyl estradiol (20,30, 35) |
| Ortho Tri-Cyclen 21,28 | Norgestimate (0.18,0.215, 0.25) | Ethinyl estradiol (35) |
B. Pharmacology
C. Mechanisms of action
D. Contraindications
1. Absolute contraindications to OCs:
2. Screening requirements. Hormonal contraception canbe safely provided after a careful medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) history andblood pressure measurement. Pap smears are not required before a prescription for OCs.
E. Efficacy. When taken properly, OCs are a very effectiveform of contraception. The actual failure rate is 2 to 3 percent due primarily to missed pills or failure to resume therapy after the seven-day pill-free interval.
| Noncontraceptive Benefits of Oral Contraceptive Pills | |
|---|---|
| Dysmenorrhea Mittelschmerz MetrorrhagiaPremenstrual syndrome Hirsutism Ovarian and endometrial cancer | Functional ovarian cysts Benign breast cysts Ectopic pregnancyAcne Endometriosis |
F. Drug interactions. The metabolism of OCs is accelerated by phenobarbital, phenytoin and rifampin. The contraceptiveefficacy of an OC is likely to be decreased in women takingthese drugs. Other antibiotics (with the exception ofrifampin) do not affect the pharmacokinetics of ethinylestradiol.
G. Preparations
6. Third-generation progestins
H. Recommendations for oral contraceptives
| Factors to Consider in Starting or Switching Oral Contraceptive Pills | ||
|---|---|---|
| Objective | Action | Products that achieve the objective |
| To minimize high risk ofthrombosis | Select a product with alower dosage of estrogen. | Alesse, Aviane, Loestrin 1/20, Levlite, Mircette |
| To minimize nausea, breast tenderness or vascular headaches | Select a product with alower dosage of estrogen. | Alesse, Aviane, Levlite, Loestrin 1/20, Mircette |
| Objective | Action | Products that achieve the objective |
|---|---|---|
| To minimize spotting orbreakthroughbleeding | Select a product with ahigher dosage of estrogen or a progestin with greater potency. | Lo/Ovral, Nordette,Ortho-Cept, Ortho-Cyclen, Ortho Tri-Cyclen |
| To minimize androgenic effects | Select a product containing a low-dosenorethindrone or ethynodiol diacetate. | Brevicon, Demulen 1/35,Modicon, Ovcon 35 |
| To avoid dyslipidemia | Select a product containing a low-dosenorethindrone or ethynodiol diacetate. | Brevicon, Demulen 1/35,Modicon, Ovcon 35 |
| Instructions on the Use of Oral Contraceptive Pills |
|---|
| Initiation of use (choose one):The patient begins taking the pills on the first day of menstrual bleeding.The patient begins taking the pills on the first Sunday after menstrualbleeding begins. The patient begins taking the pills immediately if she is definitely notpregnant and has not had unprotected sex since her last menstrualperiod. |
| Missed pillIf it has been less than 24 hours since the last pill was taken, the patienttakes a pill right away and then returns to normal pill-taking routine. If it has been 24 hours since the last pill was taken, the patient takesboth the missed pill and the next scheduled pill at the same time. If it has been more than 24 hours since the last pill was taken (ie, two ormore missed pills), the patient takes the last pill that was missed, throwsout the other missed pills and takes the next pill on time. Additionalcontraception is used for the remainder of the cycle. |
| Additional contraceptive methodUse an additional contraceptive method for the first 7 days after initiallystarting oral contraceptive pills. Use an additional contraceptive method for 7 days if more than 12 hourslate in taking an oral contraceptive pill. Use an additional contraceptive method while taking an interacting drugand for 7 days thereafter. |
III. Barrier methods
A. Barrier methods of contraception, such as the condom,diaphragm, cervical cap, and spermicides, have fewer sideeffects than hormonal contraception.
B. The diaphragm and cervical cap require fitting by a clinicianand are only effective when used with a spermicide. Theymust be left in the vagina for six to eight hours after intercourse; the diaphragm needs to be removed after this period of time, while the cervical cap can be left in place for upto 24 hours. These considerations have caused them to be less desirable methods of contraception. A major advantageof barrier contraceptives is their efficacy in protectingagainst sexually transmitted diseases and HIV infection.
IV. Intrauterine devices
A. The currently available intrauterine devices (IUDs) are safeand effective methods of contraception:
B. Infection
V. Lactation
A. Women who breast-feed have a delay in resumption ofovulation postpartum. It is probably safest to resume contraceptive use in the third postpartum month for those whobreast-feed full time, and in the third postpartum week forthose who do not breast-feed.
B. A nonhormonal contraceptive or progesterone-containinghormonal contraceptive can be started at any time; anestrogen-containing oral contraceptive pill should not bestarted before the third week postpartum because womenare still at increased risk of thromboembolism prior to thistime. Oral contraceptive pills can decrease breast milk,while progesterone-containing contraceptives may increasebreast milk.
VI. Progestin-only agents
A. Progestin-only agents are slightly less effective than combination oral contraceptives. They have failure rates of 0.5percent compared with the 0.1 percent rate with combination oral contraceptives.
B. Progestin-only oral contraceptives (Micronor, Nor-QD,Ovrette) provide a useful alternative in women who cannottake estrogen. Progestin-only contraception is recommended for nursing mothers. Milk production is unaffectedby use of progestin-only agents.
C. If the usual time of ingestion is delayed for more than threehours, an alternative form of birth control should be used for the following 48 hours. Because progestin-only agents aretaken continuously, without hormone-free periods, mensesmay be irregular, infrequent or absent.
VII. Postcoital contraception
A. Emergency postcoital contraception consists of administration of drugs within 72 hours to women who have had unprotected intercourse (including sexual assault), or to thosewho have had a failure of another method of contraception(eg, broken condom).
B. Preparations
| Emergency Contraception |
|---|
| 1. Consider pretreatment one hour before each oral contraceptive pilldose, using one of the following orally administered antiemetic agents: Prochlorperazine (Compazine), 5 to 10 mgPromethazine (Phenergan), 12.5 to 25 mgTrimethobenzamide (Tigan), 250 mgMeclizine (Antivert) 50 mg 2. Administer the first dose of oral contraceptive pill within 72 hours ofunprotected coitus, and administer the second dose 12 hours afterthe first dose. Brand name options for emergency contraceptioninclude the following: Preven Kit – two pills per dose (0.5 mg of levonorgestrel and100 µg of ethinyl estradiol per dose)Plan B – one pill per dose (0.75 mg of levonorgestrel per dose) Ovral – two pills per dose (0.5 mg of levonorgestrel and 100 µgof ethinyl estradiol per dose)Nordette – four pills per dose (0.6 mg of levonorgestrel and 120µg of ethinyl estradiol per dose)Triphasil – four pills per dose (0.5 mg of levonorgestrel and120 µg of ethinyl estradiol per dose) |
VIII. Sterilization
A. Sterilization is the most common and effective form of contraception. While tubal ligation and vasectomy may bereversible, these procedures should be considered permanent.
B. Essure microinsert sterilization device is a permanent,hysteroscopic, tubal sterilization device which is 99.9 percent effective. The coil-like device is inserted in the office under local anesthesia into the fallopian tubes where it isincorporated by tissue. After placement, women use alternative contraception for three months, after which hysterosalpingography is performed to assure correct placement.Postoperative discomfort is minimal.
C. Tubal ligation is usually performed as a laparoscopicprocedure in outpatients or in postpartum women in thehospital. The techniques used are unipolar or bipolar coagulation, silicone rubber band or spring clip application, andpartial salpingectomy.
D. Vasectomy (ligation of the vas deferens) can be performedin the office under local anesthesia. A semen analysisshould be done three to six months after the procedure toconfirm azoospermia.
References: See page 155.
Acute Pelvic Pain
I. Clinical evaluation
A. Assessment of acute pelvic pain should determine the patient’s age, obstetrical history, menstrual history, characteristics of pain onset, duration, and palliative or aggravatingfactors.
B. Associated symptoms may include urinary or gastrointestinal symptoms, fever, abnormal bleeding, or vaginal discharge.
C. Past medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) history. Contraceptive history, surgical history,gynecologic history, history of pelvic inflammatory disease,ectopic pregnancy, sexually transmitted diseases should bedetermined. Current sexual activity and practices should beassessed.
D. Method of contraception
risk for an ectopic pregnancy or ovarian cysts.
E. Risk factors for acute pelvic inflammatory disease. Agebetween 15-25 years, sexual partner with symptoms of urethritis, prior history of PID.
II. Physical examination
A. Fever, abdominal or pelvic tenderness, and peritoneal signsshould be sought.
B. Vaginal discharge, cervical erythema and discharge, cervicaland uterine motion tenderness, or adnexal masses or tenderness should be noted.
III. Laboratory tests
A. Pregnancy testing will identify pregnancy-related causes ofpelvic pain. Serum beta-HCG becomes positive 7 days afterconception. A negative test virtually excludes ectopic pregnancy.
B. Complete blood count. Leukocytosis suggest an inflammatory process; however, a normal white blood count occurs in56% of patients with PID and 37% of patients with appendicitis.
C. Urinalysis. The finding of pyuria suggests urinary tract infection. Pyuria can also occur with an inflamed appendix or fromcontamination of the urine by vaginal discharge.
D. Testing for Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis are necessary if PID is a possibility.
E. Pelvic ultrasonography is of value in excluding the diagnosis of an ectopic pregnancy by demonstrating an intrauterinegestation. Sonography may reveal acute PID, torsion of theadnexa, or acute appendicitis.
F. Diagnostic laparoscopy is indicated when acute pelvic painhas an unclear diagnosis despite comprehensive evaluation.
III. Differential diagnosis of acute pelvic pain
A. Pregnancy-related causes. Ectopic pregnancy, spontaneous, threatened or incomplete abortion, intrauterine pregnancy with corpus luteum bleeding.
B. Gynecologic disorders. PID, endometriosis, ovarian cysthemorrhage or rupture, adnexal torsion, Mittelschmerz,uterine leiomyoma torsion, primary dysmenorrhea, tumor.
C. Nonreproductive tract causes
IV. Approach to acute pelvic pain with a positive pregnancytest
A. In a female patient of reproductive age, presenting with acutepelvic pain, the first distinction is whether the pain ispregnancy-related or non-pregnancy-related on the basis of a serum pregnancy test.
B. In the patient with acute pelvic pain associated with pregnancy, the next step is localization of the tissue responsiblefor the hCG production. Transvaginal ultrasound should beperformed to identify an intrauterine gestation. Ectopic pregnancy is characterized by a noncystic adnexal mass and fluidin the cul-de-sac.
V.Approach to acute pelvic pain in non-pregnant patients witha negative HCG
A. Acute PID is the leading diagnostic consideration in patientswith acute pelvic pain unrelated to pregnancy. The pain isusually bilateral, but may be unilateral in 10%. Cervical motion tenderness, fever, and cervical discharge are commonfindings.
B. Acute appendicitis should be considered in all patientspresenting with acute pelvic pain and a negative pregnancytest. Appendicitis is characterized by leukocytosis and ahistory of a few hours of periumbilical pain followed by migration of the pain to the right lower quadrant. Neutrophiliaoccurs in 75%. A slight fever exceeding 37.3EC, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, and rebound tenderness may be present.
C. Torsion of the adnexa usually causes unilateral pain, butpain can be bilateral in 25%. Intense, progressive pain combined with a tense, tender adnexal mass is characteristic. There is often a history of repetitive, transitory pain. Pelvicsonography often confirms the diagnosis. Laparoscopicdiagnosis and surgical intervention are indicated.
D. Ruptured or hemorrhagic corpus luteal cyst usuallycauses bilateral pain, but it can cause unilateral tendernessin 35%. Ultrasound aids in diagnosis.
E. Endometriosis usually causes chronic or recurrent pain, butit can occasionally cause acute pelvic pain. There usually isa history of dysmenorrhea and deep dyspareunia. Pelvicexam reveals fixed uterine retrodisplacement and tenderuterosacral and cul-de-sac nodularity. Laparoscopy confirmsthe diagnosis.
References: See page 155.
Chronic Pelvic Pain
Chronic pelvic pain (CPP) is menstrual or nonmenstrual pain of atleast six months' duration, located below the umbilicus and severe enough to cause functional disability or require treatment.Gynecologic conditions account for 90 percent of cases of CPP.Gastrointestinal diseases, such as irritable bowel syndrome, arethe next most common category.
I. Differential diagnosis
A. Endometriosis is the most common etiology of CPP inpopulations with a low prevalence of sexually transmittedinfections. Endometriosis is found in up to 70 percent ofpatients with CPP.
B. Chronic pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) is one of the most common gynecologic conditions causing CPP inpractices with a high prevalence of sexually transmitteddiseases.
C. Mental-health(Buy now from <a href="http://www.drugswell.com/wow/index.php">http://www.drugswell.com</a>) issues. Somatization disorder, drug seekingbehavior and narcotic dependency, physical and sexualabuse, and depression are commonly diagnosed in womenwith CPP.
D. Fibromyalgia. Women with fibromyalgia sometimes presentwith CPP. Two criteria must be present for diagnosing fibromyalgia: The patient reports pain in all four quadrantsof the body, and detection of at least 11 separate areas (eg,knees, shoulders, elbows, neck) that are tender to physical pressure.
E. Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is a gastrointestinal syndrome characterized by chronic abdominal pain and alteredbowel habits in the absence of any organic cause.
F. Interstitial cystitis is characterized by urinary urgency,bladder discomfort, and a sense of inadequate emptying ofthe bladder. Dyspareunia is often present. Cystoscopy isdiagnostic.
| Some Causes of Chronic Pelvic Pain by System | |
|---|---|
| Gynecologic | Systemic diseases |
| Endometriosis AdenomyosisLeiomyomataAdhesions Ovarian cyst/massPelvic inflammatory diseaseEndosalpingiosisCervical stenosis Pelvic relaxation | FibromyalgiaDepressionSomatization Substance abuse |
| Urologic Interstitial cystitisUrethral disorders | Gastrointestinal Irritable bowel Diverticulitis Inflammatory bowel diseaseConstipationHernia |
II. History
A. Characteristics of the pain should be noted, includinglocation, intensity quality, duration, temporal pattern, precipitating factors (eg, exertion, sexual activity, menses,pregnancy), relationship to urination and defecation, andradiation.
B. Hormonal versus nonhormonal
III.Physical examination
A. Surgical scars, hernias, and masses should be sought.Pelvic examination should include an evaluation for physical findings consistent with endometriosis, adenomyosis, orleiomyomata. Tender areas should be identified.
B. Physical findings characteristic of endometriosis are uterosacral ligament abnormalities (eg, nodularity or thickening, focal tenderness), lateral displacement of the cervixcaused by endometriosis, and cervical stenosis.
C. Adnexal enlargement may be palpable if an endometrioma is present.
D. Nongynecologic physical findings that are observed morefrequently among women with endometriosis are red haircolor, scoliosis, and dysplastic nevi.
E. Adenomyosis and leiomyomata. Women with adenomyosis can have a slightly enlarged, globular, tenderuterus. Uterine myomas are characterized by enlarged,mobile uterus with an irregular contour.
F. Chronic pelvic inflammatory disease is characterized byuterine tenderness or cervical motion tenderness. Adhesions resulting from a surgical procedure can cause pain,especially with movement of viscera. An adnexal masssuggests an ovarian neoplasm. Adnexa tenderness suggests an inflammatory process. In women with uterineprolapse, the cervix/uterus may be observed protrudingfrom the vagina.
| Physical Examination in Women with Chronic Pelvic Pain |
|---|
| Pelvic Examination |
| Tenderness present?Nodularity present?Pelvic mass? |
| Abdominal examination |
| Abdominal distension? Tenderness present? |
| Straight leg raising test |
| Does leg rasing induce pain in the right or left lower quadrant? |
IV.Laboratory and imaging tests for women with CPP include:
A. Complete blood count with differential and erythrocytesedimentation rate
B. Pregnancy test.
C. Urinalysis.
D. Pelvic ultrasound.
E. Additional evaluations include testing for chlamydia andgonorrhea infection and CA-125 (if ascites present).
F. Pelvic ultrasound is highly sensitive for detecting pelvicmasses, including both ovarian cysts and uterineleiomyomas.
V. Pharmacologic treatment
A. High probability of endometriosis
| Summary of Recommendations for Treatment of ChronicPelvic Pain American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists | |
|---|---|
| Intervention | Indication |
| Combined oral contraceptive pills | Primary dysmenorrhea |
| GnRH agonists | Endometriosis, irritable bowel syndrome (may be given empiriCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y in women with symptomsconsistent with endometriosis) |
| Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatorydrugs | Dysmenorrhea, moderate pain |
| Progestins (daily, high dose) | Endometriosis, pelvic congestionsyndrome |
| Laparoscopic ablation/resectionof endometriosis | Stage I-III endometriosis |
| Presacral neurectomy | Centrally located dysmenorrhea |
| Uterine nerve ablation | Centrally located dysmenorrhea |
| Adjunctive psychotherapy | CPP |
B. Second-line agents consist of one of the following:
1. Continuous progestin treatment. Medroxyprogesteroneacetate (50 mg orally daily), norethindrone acetate (eg,Aygestin 5 mg orally daily), norgestrel (eg, Ovrette
0.075 mg orally daily), or norethindrone (eg, Micronor,Nor-QD 0.35 mg orally daily) for a two-month trial.
C. Low probability of endometriosis. Women in whom a particular disease process is suspected, such asadenomyosis, uterine leiomyomata, irritable bowel syndrome, interstitial cystitis, diverticulitis, or fibromyalgiashould undergo further diagnostic testing and disease-specific treatment.
VI. Surgical approach
A. Many causes of CPP, such as endometriosis, chronicpelvic inflammatory disease, and of a pelvic mass, requirea surgical procedure to determine a definitive diagnosis.In addition to providing a diagnosis of endometriosis,surgical excision of the endometriosis implants can beperformed during the laparoscopy.
B. Hysterectomy is effective in relieving chronic pelvic painin some women, who have completed child bearing.
C. Presacral neurectomy refers to interruption of the sympathetic innervation of the uterus. The procedure can beperformed via laparoscopy or laparotomy. PSN is mosteffective for relieving midline pelvic pain.
References: See page 155.
Primary Amenorrhea
Amenorrhea (absence of menses) results from dysfunction of thehypothalamus, pituitary, ovaries, uterus, or vagina. It is oftenclassified as either primary (absence of menarche by age 16) orsecondary (absence of menses for more than three cycle intervalsor six months in women who were previously menstruating).
I. Etiology
A. Primary amenorrhea is usually the result of a genetic oranatomic abnormality. Common etiologies of primaryamenorrhea:
| Causes of Primary and Secondary Amenorrhea | |
|---|---|
| Abnormality | Causes |
| Pregnancy | |
| Anatomic abnormalities Congenital abnormality inMullerian development Congenital defect of urogenital sinus development Acquired ablation or scarringof the endometrium | Isolated defect Testicular feminization syndrome5-Alpha-reductase deficiencyVanishing testes syndromeDefect in testis determining factor Agenesis of lower vaginaImperforate hymen Asherman’s syndromeTuberculosis |
| Disorders of hypothalamic-pituitary ovarian axisHypothalamic dysfunctionPituitary dysfunctionOvarian dysfunction | |
| Causes of Amenorrhea due to Abnormalities in the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis | |
|---|---|
| Abnormality | Causes |
| Hypothalamic dysfunction | Functional hypothalamic amenorrheaWeight loss, eating disordersExercise Stress Severe or prolonged illnessCongenital gonadotropin-releasing hormone deficiencyInflammatory or infiltrative diseasesBrain tumors - eg, craniopharyngiomaPituitary stalk dissection or compressionCranial irradiation Brain injury - trauma, hemorrhage, hydrocephalusOther syndromes - Prader-Willi, LaurenceMoon-Biedl |
| Pituitary dysfunction | HyperprolactinemiaOther pituitary tumors- acromegaly,corticotroph adenomas (Cushing's disease)Other tumors - meningioma, germinoma,gliomaEmpty sella syndromePituitary infarct or apoplexy |
| Ovarian dysfunction | Ovarian failure (menopause)SpontaneousPremature (before age 40 years)Surgical |
| Other | HyperthyroidismHypothyroidismDiabetes mellitus Exogenous androgen use |
B. Step II: Physical examination
C. Step III: Basic laboratory testing
1. If a normal vagina or uterus are not obviously present on physical examination, pelvic ultrasonographyshould be performed to confirm the presence or absence of ovaries, uterus, and cervix. Ultrasonographycan be useful to exclude vaginal or cervical outlet obstruction in patients with cyclic pain.
a. Uterus absent
2. Uterus present. For patients with a normal vagina anduterus and no evidence of an imperforate hymen, vaginal septum, or congenital absence of the vagina. Measurement of serum beta human chorionic gonadotropinto exclude pregnancy and of serum FSH, prolactin, andTSH.
III. Treatment
A. Treatment of primary amenorrhea is directed at correctingthe underlying pathology; helping the woman to achievefertility, if desired; and prevention of complications of thedisease.
B. Congenital anatomic lesions or Y chromosome material usually requires surgery. Surgical correction of a vaginal outlet obstruction is necessary before menarche, or assoon as the diagnosis is made after menarche. Creation ofa neovagina for patients with müllerian failure is usuallydelayed until the women is emotionally mature. If Y chromosome material is found, gonadectomy should be performed to prevent gonadal neoplasia. However,gonadectomy should be delayed until after puberty in patients with androgen insensitivity syndrome. These patientshave a normal pubertal growth spurt and feminize at thetime of expected puberty.
C. Ovarian failure requires counseling about the benefits andrisks of hormone replacement therapy.
D. Polycystic ovary syndrome is managed with measures toreduce hirsutism, resume menses, and fertility and preventof endometrial hyperplasia, obesity, and metabolic defects.
E. Functional hypothalamic amenorrhea can usually bereversed by weight gain, reduction in the intensity of exercise, or resolution of illness or emotional stress. For women who want to continue to exercise, estrogen-progestin replacement therapy should be given to those not seekingfertility to prevent osteoporosis. Women who want to become pregnant can be treated with gonadotropins orpulsatile GnRH.
F. Hypothalamic or pituitary dysfunction that is not reversible (eg, congenital GnRH deficiency) is treated with eitherexogenous gonadotropins or pulsatile GnRH if the womanwants to become pregnant.
References: See page 155.
Secondary Amenorrhea
Amenorrhea (absence of menses) can be a transient, intermittent,or permanent condition resulting from dysfunction of the hypothalamus, pituitary, ovaries, uterus, or vagina. Amenorrhea is classified as either primary (absence of menarche by age 16 years) orsecondary (absence of menses for more than three cycles or sixmonths in women who previously had menses). Pregnancy is themost common cause of secondary amenorrhea.
I. Diagnosis of secondary amenorhea
A. Step 1: Rule out pregnancy. A pregnancy test is the firststep in evaluating secondary amenorrhea. Measurement ofserum beta subunit of hCG is the most sensitive test.
B. Step 2: Assess the history
| Causes of Primary and Secondary Amenorrhea | |
|---|---|
| Abnormality | Causes |
| Pregnancy | |
| Anatomic abnormalities Congenital abnormality inMullerian development Congenital defect of urogenitalsinus development Acquired ablation or scarringof the endometrium | Isolated defect Testicular feminization syndrome5-Alpha-reductase deficiencyVanishing testes syndromeDefect in testis determining factor Agenesis of lower vaginaImperforate hymen Asherman’s syndromeTuberculosis |
| Disorders of hypothalamic-pituitary ovarian axisHypothalamic dysfunctionPituitary dysfunctionOvarian dysfunction | |
| Causes of Amenorrhea due to Abnormalities in the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis | |
|---|---|
| Abnormality | Causes |
| Hypothalamic dysfunction | Functional hypothalamic amenorrheaWeight loss, eating disordersExercise Stress Severe or prolonged illnessCongenital gonadotropin-releasing hormone deficiencyInflammatory or infiltrative diseasesBrain tumors - eg, craniopharyngiomaPituitary stalk dissection or compressionCranial irradiation Brain injury - trauma, hemorrhage, hydrocephalusOther syndromes - Prader-Willi,Laurence-Moon-Biedl |
| Pituitary dysfunction | HyperprolactinemiaOther pituitary tumors- acromegaly,corticotroph adenomas (Cushing's disease)Other tumors - meningioma, germinoma,gliomaEmpty sella syndromePituitary infarct or apoplexy |
| Ovarian dysfunction | Ovarian failure (menopause)SpontaneousPremature (before age 40 years)Surgical |
| Other | HyperthyroidismHypothyroidismDiabetes mellitus Exogenous androgen use |
| Drugs Associated with Amenorrhea | |
|---|---|
| Drugs that IncreaseProlactin | AntipsychoticsTricyclic antidepressantsCalcium channel blockers |
| Drugs with EstrogenicActivity | Digoxin, marijuana, oral contraceptives |
| Drugs with OvarianToxicity | Chemotherapeutic agents |
C. Step 3: Physical examination. Measurements of heightand weight, signs of other illnesses, and evidence ofcachexia should be assessed. The skin, breasts, and genital tissues should be evaluated for estrogen deficiency. Thebreasts should be palpated, including an attempt to express galactorrhea. The skin should be examined forhirsutism, acne, striae, acanthosis nigricans, vitiligo, thickness or thinness, and easy bruisability.
D. Step 4: Basic laboratory testing. In addition to measurement of serum hCG to rule out pregnancy, minimal laboratory testing should include measurements of serumprolactin, thyrotropin, and FSH to rule outhyperprolactinemia, thyroid disease, and ovarian failure(high serum FSH). If there is hirsutism, acne or irregularmenses, serum dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEA-S)and testosterone should be measured.
E. Step 5: Follow-up laboratory evaluation
5. Normal or low serum gonadotropin concentrationsand all other tests normal
6. Normal serum prolactin and FSH concentrationswith history of uterine instrumentation precedingamenorrhea
II. Treatment
A. Athletic women should be counseled on the need for increased caloric intake or reduced exercise. Resumptionof menses usually occurs.
B. Nonathletic women who are underweight should receive nutritional counseling and treatment of eating disorders.
C. Hyperprolactinemia is treated with a dopamine agonist.Cabergoline (Dostinex) or bromocriptine (Parlodel) areused for most adenomas. Ovulation, regular menstrualcycles, and pregnancy may usually result.
D. Ovarian failure should be treated with hormone replacement therapy.
E. Hyperandrogenism is treated with measures to reduce hirsutism, resume menses, and fertility and preventingendometrial hyperplasia, obesity, and metabolic defects.
F. Asherman's syndrome is treated with hysteroscopic lysisof adhesions followed by long-term estrogen administrationto stimulate regrowth of endometrial tissue.
References: See page 155.
Menopause
Menopause is diagnosed by the presence of amenorrhea for six totwelve months, together with the occurrence of symptoms such ashot flashes. If the diagnosis is uncertain, a high serum concentration of follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) can confirm the diagnosis.
I. Perimenopausal transition
A. Perimenopause is defined as the two to eight years preceding menopause and the one year after the last menstrualperiod. It is characterized by a normal ovulatory cycle interspersed with anovulatory cycles. Menses become irregular,and heavy breakthrough bleeding can occur. Some womencomplain of hot flashes and vaginal dryness.
B. Chronic anovulation and progesterone deficiency in thistransition period may lead to long periods of unopposedestrogen exposure and endometrial hyperplasia.Oligomenorrhea (irregular cycles) for six or more months oran episode of heavy dysfunctional bleeding is an indicationfor endometrial surveillance. Endometrial biopsy is thestandard to rule out endometrial hyperplasia, but screeningwith vaginal ultrasonography is acceptable. Biopsy can bedeferred if endometrial thickness is 4 mm or less.
C. Irregular bleeding and menopausal symptoms during thisperimenopausal transition may be treated by estrogen-progestin replacement therapy. However, some women stillrequire contraception. In this case, menopausal symptomsmay be effectively treated with a low-dose oral contraceptive if the woman does not smoke and has no other contra-indications to oral contraceptive therapy.
D. The oral contraceptive can be continued until the onset ofmenopause, determined by a high serum FSH concentration after six days off the pill. Estrogen replacement therapycan be started at this point.
E. In women with no symptoms of estrogen deficiency but withdysfunctional uterine bleeding who smoke or have otherreasons to avoid an oral contraceptive, monthly withdrawalbleeding can be induced with medroxyprogesterone acetate(5 to 10 mg daily for 10 to 14 days per month).
II. Menopause occurs at a mean age of 51 years in normalwomen. Menopause occurring after age 55 is defined as latemenopause. The age of menopause is reduced by about twoyears in women who smoke.
III. Short-term effects of estrogen deficiency
A. Hot flashes. The most common symptom of menopause isthe hot flash, which occurs in 75 percent of women. Flashesare self-limited, with 50 to 75 percent of women havingcessation of hot flashes within five years.
B. Hot flashes typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y begin as the sudden sensation of heatcentered on the face and upper chest, which rapidly becomes generalized. The sensation of heat lasts from two tofour minutes, is often associated with profuse perspirationand occasionally palpitations, and is often followed by chillsand shivering. Hot flashes usually occur several times perday.
C. Treatment of menopausal symptoms with estrogen
1.5 mg, is usually given every day of the month. Prempro0.3/1.5 (0.3 mg of conjugated estrogens and 1.5 mg ofmedroxyprogesterone) or Prempro 0.45/1.5 (0.45 mg ofconjugated estrogens and 1.5 mg ofmedroxyprogesterone), taken daily.
D. Urogenital changes. Menopause has been associated withdecreased sexual function and an increased incidence of urinary incontinence and urinary tract infection.
1. Sexual function
2. Urinary incontinence
3. Urinary tract infection. Recurrent urinary tract infectionsare a problem for many postmenopausal women.
4. Treatment of urogenital atrophy in women not takingsystemic estrogen
a. Moisturizers and lubricants. Regular use of a vaginal moisturizing agent (Replens) and lubricants duringintercourse are helpful. Water soluble lubricants suchas Astroglide are more effective than lubricants thatbecome more viscous after application such as K-Yjelly. A more effective treatment is vaginal estrogentherapy.
b. Low-dose vaginal estrogen
IV.Prevention and treatment of osteoporosis
A. Screening for osteoporosis. Measurement of BMD is recommended for all women 65 years and older regardlessof risk factors. BMD should also be measured in all women under the age of 65 years who have one or more risk factors for osteoporosis (in addition to menopause).
B. Bisphosphonates
C. Raloxifene (Evista) is a selective estrogen receptor modulator. It is available for prevention and treatment of osteoporosis. At a dose of 60 mg/day, bone density increases by
2.4 percent in the lumbar spine and hip over a two yearperiod. This effect is slightly less than withbisphosphonates.
D. Calcium. Maintaining a positive calcium balance inpostmenopausal women requires a daily intake of 1500 mgof elemental calcium; to meet this most women require asupplement of 1000 mg daily.
E. Vitamin D. All postmenopausal women should take a multivitamin containing at least 400 IU vitamin D daily.
F. Exercise for at least 20 minutes daily reduces the rate of
bone loss. Weight bearing exercises are preferable.References: See page 155.
Abnormal Vaginal Bleeding
Menorrhagia (excessive bleeding) is most commonly caused byanovulatory menstrual cycles. Occasionally it is caused by thyroiddysfunction, infections or cancer.
I. Pathophysiology of normal menstruation
A. In response to gonadotropin-releasing hormone from thehypothalamus, the pituitary gland synthesizes follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH), whichinduce the ovaries to produce estrogen and progesterone.
B. During the follicular phase, estrogen stimulation causes anincrease in endometrial thickness. After ovulation, progesterone causes endometrial maturation. Menstruation is caused by estrogen and progesterone withdrawal.
C. Abnormal bleeding is defined as bleeding that occurs atintervals of less than 21 days, more than 36 days, lastinglonger than 7 days, or blood loss greater than 80 mL.
II. Clinical evaluation of abnormal vaginal bleeding
A. A menstrual and reproductive history should include lastmenstrual period, regularity, duration, frequency; the numberof pads used per day, and intermenstrual bleeding.
B. Stress, exercise, weight changes and systemic diseases,particularly thyroid, renal or hepatic diseases orcoagulopathies, should be sought. The method of birthcontrol should be determined.
C. Pregnancy complications, such as spontaneous abortion,ectopic pregnancy, placenta previa and abruptio placentae,can cause heavy bleeding. Pregnancy should always beconsidered as a possible cause of abnormal vaginal bleeding.
III. Puberty and adolescence--menarche to age 16
A. Irregularity is normal during the first few months of menstruation; however, soaking more than 25 pads or 30 tampons during a menstrual period is abnormal.
B. Absence of premenstrual symptoms (breast tenderness,bloating, cramping) is associated with anovulatory cycles.
C. Fever, particularly in association with pelvic or abdominalpain may, indicate pelvic inflammatory disease. A history ofeasy bruising suggests a coagulation defect. Headaches andvisual changes suggest a pituitary tumor.
D. Physical findings
E. Laboratory tests
F. Treatment of infrequent bleeding
G. Treatment of frequent or heavy bleeding
1. Treatment with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs(NSAIDs) improves platelet aggregation and increasesuterine vasoconstriction. NSAIDs are the first choice in the treatment of menorrhagia because they are well toleratedand do not have the hormonal effects of oral contraceptives.
2. Iron should also be added as ferrous gluconate 325 mgtid.
H. Patients with hypovolemia or a hemoglobin level below 7g/dL should be hospitalized for hormonal therapy and ironreplacement.
IV. Primary childbearing years – ages 16 to early 40s
A. Contraceptive complications and pregnancy are the mostcommon causes of abnormal bleeding in this age group.Anovulation accounts for 20% of cases.
B. Adenomyosis, endometriosis, and fibroids increase in frequency as a woman ages, as do endometrial hyperplasiaand endometrial polyps. Pelvic inflammatory disease andendocrine dysfunction may also occur.
C. Laboratory tests
D. Endometrial sampling
E. Treatment
mg per day for days 16 through 25 of each month, willresult in a reduction of menstrual blood loss. Pregnancy will not be prevented.
d. Patients with severe bleeding may have hypotensionand tachycardia. These patients require hospitalization,and estrogen (Premarin) should be administered IV as25 mg q4-6h until bleeding slows (up to a maximum offour doses). Oral contraceptives should be initiatedconcurrently as described above.
V. Premenopausal, perimenopausal, and postmenopausayears--age 40 and over
A. Anovulatory bleeding accounts for about 90% of abnormalvaginal bleeding in this age group. However, bleedingshould be considered to be from cancer until proven otherwise.
B. History, physical examination and laboratory testing areindicated as described above. Menopausal symptoms,personal or family history of malignancy and use of estrogen should be sought. A pelvic mass requires an evaluationwith ultrasonography.
C. Endometrial carcinoma
D. Treatment
4. Surgical management
References: See page 155.
Breast Cancer Screening and Diagnosis
Breast cancer is the second most commonly diagnosed canceramong women, after skin cancer. Approximately 182,800 newcases of invasive breast cancer are diagnosed in the UnitedStates per year. The incidence of breast cancer increases withage. White women are more likely to develop breast cancer thanblack women. The incidence of breast cancer in white women is about 113 cases per 100,000 women and in black women, 100cases per 100,000.
I. Risk factors
| Risk Factors for Breast Cancer | ||
|---|---|---|
| Age greater than 50 yearsPrior history of breast cancerFamily historyEarly menarche, before age 12Late menopause, after age 50Nulliparity | Age greater than 30 at first birthObesityHigh socioeconomic statusAtypical hyperplasia on biopsyIonizing radiation exposure | |
A. Family history is highly significant in a first-degree relative(ie, mother, sister, daughter), especially if the cancer hasbeen diagnosed premenopausally. Women who havepremenopausal first-degree relatives with breast cancerhave a three- to fourfold increased risk of breast cancer. Having several second-degree relatives with breast cancermay further increase the risk of breast cancer. Most womenwith breast cancer have no identifiable risk factors.
B. Approximately 8 percent of all cases of breast cancer arehereditary. About one-half of these cases are attributed tomutations in the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes. Hereditarybreast cancer commonly occurs in premenopausal women.Screening tests are available that detect BRCA mutations.
II. Diagnosis and evaluation
A. Clinical evaluation of a breast mass should assess duration of the lesion, associated pain, relationship to the menstrual cycle or exogenous hormone use, and change in sizesince discovery. The presence of nipple discharge and itscharacter (bloody or tea-colored, unilateral or bilateral,spontaneous or expressed) should be assessed.
B. Menstrual history. The date of last menstrual period, ageof menarche, age of menopause or surgical removal of theovaries, previous pregnancies should be determined.
C. History of previous breast biopsies, cyst aspiration, datesand results of previous mammograms should be determined.
D. Family history should document breast cancer in relatives and the age at which family members were diagnosed.
III.Physical examination
A. The breasts should be inspected for asymmetry, deformity,skin retraction, erythema, peau d'orange (breast edema),and nipple retraction, discoloration, or inversion.
B. Palpation
IV.Mammography. Screening mammograms are recommendedevery year for asymptomatic women 40 years and older. Unfortunately, only 60 percent of cancers are diagnosed at a local stage.
| Screening for Breast Cancer in Women | |
|---|---|
| Age | American Cancer Society guidelines |
| 20 to 39 years | Clinical breast examination every three yearsMonthly self-examination of breasts |
| Age 40 years andolder | Annual mammogramAnnual clinical breast examination Monthly self-examination of breasts |
V. Methods of breast biopsy
A. Palpable masses. Fine-needle aspiration biopsy (FNAB)
has a sensitivity ranging from 90-98%. Nondiagnostic aspi
rates require surgical biopsy.
B. Stereotactic core needle biopsy. Using a computer-drivenstereotactic unit, the lesion is localized in three dimensions, and an automated biopsy needle obtains samples. The sensitivity and specificity of this technique are 95-100% and 9498%, respectively.
C. Nonpalpable lesions
1. Needle localized biopsy
References: See page 155.
Evaluation of Breast Lumps
Breast lumps should be evaluated because of the threat of breastcancer, especially in women over age 40. Breast cancer is foundin 11 percent of women complaining of a lump. The vast majorityof breast lumps and breast complaints are caused by benignbreast disease. Breast cancer accounts for 10 percent of breastcomplaints; the most common conditions are cysts andfibroadenomas.
I. Diagnostic evaluation of breast lumps
A. History
prominent premenstrually and regress in size during thefollicular phase.
B. A past history of breast cancer or breast biopsy and a history of risk factors for breast cancer (eg, age, family historyof breast cancer, age of menarche, age at first pregnancy,age of menopause, alcohol use, and hormonal replacementtherapy).
| Risk Factors for Developing Breast Cancer | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Risk factors | Low risk | Highrisk | Relative risk |
| Deleterious BRCA1/BRCA2 genes | Negative | Positive | 3-7 |
| Mother or sister with breast cancer | No | Yes | 2.6 |
| Age | 30 to 34 | 70 to 74 | 18.0 |
| Age at menarche | >14 | <12 | 1.5 |
| Age at first birth | <20 | >30 | 1.9-3.5 |
| Age at menopause | <45 | >55 | 2.0 |
| Use of contraceptivepills | Never | Past/cu rrent | 1.2 |
| Hormone replacement | Never | use Current | 1.4 |
| therapyAlcohol | None | 2 to 5 | 1.4 |
| Breast density on mam | 0 | drinks/d ay | 1.8-6 |
| mography (%)Bone density | Lowest quartile | >75 | 2.7-3.5 |
| History of a benign | No | Highestquartile | 1.7 |
| breast biopsyHistory of atypical hyperplasia on biopsy | No | Yes Yes | 3.7 |
C. Breast tissue in normal women is often lumpy. Characteristics of cancerous lesions include:
D. Symptoms and physical findings to note when evaluating a breast lump:
E. Mammography
F. Ultrasonography
1. Ultrasonography can determine whether a breast massis a simple or complex cyst or a solid tumor. It is mostuseful in the following circumstances:
2. The risk of cancer is low if the lesion is a simple cyst onultrasound. For women with palpable masses,ultrasonography in conjunction with mammography isrecommended in women over age 35 and ultrasoundalone in women under age 35.
G. Fine-needle aspiration biopsy
3. When no fluid is obtained and the mass turns out to be solid, cells can be obtained for cytologic analysis withFNAB.
H. Triple diagnosis
I. Women younger than age 35
J. Women age 35 and older
Benign Breast Disease
Benign breast disease includes breast pain, breast lumps, ornipple discharge. The most common cause of breast nodularityand tenderness is fibrocystic change, which occurs in 60 percentof premenopausal women.
I. Benign breast lesions, which are discovered by breast palpation or mammography, have been subdivided into those that areassociated with an increased risk of breast cancer and those that are not.
A. No increased risk of breast cancer
B. Increased risk of breast cancer
II. Symptoms and signs of benign breast disease
A. Women with fibrocystic changes can have breast tenderness during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle.Fibrocystic disease is characterized by more severe orprolonged pain.
B. Women in their 30s sometimes present with multiple breastnodules 2 to 10 mm in size as a result of proliferation ofglandular cells.
C. Women in their 30s and 40s present with solitary or multiplecysts. Acute enlargement of cysts may cause severe, localized pain of sudden onset. Nipple discharge is common,varying from pale green to brown.
III.Differential diagnosis
A. Breast pain
ing pleuritic lesions, or arthritis of the thoracic spine canmimic benign breast disease.
B. Nipple discharge is uncommon in cancer and, if present, isunilateral. Approximately 3 percent of cases of unilateralnipple discharge are due to breast cancer; a mass is usuallyalso present.
1. Nonspontaneous, nonbloody, or bilateral nipple discharge is unlikely to be due to cancer.
2. Evaluation of nipple discharge for suspected cancer mayinclude cytology and galactography. Occult blood can bedetected with a guaiac test.
IV.Clinical evaluation
A. History
B. Physical examination. The examination is performed whenthe breasts are least stimulated, seven to nine days afterthe onset of menses. The four breast quadrants, subareolarareas, and the axillae should be systematiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y examinedwith the woman both lying and sitting with her hands on herhips.
1. The specific goals of the examination are to:
2. "Classic" characteristics of breast cancers:
C. Mammography
D. Breast pain. Women who present with breast pain as theironly symptom often undergo mammography. Only 0.4 percent of women with breast pain have breast cancer. Thevast majority of women have normal findings (87 percent);benign abnormalities are noted in 9 percent.
E. Ductal lavage. The cytologic detection of cellular atypia canidentify women with a higher risk of developing breast cancer.
V. Treatment
A. Fibrocystic disease. The major aim of therapy infibrocystic disease is to relieve breast pain or discomfort.Symptomatic relief also may be achieved with a soft brassiere with good support, acetaminophen or a nonsteroidalanti-inflammatory drug, or both.
References: See page 155.
Sexual Assault
Sexual assault is defined as any sexual act performed by oneperson on another without the person's consent. Sexual assaultincludes genital, anal, or oral penetration by a part of the accused's body or by an object. It may result from force, the threat offorce, or the victim's inability to give consent. The annual incidence of sexual assault is 200 per 100,000 persons.
I. Psychological effects
A. A woman who is sexually assaulted loses control over herlife during the period of the assault. Her integrity and her lifeare threatened. She may experience intense anxiety, anger,or fear. After the assault, a "rape-trauma" syndrome oftenoccurs. The immediate response may last for hours or daysand is characterized by generalized pain, headache, chronicpelvic pain, eating and sleep disturbances, vaginal symptoms, depression, anxiety, and mood swings.
B. The delayed phase is characterized by flashbacks, nightmares, and phobias.
II. medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) evaluation
A. Informed consent must be obtained before the examination. Acute injuries should be stabilized. About 1% of injuriesrequire hospitalization and major operative repair, and 0.1%of injuries are fatal.
B. A history and physical examination should be performed. Achaperon should be present during the history and physicalexamination to reassure the victim and provide support. Thepatient should be asked to state in her own words whathappened, identify her attacker if possible, and providedetails of the act(s) performed if possible.
| Clinical Care of the Sexual Assault Victim |
|---|
| medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) Obtain informed consent from the patientObtain a gynecologic historyAssess and treat physical injuriesObtain appropriate cultures and treat any existing infectionsProvide prophylactic antibiotic therapy and offer immunizations Provide therapy to prevent unwanted conception Offer baseline serologic tests for hepatitis B virus, humanimmunodeficiency virus (HIV), and syphilis Provide counselingArrange for follow-up medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) care and counseling |
| LegalProvide accurate recording of eventsDocument injuriesCollect samples (pubic hair, fingernail scrapings, vaginalsecretions, saliva, blood-stained clothing)Report to authorities as requiredAssure chain of evidence |
C. Previous obstetric and gynecologic conditions should besought, particularly infections, pregnancy, use of contraception, and date of the last menstrual period. Preexisting pregnancy, risk for pregnancy, and the possibility of preexistinginfections should be assessed.
D. Physical examination of the entire body and photographsor drawings of the injured areas should be completed.Bruises, abrasions, and lacerations should be sought. Superficial or extensive lacerations of the hymen and vagina,injury to the urethra, and occasionally rupture of the vaginalvault into the abdominal cavity may be noted. Bite marks are common.
E. A serum sample should be obtained for baseline serologyfor syphilis, herpes simplex virus, hepatitis B virus, and HIV.
F. Trichomonas is the most frequently acquired STD. The riskof acquiring human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) <1%during a single act of heterosexual intercourse, but the riskdepends on the population involved and the sexual actsperformed. The risk of acquiring gonorrhea is 6-12%, andthe risk of acquiring syphilis is 3%.
G. Hepatitis B virus is 20 times more infectious than HIV during sexual intercourse. Hepatitis B immune globulin (0.06mL of hepatitis B immune globulin per kilogram) should beadministered intramuscularly as soon as possible within 14days of exposure. It is followed by the standard three-doseimmunization series with hepatitis B vaccine (0, 1, and 6months), beginning at the time of hepatitis B immune globulin administration.
H. Emergency contraception. If the patient is found to be atrisk for pregnancy as a result of the assault, emergencycontraception should be offered. The risk of pregnancy aftersexual assault is 2-4% in victims not already using contraception. One dose of combination oral contraceptive tabletsis given at the time the victim is seen and an additional doseis given in 12 hours. Emergency contraception can be effective up to 120 hours after unprotected coitus.Metoclopramide (Reglan), 20 mg with each dose of hormone, is prescribed for nausea. A pregnancy test should beperformed at the 2-week return visit if conception is suspected.
| Emergency Contraception |
|---|
| 1. Consider pretreatment one hour before each oral contraceptive pilldose, using one of the following orally administered antiemetic agents: Prochlorperazine (Compazine), 5 to 10 mgPromethazine (Phenergan), 12.5 to 25 mgTrimethobenzamide (Tigan), 250 mg 2. Administer the first dose of oral contraceptive pill within 72 hours ofintercourse, and administer the second dose 12 hours after the first dose. Brand name options for emergency contraception include thefollowing: Preven Kit--two pills per dose (0.5 mg of levonorgestrel and 100 µgof ethinyl estradiol per dose)Ovral--two pills per dose (0.5 mg of levonorgestrel and 100 µg ofethinyl estradiol per dose)Plan B--one pill per dose (0.75 mg of levonorgestrel per dose)Nordette--four pills per dose (0.6 mg of levonorgestrel and 120 µgof ethinyl estradiol per dose)Triphasil--four pills per dose (0.5 mg of levonorgestrel and 120 µgof ethinyl estradiol per dose) |
| Screening and Treatment of Sexually Transmissible Infections Following Sexual Assault |
|---|
| Initial Examination |
| Infection • Testing for and gonorrhea and chlamydia from specimens from anysites of penetration or attempted penetration • Wet mount and culture or a vaginal swab specimen for Trichomonas • Serum sample for syphilis, herpes simplex virus, hepatitis B virus,and HIV Pregnancy PreventionProphylaxis• Hepatitis B virus vaccination and hepatitis B immune globulin. • Empiric recommended antimicrobial therapy for chlamydial, gonococcal, and trichomonal infections and for bacterial vaginosis:Ceftriaxone, 125 mg intramuscularly in a single dose, plusMetronidazole, 2 g orally in a single dose, plusDoxycycline 100 mg orally two times a day for 7 daysAzithromycin (Zithromax) is used if the patient is unlikely to complywith the 7 day course of doxycycline; single dose of four 250 mg caps.If the patient is penicillin-allergic, ciprofloxacin 500 mg PO orofloxacin 400 mg PO is substituted for ceftriaxone. If the patient ispregnant, erythromycin 500 mg PO qid for 7 days is substituted fordoxycycline.HIV prophylaxis consists of zidovudine (AZT) 200 mg PO tid, pluslamivudine (3TC) 150 mg PO bid for 4 weeks. |
| Follow-Up Examination (2 weeks) |
| • Cultures for N gonorrhoeae and C trachomatis (not needed if prophylactic treatment has been provided) • Wet mount and culture for T vaginalis • Collection of serum sample for subsequent serologic analysis if testresults are positive |
| Follow-Up Examination (12 weeks) |
| Serologic tests for infectious agents:T pallidumHIV (repeat test at 6 months)Hepatitis B virus (not needed if hepatitis B virus vaccine was given) |
III. Emotional care
A. The physician should discuss the injuries and the probability of infection or pregnancy with the victim, and she shouldbe allowed to express her anxieties.
B. Anxiolytic medication may be useful; lorazepam (Ativan) 15 mg PO tid prn anxiety.
C. The patient should be referred to personnel trained tohandle rape-trauma victims within 1 week.
IV. Follow-up care
A. The patient is seen for medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) follow-up in 2 weeks fordocumentation of healing of injuries.
B. Repeat testing includes syphilis, hepatitis B, and gonorrheaand chlamydia cultures. HIV serology should be repeatedin 3 months and 6 months.
C. A pregnancy test should be performed if conception is
suspected.References: See page 155.
Osteoporosis
Over 1.3 million osteoporotic fractures occur each year in theUnited States. The risk of all fractures increases with age; amongpersons who survive until age 90, 33 percent of women will have ahip fracture. The lifetime risk of hip fracture for white women atage 50 is 16 percent. Osteoporosis is characterized by low bonemass, microarchitectural disruption, and increased skeletal fragility.
| Risk Factors for Osteoporotic Fractures | |
|---|---|
| Personal history of fracture as an | White race |
| adult | Advanced age |
| History of fracture in a first-de- | Lifelong low calcium intake |
| gree relative | Alcoholism |
| Current cigarette smoking | Inadequate physical activity |
| Low body weight (less than 58 kg | Recurrent falls |
| [127 lb]) | Dementia |
| Female sex | Impaired eyesight despite ade- |
| Estrogen deficiency (menopause | quate correction |
| before age 45 years or bilateral | Poor health(Buy now from <a href="http://www.drugswell.com/wow/index.php">http://www.drugswell.com</a>)/frailty |
| ovariectomy, prolonged | |
| premenopausal amenorrhea | |
| [greater than one year]) | |
I. Screening for osteoporosis and osteopenia
A. Normal bone density is defined as a bone mineral density(BMD) value within one standard deviation of the meanvalue in young adults of the same sex and race.
B. Osteopenia is defined as a BMD between 1 and 2.5 standard deviations below the mean.
C. Osteoporosis is defined as a value more than 2.5 standard deviations below the mean; this level is the fracture threshold. These values are referred to as T-scores (number ofstandard deviations above or below the mean value).
D. Dual x-ray absorptiometry. In dual x-ray absorptiometry(DXA), two photons are emitted from an x-ray tube. DXA isthe most commonly used method for measuring bone density because it gives very precise measurements with minimal radiation. DXA measurements of the spine and hip arerecommended.
E. Biochemical markers of bone turnover. Urinarydeoxypyridinoline (DPD) and urinary alpha-1 to alpha-2N-telopeptide of collagen (NTX) are the most specific andcliniCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y useful markers of bone resorption. Biochemicalmarkers are not useful for the screening or diagnosis ofosteoporosis because the values in normal and osteoporosis overlap substantially.
II. Recommendations for screening for osteoporosis of theNational Osteoporosis Foundation
A. All women should be counseled about the risk factors for osteoporosis, especially smoking cessation and limitingalcohol. All women should be encouraged to participate inregular weight-bearing and exercise.
B. Measurement of BMD is recommended for all women 65 years and older regardless of risk factors. BMD should alsobe measured in all women under the age of 65 years whohave one or more risk factors for osteoporosis (in additionto menopause). The hip is the recommended site of measurement.
C. All adults should be advised to consume at least 1,200 mgof calcium per day and 400 to 800 IU of vitamin D per day.A daily multivitamin (which provides 400 IU) is recommended. In patients with documented vitamin D deficiency,osteoporosis, or previous fracture, two multivitamins may bereasonable, particularly if dietary intake is inadequate andaccess to sunlight is poor.
D. Treatment is recommended for women without risk factors who have a BMD that is 2 SD below the mean for youngwomen, and in women with risk factors who have a BMD that is 1.5 SD below the mean.
III. Nonpharmacologic therapy of osteoporosis in women
A. Diet. An optimal diet for treatment (or prevention) of osteoporosis includes an adequate intake of calories (to avoidmalnutrition), calcium, and vitamin D.
B. Calcium. Postmenopausal women should be advised totake 1000 to 1500 mg/day of elemental calcium, in divideddoses, with meals.
C. Vitamin D total of 800 IU daily should be taken.
D. Exercise. Women should exercise for at least 30 minutes three times per week. Any weight-bearing exercise regimen,including walking, is acceptable.
E. Cessation of smoking is recommended for all women because smoking cigarettes accelerates bone loss.
IV.Drug therapy of osteoporosis in women
A. Selected postmenopausal women with osteoporosis or athigh risk for the disease should be considered for drugtherapy. Particular attention should be paid to treatingwomen with a recent fragility fracture, including hip fracture,because they are at high risk for a second fracture.
B. Candidates for drug therapy are women who already havepostmenopausal osteoporosis (less than -2.5) and womenwith osteopenia (T score -1 to -2.5) soon after menopause.
C. Bisphosphonates
D. Selective estrogen receptor modulators
| Treatment Guidelines for Osteoporosis |
|---|
| Calcium supplements with or without vitamin D supplements or calcium-rich diet Weight-bearing exercise Avoidance of alcohol tobacco productsAlendronate (Fosamax)Risedronate (Actonel)Raloxifene (Evista) |
| Agents for Treating Osteoporosis | ||
|---|---|---|
| Medication | Dosage | Route |
| Calcium | 1,000 to 1,500 mg per day | Oral |
| Vitamin D | 400 IU per day (800 IU per day inwinter in northern latitudes) | Oral |
| Alendronate (Fosamax) | Prevention: 5 mg per day or 35 mg once-a-week Treatment: 10 mg per day or 70 mgonce-a-week | Oral |
| Risedronate (Actonel) | 5 mg daily or 35 mg once weekly | Oral |
| Raloxifene (Evista) | 60 mg per day | Oral |
| Conjugated estrogens | 0.3 mg per day | Oral |
E. Monitoring the response to therapy
F. Estrogen/progestin therapy
References: See page 155.
Urinary Incontinence
Women between the ages of 20 to 80 year have an overall prevalence for urinary incontinence of 53.2 percent.
I. Types of Urinary Incontinence
A. Stress Incontinence
B. Overactive Bladder. Involuntary loss of urine preceded by astrong urge to void, whether or not the bladder is full, is asymptom of the condition commonly referred to as “urgeincontinence.” Other commonly used terms such as detrusorinstability and detrusor hyperreflexia refer to involuntarydetrusor contractions observed during urodynamic studies.
II.History and Physical Examination
A. A preliminary diagnosis of urinary incontinence can be madeon the basis of a history, physical examination and a fewsimple office and laboratory tests.
B. The medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) history should assess diabetes, stroke, lumbardisc disease, chronic lung disease, fecal impaction andcognitive impairment. The obstetric and gynecologic historyshould include gravity; parity; the number of vaginal, instrument-assisted and cesarean deliveries; the time interval between deliveries; previous hysterectomy and/or vaginal orbladder surgery; pelvic radiotherapy; trauma; and estrogen status.
| Key Questions in Evaluating Patients for Urinary Incontinence |
|---|
| Do you leak urine when you cough, laugh, lift something or sneeze?How often? Do you ever leak urine when you have a strong urge on the way to thebathroom? How often? How frequently do you empty your bladder during the day?How many times do you get up to urinate after going to sleep? Is it theurge to urinate that wakes you?Do you ever leak urine during sex?Do you wear pads that protect you from leaking urine? How often doyou have to change them?Do you ever find urine on your pads or clothes and were unaware ofwhen the leakage occurred?Does it hurt when you urinate?Do you ever feel that you are unable to completely empty your bladder? |
| Drugs That Can Influence Bladder Function | |
|---|---|
| Drug | Side effect |
| Antidepressants, antipsychotics,sedatives/hypnotics | Sedation, retention (overflow) |
| Diuretics | Frequency, urgency (OAB) |
| Caffeine | Frequency, urgency (OAB) |
| Anticholinergics | Retention (overflow) |
| Alcohol | Sedation, frequency (OAB) |
| Narcotics | Retention, constipation, sedation(OAB and overflow) |
| Alpha-adrenergic blockers | Decreased urethral tone (stressincontinence) |
| Alpha-adrenergic agonists | Increased urethral tone, retention (overflow) |
| Beta-adrenergic agonists | Inhibited detrusor function, retention (overflow) |
C. Because fecal impaction has been linked to urinary incontinence, a history that includes frequency of bowel movements, length of time to evacuate and whether the patientmust splint her vagina or perineum during defecationshould be obtained. Patients should be questioned aboutfecal incontinence.
D. A complete list of all prescription and nonprescription drugsshould be obtained. When appropriate, discontinuation ofthese medications associated with incontinence or substitution of appropriate alternative medications will often cure orsignificantly improve urinary incontinence.
E. Physical Examination
III. Treatment of urinary incontinence
A. Rehabilitation of the pelvic floor muscles is the commongoal of treatments through the use of pelvic muscle exercises (Kegel's exercises), weighted vaginal cones andpelvic floor electrical stimulation.
B. A set of specially designed vaginal weights can be used asmechanical biofeedback to augment pelvic muscle exercises. The weights are held inside the vagina by contractingthe pelvic muscles for 15 minutes at a time.
C. Pelvic floor electrical stimulation with a vaginal or anal probe produces a contraction of the levator ani muscle.Cure or improvement in 48 percent of treated patients,compared with 13 percent of control subjects.
D. Occlusive devices, such as pessaries, can mimic the effectsof a retropubic urethropexy. A properly fitted pessary prevents urine loss during vigorous coughing in the standingposition with a full bladder.
E. Medications such as estrogens and alpha-adrenergic drugsmay also be effective in treating women with stress incontinence. Stress incontinence may be treated with localizedestrogen replacement therapy (ERT). Localized ERT canbe given in the form of estrogen cream or anestradiol-impregnated vaginal ring (Estring).
| Medications Used to Treat Urinary Incontinence | |
|---|---|
| Drug | Dosage |
| Stress Incontinence | |
| Pseudoephedrine (Sudafed) | 15 to 30 mg, three times daily |
| Vaginal estrogen ring (Estring) | Insert into vagina every threemonths. |
| Vaginal estrogen cream | 0.5 g, apply in vagina every night |
| Overactive bladder | |
| Oxybutynin transdermal (Oxytrol) | 39 cm2 patch 2 times/week |
| Oxybutynin ER (Ditropan XL) | 5 to 15 mg, every morning |
| Tolterodine LA (Detrol LA) | 2-4 mg qd |
| Generic oxybutynin | 2.5 to 10 mg, two to four timesdaily |
| Tolterodine (Detrol) | 1 to 2 mg, two times daily |
| Imipramine (Tofranil) | 10 to 75 mg, every night |
| Dicyclomine (Bentyl) | 10 to 20 mg, four times daily |
| Hyoscyamine (Cystospaz) | 0.375 mg, two times daily |
F. Alpha-adrenergic drugs such as pseudoephedrine improvestress incontinence by increase resting urethral tone. Thesedrugs cause subjective improvement in 20 to 60 percent ofpatients.
G. Surgery to correct genuine stress incontinence is a viableoption for most patients. Retropubic urethropexies (ie,Burch laparoscopic and Marshall-Marchetti-Krantz [MMK]procedures) and suburethral slings have long-term successrates consistently reported in the 80 to 96 percent range.
H. Another minimally invasive procedure for the treatment ofstress incontinence caused by intrinsic sphincter deficiencyis periurethral injection.
I. Overactive bladder
References: See page 155.
Urinary Tract Infection
Urinary tract infections (UTIs) are a leading cause of morbidity inpersons of all ages. Sexually active young women, elderly personsand those undergoing genitourinary instrumentation orcatheterization are at risk.
I. Acute uncomplicated cystitis in young women
A. Sexually active young women are most at risk for UTIs.
B. Approximately 90 percent of uncomplicated cystitis episodesare caused by Escherichia coli, 10 to 20 percent are causedby coagulase-negative Staphylococcus saprophyticus and 5percent or less are caused by other Enterobacteriaceae organisms or enterococci. Up to one-third of uropathogensare resistant to ampicillin and, but the majority are susceptible to trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (85 to 95 percent) andfluoroquinolones (95 percent).
C. Patients should be evaluated for pyuria by urinalysis (wetmount examination of spun urine) or a dipstick test for leukocyte esterase.
| Urinary Tract Infections in Adults | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Category | Diagnosticcriteria | First-line therapy | Comments |
| Acute uncomplicated cystitis | Urinalysis forpyuria andhematuria (culture not required) | TMP-SMX DS (Bactrim,Septra)Trimethoprim(Proloprim)Ciprofloxacin(Cipro)Ofloxacin (Floxin) | Three-day courseis best Quinolones maybe used in areas of TMP-SMX resistance or in patients who cannot tolerate TMP-SMX |
| Recurrent | Symptoms and | If the patient | Repeat therapy for |
| cystitis in | a urine culture | has more than | seven to 10 days |
| young women | with a bacterial count of more than 100 CFU per mL of urine | three cystitisepisodes per year, treat prophylactiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)ywith postcoital,patient- directedor continuous daily therapy | based on culture results and then use prophylactictherapy |
| Acute cystitis | Urine culture | Same as for | Treat for seven to |
| in young men | with a bacterial count of 1,000 to 10,000 CFU per mL of urine | acute uncomplicated cystitis | 10 days |
| Acute uncom- | Urine culture | If gram-negative | Switch from IV to |
| plicated | with a bacterial | organism, oral | oral administration |
| pyelonephritis | count of 100,000 CFU per mL of urine | fluoroquinolone If gram-positiveorganism,amoxicillin If parenteraladministration is required, ceftriaxone (Rocephin) or afluoroquinoloneIf Enterococcus species, addoral or IV amoxicillin | when the patient isable to take medication by mouth;complete a 14-day course |
| Complicated | Urine culture | If gram-negative | Treat for 10 to 14 |
| urinary tract | with a bacterial | organism, oral | days |
| infection | count of more than 10,000 CFU per mL ofurine | fluoroquinoloneIf Enterococcus species, ampicillin or amoxicillin with or without gentamicin (Garamycin) | |
| Catheter-asso | Symptoms and | If gram-negative | Remove catheter if |
| ciated urinary | a urine culture | organism, a | possible, and treat |
| tract infection | with a bacterial count of more than 100 CFU per mL of urine | fluoroquinoloneIf gram-positiveorganism, ampicillin or amoxicillin plus gentamicin | for seven to 10 daysFor patients withlong-term catheters and symptoms, treat for five to seven days |
| Antibiotic Therapy for Urinary Tract Infections | ||
|---|---|---|
| Diagnostic group | Duration of therapy | Empiric options |
| Acute uncom- | Three | Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim |
| plicated uri | days | DS), one double-strength tablet PO |
| nary tract in- | twice daily | |
| fections in | Trimethoprim (Proloprim), 100 mg PO | |
| women | twice dailyNorfloxacin (Noroxin), 400 mg twice dailyCiprofloxacin (Cipro), 250 mg twice dailyLomefloxacin (Maxaquin), 400 mg perdayOfloxacin (Floxin), 200 mg twice dailyEnoxacin (Penetrex), 200 mg twice dailySparfloxacin (Zagam), 400 mg as initialdose, then 200 mg per dayLevofloxacin (Levaquin), 250 mg per dayNitrofurantoin (Macrodantin), 100 mg fourtimes dailyCefpodoxime (Vantin), 100 mg twice dailyCefixime (Suprax), 400 mg per dayAmoxicillin-clavulanate(Augmentin), 500mg twice daily | |
| Acute uncom | 14 days | Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole DS, one |
| plicated | double-strength tablet PO twice daily | |
| pyelonephritis | Ciprofloxacin (Cipro), 500 mg twice dailyLevofloxacin (Maxaquin), 250 mg per dayEnoxacin (Penetrex), 400 mg twice dailySparfloxacin (Zagam) 400 mg initial dose,then 200 mg per day 104.50 Ofloxacin (Floxin), 400 mg twice dailyCefpodoxime (Vantin), 200 mg twice dailyCefixime (Suprax), 400 mg per day | |
| Diagnostic group | Duration of therapy | Empiric options |
|---|---|---|
| Up to 3days | Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim)160/800 IV twice dailyCeftriaxone (Rocephin), 1 g IV per dayCiprofloxacin (Cipro), 400 mg twice dailyOfloxacin (Floxin), 400 mg twice dailyLevofloxacin (Penetrex), 250 mg per dayAztreonam (Azactam), 1 g three timesdailyGentamicin (Garamycin), 3 mg per kg perday in 3 divided doses every 8 hours | |
| Complicatedurinary tractinfections | 14 days | Fluoroquinolones PO |
| Up to 3days | Ampicillin, 1 g IV every six hours, andgentamicin, 3 mg per kg per day | |
| Urinary tractinfections in young men | Seven days | Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole, one double-strength tablet PO twice dailyFluoroquinolones |
D. Treatment of acute uncomplicated cystitis in young women
II. Recurrent cystitis in young women
A. Up to 20 percent of young women with acute cystitis develop recurrent UTIs. The causative organism should beidentified by urine culture.
B. Women who have more than three UTI recurrences within one year can be managed using one of three preventivestrategies.
III. Complicated UTI
A. A complicated UTI is one that occurs because of enlargement of the prostate gland, blockages, or the presence ofresistant bacteria.
B. Accurate urine culture and susceptibility are necessary.Treatment consists of an oral fluoroquinolone. In patientswho require hospitalization, parenteral administration ofceftazidime (Fortaz) or cefoperazone (Cefobid), cefepime(Maxipime), aztreonam (Azactam), imipenem-cilastatin(Primaxin) or the combination of an antipseudomonal penicillin (ticarcillin [Ticar], mezlocillin [Mezlin], piperacillin[Pipracil]) with an aminoglycoside.
C. Enterococci are frequently encountered uropathogens incomplicated UTIs. In areas in which vancomycin-resistantEnterococcus faecium is prevalent, quinupristin-dalfopristin(Synercid) may be useful.
D. Patients with complicated UTIs require at least a 10- to14-day course of therapy. Follow-up urine cultures shouldbe performed within 10 to 14 days after treatment.
IV. Uncomplicated pyelonephritis
A. Women with acute uncomplicated pyelonephritis may present with a mild cystitis-like illness and flank pain; fever,chills, nausea, vomiting, leukocytosis and abdominal pain;or a serious gram-negative bacteremia. Uncomplicatedpyelonephritis is usually caused by E. coli.
B. The diagnosis should be confirmed by urinalysis and byurine culture. Urine cultures demonstrate more than 100,000 CFU per mL of urine in 80 percent of women withpyelonephritis. Blood cultures are positive in up to 20 percent of women who have this infection.
C. Empiric therapy using an oral fluoroquinolone is recommended in women with mild to moderate symptoms. Patients who are too ill to take oral antibiotics should initiallybe treated with a parenterally third-generationcephalosporin, aztreonam, a broad-spectrum penicillin, aquinolone or an aminoglycoside.
D. The total duration of therapy is usually 14 days. Patientswith persistent symptoms after three days of antimicrobialtherapy should be evaluated by renal ultrasonography forevidence of urinary obstruction or abscess.
References: See page 155.
Pubic Infections
I. Molluscum contagiosum
A. This disease is produced by a virus of the pox virus familyand is spread by sexual or close personal contact. Lesionsare usually asymptomatic and multiple, with a centralumbilication. Lesions can be spread by autoinoculation andlast from 6 months to many years.
B. Diagnosis. The characteristic appearance is adequate fordiagnosis, but biopsy may be used to confirm the diagnosis.
C. Treatment. Lesions are removed by sharp dermal curette,liquid nitrogen cryosurgery, or electrodesiccation.
II. Pediculosis pubis (crabs)
A. Phthirus pubis is a blood sucking louse that is unable tosurvive more than 24 hours off the body. It is often transmitted sexually and is principally found on the pubic hairs.Diagnosis is confirmed by locating nits or adult lice on thehair shafts.
B. Treatment
A. This highly contagious infestation is caused by theSarcoptes scabiei (0.2-0.4 mm in length). The infestation istransmitted by intimate contact or by contact with infestedclothing. The female mite burrows into the skin, and after 1month, severe pruritus develops. A multiform eruption maydevelop, characterized by papules, vesicles, pustules,urticarial wheals, and secondary infections on the hands,wrists, elbows, belt line, buttocks, genitalia, and outer feet.
B. Diagnosis is confirmed by visualization of burrows andobservation of parasites, eggs, larvae, or red fecalcompactions under microscopy.
C. Treatment. Permethrin 5% cream (Elimite) is massaged in
from the neck down and remove by washing after 8 hours.References: See page 155.
Sexually Transmissible Infections
Approximately 12 million patients are diagnosed with a sexuallytransmissible infection (STI) annually in the United States.Sequella of STIs include infertility, chronic pelvic pain, ectopicpregnancy, and other adverse pregnancy outcomes.
| Diagnosis and Treatment of Bacterial Sexually Transmissible Infections | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Organism | DiagnosticMethods | R ecommended Treatment | Alternative |
| Chlamy- | Direct fluo- | Doxycycline 100 mg | Ofloxacin (Floxin) 300 |
| dia trach | rescent anti- | PO 2 times a day for | mg PO 2 times a day |
| omatis | body, enzyme immunoassay,DNA probe,cell culture, DNA amplification | 7 days orAzithromycin (Zithromax) 1 g PO | for 7 days |
| Neisseria | Culture | Ceftriaxone | Levofloxacin |
| gonor- | DNA probe | (Rocephin) 125 mg | (Levaquin) 250 mg PO |
| rhoeae | IM or Cefixime 400 mg PO or Ciprofloxacin (Cipro)500 mg PO orOfloxacin (Floxin)400 mg POplus Doxycycline100 mg 2 times aday for 7 days orazithromycin 1 g PO | once Spectinomycin 2 g IM once | |
| Trepone- | Clinical ap- | Primary and second- | Penicillin allergy in pa- |
| ma palli | pearance | ary syphilis and early | tients with primary, sec |
| dum | Dark-field microscopyNontreponemal test: rapid plasmareagin,VDRL Treponemaltest: MHATP, FTAABS | latent syphilis (<1year duration):benzathine penicillinG 2.4 million units IM in a single dose. | ondary, or early latentsyphilis (<1 year of duration): doxycycline 100mg PO 2 times a dayfor 2 weeks. |
| Diagnosis and Treatment of Viral Sexually TransmissibleInfections | ||
|---|---|---|
| Organism | DiagnosticMethods | Recommended Treatment Regimens |
| Herpes | Clinical appear- | First episode: Acyclovir (Zovirax) 400 mg |
| simplex | ance | PO 5 times a day for 7-10 days, or |
| virus | Cell culture confirmation | famciclovir (Famvir) 250 mg PO 3 times aday for 7-10 days, or valacyclovir (Valtrex)1 g PO 2 times a day for 7-10 days.Recurrent episodes: acyclovir 400 mg PO3 times a day for 5 days, or 800 mg PO 2times a day for 5 days or famciclovir 125mg PO 2 times a day for 5 days, orvalacyclovir 500 mg PO 2 times a day for 5days Daily suppressive therapy: acyclovir 400mg PO 2 times a day, or famciclovir 250mg PO 2 times a day, or valacyclovir 250mg PO 2 times a day, 500 mg PO 1 time aday, or 1000 mg PO 1 time a day |
| Human | Clinical appear- | External warts: Patient may apply |
| papilloma | ance of | podofilox 0.5% solution or gel 2 times a |
| virus | condylomapapulesCytology | day for 3 days, followed by 4 days of notherapy, for a total of up to 4 cycles, orimiquimod 5% cream at bedtime 3 times aweek for up to 16 weeks. Cryotherapy withliquid nitrogen or cryoprobe, repeat every1-2 weeks; or podophyllin, repeat weekly;or TCA 80-90%, repeat weekly; or surgicalremoval. Vaginal warts: cryotherapy with liquid nitrogen, or TCA 80-90%, or podophyllin 1025% |
| Human | Enzyme | Antiretroviral agents |
| immuno | immunoassay | |
| deficiency | Western blot | |
| virus | (for confirmation)Polymerasechain reaction | |
| Treatment of Pelvic Inflammatory Disease | ||
|---|---|---|
| Regimen | Inpatient | Outpatient |
| A | Cefotetan (Cefotan) 2 g IVq12h; or cefoxitin (Mefoxin) 2g IV q6h plus doxycycline100 mg IV or PO q12h. | Ofloxacin (Floxin) 400 mg PObid for 14 days plusmetronidazole 500 mg PO bidfor 14 days. |
| B | Clindamycin 900 mg IV q8hplus gentamicin loading doseIV or IM (2 mg/kg of bodyweight), followed by a maintenance dose (1.5 mg/kg)q8h. | Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) 250mg IM once; or cefoxitin 2 g IMplus probenecid 1 g PO; orother parenteral third-generation cephalosporin (eg,ceftizoxime, cefotaxime) plusdoxycycline 100 mg PO bid for14 days. |
I. Chlamydia Trachomatis
A. Chlamydia trachomatis is the most prevalent STI in theUnited States. Chlamydial infections are most common inwomen age 15-19 years.
B. Routine screening of asymptomatic, sexually active adolescent females undergoing pelvic examination is recommended. Annual screening should be done for women age20-24 years who are either inconsistent users of barriercontraceptives or who acquired a new sex partner or hadmore than one sexual partner in the past 3 months.
II. Gonorrhea. Gonorrhea has an incidence of 800,000 cases annually. Routine screening for gonorrhea is recommendedamong women at high risk of infection, including prostitutes,women with a history of repeated episodes of gonorrhea,women under age 25 years with two or more sex partners inthe past year, and women with mucopurulent cervicitis.
III.Syphilis
A. Syphilis has an incidence of 100,000 cases annually. Therates are highest in the South, among African Americans,and among those in the 20- to 24-year-old age group.
B. Prostitutes, persons with other STIs, and sexual contacts ofpersons with active syphilis should be screened.
IV.Herpes simplex virus and human papillomavirus
A. An estimated 200,000-500,000 new cases of herpes simplex occur annually in the United States. New infections aremost common in adolescents and young adults.
B. Human papillomavirus affects about 30% of young, sexually
active individuals. References: See page 155.
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) is an acute infection of theupper genital tract in women, involving any or all of the uterus,oviducts, and ovaries. PID is a community-acquired infectioninitiated by a sexually transmitted agent. Pelvic inflammatorydisease accounts for approximately 2.5 million outpatient visitsand 200,000 hospitalizations annually.
I. Clinical evaluation
A. Lower abdominal pain is the cardinal presenting symptom inwomen with PID, although the character of the pain may bequite subtle. The onset of pain during or shortly after menses is particularly suggestive. The abdominal pain is usuallybilateral and rarely of more than two weeks' duration.
B. Abnormal uterine bleeding occurs in one-third or more ofpatients with PID. New vaginal discharge, urethritis,proctitis, fever, and chills can be associated signs.
C. Risk factors for PID:
II. Physical examination
A. Only one-half of patients with PID have fever. Abdominalexamination reveals diffuse tenderness greatest in the lowerquadrants, which may or may not be symmetrical. Reboundtenderness and decreased bowel sounds are common. Tenderness in the right upper quadrant does not excludePID, because approximately 10 percent of these patientshave perihepatitis (Fitz-Hugh Curtis syndrome).
B. Purulent endocervical discharge and/or acute cervical motion and adnexal tenderness by bimanual examination isstrongly suggestive of PID. Rectovaginal examinationshould reveal the uterine adnexal tenderness.
III.Diagnosis
A. Diagnostic criteria and guidelines. The index of suspicionfor the clinical diagnosis of PID should be high, especially inadolescent women.
B. The CDC has recommended minimum criteria required forempiric treatment of PID. These major determinants includelower abdominal tenderness, adnexal tenderness, and cervical motion tenderness. Minor determinants (ie, signsthat may increase the suspicion of PID) include:
C. Empiric treatment for pelvic inflammatory disease isrecommended when:
| Laboratory Evaluation for Pelvic Inflammatory Disease |
|---|
| • Pregnancy test • Microscopic exam of vaginal discharge in saline • Complete blood counts • Tests for chlamydia and gonococcus • Urinalysis • Fecal occult blood test • C-reactive protein(optional) |
IV. Diagnostic testing
A. Laboratory testing for patients suspected of having PIDalways begins with a pregnancy test to rule out ectopicpregnancy and complications of an intrauterine pregnancy.A urinalysis and a stool for occult blood should be obtainedbecause abnormalities in either reduce the probability ofPID. Blood counts have limited value. Fewer than one-half of PID patients exhibit leukocytosis.
B. Gram stain and microscopic examination of vaginal discharge may provide useful information. If a cervical Gramstain is positive for Gram-negative intracellular diplococci,the probability of PID greatly increases; if negative, it is oflittle use.
C. Increased white blood cells (WBC) in vaginal fluid may bethe most sensitive single laboratory test for PID (78 percent for >3 WBC per high power field. However, the specificity is only 39 percent.
D. Recommended laboratory tests:
E. Ultrasound imaging is reserved for acutely ill patients withPID in whom a pelvic abscess is a consideration.
V. Recommendations
A. health(Buy now from <a href="http://www.drugswell.com/wow/index.php">http://www.drugswell.com</a>) care providers should maintain a low threshold forthe diagnosis of PID, and sexually active young womenwith lower abdominal, adnexal, and cervical motion tenderness should receive empiric treatment. The specificity ofthese clinical criteria can be enhanced by the presence offever, abnormal cervical/vaginal discharge, elevated ESRand/or serum C-reactive protein, and the demonstration ofcervical gonorrhea or chlamydia infection.
B. If clinical findings (epidemiologic, symptomatic, and physical examination) suggest PID empiric treatment should beinitiated.
| Differential Diagnosis of Pelvic Inflammatory Disease | |
|---|---|
| Appendicitis Ectopic pregnancyHemorrhagic ovarian cystOvarian torsion Endometriosis Urinary tract Infection | Irritable bowel syndrome Somatization Gastroenteritis Cholecystitis Nephrolithiasis |
VI. Treatment of pelvic inflammatory disease
A. The two most important initiators of PID, Neisseriagonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis, must be treated,but coverage should also be provided for groups A and Bstreptococci, Gram negative enteric bacilli (Escherichiacoli, Klebsiella spp., and Proteus spp.), and anaerobes.
B. Outpatient therapy
C. Inpatient therapy
1. For inpatient treatment, the CDC suggests either of thefollowing regimens:
2. Alternative regimens:
D. Annual screening is recommended for all sexually activewomen under age 25 and for women over 25 if they havenew or multiple sexual partners. A retest for chlamydiashould be completed in 3 to 4 months after chlamydiatreatment because of high rates of reinfection.
E. Additional evaluation:
Vaginitis
Approximately 8-18% of women reported an episode of vaginalsymptoms in the previous year. The etiology of vaginal complaintsincludes infection of the vagina, cervix, and upper genital tract,chemicals or irritants (eg, spermicides or douching), hormonedeficiency, and rarely systemic diseases.
I. Clinical evaluation
A. Symptoms of vaginitis include vaginal discharge, pruritus,irritation, soreness, odor, dyspareunia and dysuria.Dyspareunia is a common feature of atrophic vaginitis. Abdominal pain is suggestive of pelvic inflammatory diseaseand suprapubic pain is suggestive of cystitis.
B. A new sexual partner increases the risk of acquiring sexuallytransmitted diseases, such as trichomonas, chlamydia, orNeisseria gonorrheae. Trichomoniasis often occurs during orimmediately after the menstrual period; candidavulvovaginitis often occurs during the premenstrual period.
C. Antibiotics and high-estrogen oral contraceptive pills maypredispose to candida vulvovaginitis; increased physiologicdischarge can occur with oral contraceptives; pruritus unresponsive to antifungal agents suggests vulvar dermatitis.
II. Physical examination
A. The vulva usually appears normal in bacterial vaginosis.Erythema, edema, or fissure formation suggest candidiasis,trichomoniasis, or dermatitis. Trichomonas is associated with a purulent discharge; candidiasis is associated with a thick,adherent, “cottage cheese-like” discharge; and bacterialvaginosis is associated with a thin, homogeneous, “fishysmelling” discharge. The cervix in women with cervicitis isusually erythematous and friable, with a mucopurulent discharge. Abdominal or cervical motion tenderness is suggestive of PID.
III. Diagnostic studies
A. Vaginal pH. Measurement of vaginal pH should always bedetermined. The pH of the normal vaginal secretions is 4.0 to
4.5. A pH above 4.5 suggests bacterial vaginosis ortrichomoniasis (pH 5 to 6), and helps to exclude candidavulvovaginitis (pH 4 to 4.5).
B. Saline microscopy should look for candidal buds or hyphae,motile trichomonads, epithelial cells studded with adherentcoccobacilli (clue cells), and polymorphonuclear cells(PMNs). The addition of 10% potassium hydroxide to the wetmount is helpful in diagnosing candida vaginitis. Culture forcandida and trichomonas may be useful if microscopy isnegative.
C. Cervical culture. A diagnosis of cervicitis, typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y due toNeisseria gonorrhoeae or Chlamydia trachomatis, must always be considered in women with purulent vaginal discharge. The presence of high-risk behavior or any sexuallytransmitted disease requires screening for HIV, hepatitis B,and other STDs.
| Clinical Manifestations of Vaginitis | |
|---|---|
| Candidal Vaginitis | Nonmalodorous, thick, white, "cottage cheese-like"discharge that adheres to vaginal wallsHyphal forms or budding yeast cells on wet-mountPruritus Normal pH (<4.5) |
| Bacterial Vaginosis | Thin, dark or dull grey, homogeneous, malodorousdischarge that adheres to the vaginal wallsElevated pH level (>4.5)Positive KOH (whiff test)Clue cells on wet-mount microscopic evaluation |
| Trichomonas Vaginalis | Copious, yellow-gray or green, homogeneous orfrothy, malodorous dischargeElevated pH level (>4.5)Mobile, flagellated organisms and leukocytes on wet-mount microscopic evaluationVulvovaginal irritation, dysuria |
| Atrophic Vaginitis | Vaginal dryness or burning |
IV.Bacterial vaginosis
A. Incidence. Bacterial vaginosis is the most common causeof vaginitis in women of childbearing age, with prevalence of5-60%.
B. Microbiology and risk factors. Bacterial vaginosis represents a change in vaginal flora characterized by a reductionof lactobacilli and an increase of Gardnerella vaginalis,Mobiluncus species, Mycoplasma hominis, anaerobic gram-negative rods, and Peptostreptococcus species. Risk factorsfor bacterial vaginosis include multiple or new sexual partners, early age of first coitus, douching, cigarette smoking,and use of an intrauterine contraceptive device.
C. Clinical features. Symptoms include a “fishy smelling”discharge that is more noticeable after unprotected intercourse. The discharge is off-white, thin, and homogeneous.Pruritus and inflammation are absent.
D. Complications
E. Diagnosis. Three of the four criteria listed below are necessary for diagnosis.
F. Therapy. Treatment is indicated in women with symptomaticinfection and those with asymptomatic infection prior toabortion or hysterectomy.
G. Relapse
V. Candida vulvovaginitis
A. Incidence. Candida vulvovaginitis accounts for one-third ofvaginitis. Up to 75% of women report having had at leastone episode of candidiasis. The condition is rare beforemenarche. It is less common in postmenopausal women,unless they are taking estrogen replacement therapy.
B. Microbiology and risk factors. Candida albicans is responsible for 80-92% of vulvovaginal candidiasis. Sporadicattacks of vulvovaginal candidiasis usually occur without anidentifiable precipitating factor.
C. Clinical features. Vulvar pruritus is the dominant feature.Women may also complain of dysuria (external rather thanurethral), soreness, irritation, and dyspareunia. There isoften little or no discharge; that which is present is typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)ywhite and clumpy. Physical examination often reveals erythema of the vulva and vaginal mucosa. The discharge isthick, adherent, and “cottage cheese-like.”
D. Diagnosis
E. Therapy
| Treatment regimens for yeast vaginitis* |
|---|
| 1-day regimensClotrimazole vaginal tablets (Mycelex G), 500 mg hs**Fluconazole tablets (Diflucan), 150 mg POItraconazole capsules (Sporanox), 200 mg PO bidTioconazole 6.5% vaginal ointment (Vagistat-1), 4.6 g hs** [5 g] |
| 3-day regimensButoconazole nitrate 2% vaginal cream (Femstat 3), 5 g hs [28 g] Clotrimazole vaginal inserts (Gyne-Lotrimin 3), 200 mg hs**Miconazole vaginal suppositories (Monistat 3), 200 mg hs**Terconazole 0.8% vaginal cream (Terazol 3), 5 g hsTerconazole vaginal suppositories (Terazol 3), 80 mg hsItraconazole capsules (Sporanox), 200 mg PO qd (4) |
| 5-day regimenKetoconazole tablets (Nizoral), 400 mg PO bid (4) |
| 7-day regimensClotrimazole 1% cream (Gyne-Lotrimin, Mycelex-7, Sweet'n FreshClotrimazole-7), 5 g hs**Clotrimazole vaginal tablets (Gyne-Lotrimin, Mycelex-7, Sweet'n FreshClotrimazole-7), 100 mg hs**Miconazole 2% vaginal cream (Femizol-M, Monistat 7), 5 g hs**Miconazole vaginal suppositories (Monistat 7), 100 mg hs**Terconazole 0.4% vaginal cream (Terazol 7), 5 g hs |
| 14-day regimensNystatin vaginal tablets (Mycostatin), 100,000 U hsBoric acid No. 0 gelatin vaginal suppositories, 600 mg bid (2) |
| *Suppositories can be used if inflammation is predominantly vaginal;creams if vulvar; a combination if both. Cream-suppository combinationpacks available: clotrimazole (Gyne-Lotrimin, Mycelex); miconazole(Monistat, M-Zole). If diagnosis is in doubt, consider oral therapy toavoid amelioration of symptoms with use of creams. Use 1-day or 3-dayregimen if compliance is an issue. Miconazole nitrate may be usedduring pregnancy. **Nonprescription formulation. If nonprescription therapies fail, useterconazole 0.4% cream or 80-mg suppositories at bedtime for 7 days. |
| Management options for complicated or recurrent yeastvaginitis |
|---|
| Extend any 7-day regimen to 10 to 14 daysEliminate use of nylon or tight-fitting clothingConsider discontinuing oral contraceptivesConsider eating 8 oz yogurt (with Lactobacillus acidophilus culture) perdayImprove glycemic control in diabetic patients For long-term suppression of recurrent vaginitis, use ketoconazole, 100mg (½ of 200-mg tablet) qd for 6 months |
F. Women with recurrent infections should receive longerinitial therapy (10 to 14 days of a topical agent orfluconazole 150 mg orally with a repeat dose three dayslater). Antifungal maintenance suppressive therapy thatshould be taken for six months after an initial induction regimen include ketoconazole (100 mg per day), itraconazole(100 mg per day or 400 mg once monthly), fluconazole (100to 150 mg once per week), and clotrimazole (500 mg vaginalsuppository once per week). Alternatively, fluconazole 200mg orally may be given every three days until the patient isasymptomatic, with redosing weekly, tapered to every twoweeks, and then every three to four weeks. Redosing onceper month just before menses may be effective because thisis when most patients flare. Patients receiving long-term ketoconazole should be monitored for hepatotoxicity.
VI. Trichomoniasis
A. Trichomoniasis, the third most common cause of vaginitis, iscaused by the flagellated protozoan, Trichomonas vaginalis.The disorder is virtually always sexually transmitted.
B. Clinical features. Trichomoniasis in women ranges from anasymptomatic state to a severe, acute, inflammatory disease.Signs and symptoms include a purulent, malodorous, thindischarge (70%) with associated burning, pruritus, dysuria,and dyspareunia. Physical examination reveals erythema ofthe vulva and vaginal mucosa; the classic green-yellow frothydischarge is observed in 10-30%. Punctate hemorrhagesmay be visible on the vagina and cervix in 2%.
C. Complications. Infection is associated with premature rupture of the membranes and prematurity; however, treatmentof asymptomatic infection has not been shown to reducethese complications. Trichomoniasis is a risk factor for development of post-hysterectomy cellulitis. The infection facilitates transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus.
D. Diagnosis
E. Therapy is indicated in all nonpregnant women diagnosedwith Trichomonas vaginitis and their sexual partner(s). Intercourse should not resume until both partners have completed treatment.
| Treatment options for trichomoniasis |
|---|
| Initial measures Metronidazole (Flagyl, Protostat), 2 g PO in a single dose, ormetronidazole, 500 mg PO bid X 7 days, or metronidazole, 375 mg PObid X 7 daysTreat male sexual partners |
| Measures for treatment failure Treatment sexual contacts Re-treat with metronidazole, 500 mg PO bid X 7 days If infection persists, confirm with culture and re-treat with metronidazole, 2-4 g PO qd X 3-10 days |
B. Desquamative inflammatory vaginitis
1. Chronic purulent vaginitis usually occurs perimenopausally, with diffuse exudative vaginitis, massive vaginal-cell exfoliation, purulent vaginal discharge,and occasional vaginal and cervical spotted rash. Laboratory findings included an elevated pH, increased numbersof parabasal cells, the absence of gram-positive bacilliand their replacement by gram-positive cocci on Gramstaining. Clindamycin 2% cream is usually effective.
C. Noninfectious vaginitis and vulvitis
References: See page 155.
Obstetrics
Prenatal Care
I. Prenatal history and physical examination
A. Diagnosis of pregnancy
B. Contraceptive history. Recent oral contraceptive usageoften causes postpill amenorrhea, and may cause erroneous pregnancy dating.
C. Gynecologic and obstetric history
D. medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) and surgical history and prior hospitalizations aredocumented.
E. Medications and allergies are recorded.
F. Family history of medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) illnesses, hereditary illness, ormultiple gestation is sought.
G. Social history. Cigarettes, alcohol, or illicit drug use.
H. Review of systems. Abdominal pain, constipation, headaches, vaginal bleeding, dysuria or urinary frequency, orhemorrhoids.
| Basic Prenatal medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) History | ||
|---|---|---|
| Endocrine disorder ThyroidAdrenal Diabetes | Autoimmune disorder Systemic lupuserythematosusRheumatoid arthritis | |
| Cardiovascular disease HypertensionArrhythmiaCongenital anomaliesRheumatic Fever Thromboembolic disease | History of blood transfusionPulmonary diseaseAsthma Tuberculosis | |
| Kidney diseasePyelonephritisUrinary tract infectionsAnomalies | Breast disorders Infectious diseases HerpesGonorrhea ChlamydiaSyphilisHIV | |
| Neurologic or muscular disordersSeizure disorder AneurysmArteriovenous malformation | Gynecologic historyAbnormal PAP smear Genital tract disease or procedures | |
| Gastrointestinal disease HepatitisGall bladder disease | Surgical proceduresAllergiesMedications |
|---|---|
| Inflammatory bowel disease | Substance abuse Alcohol |
| CigarettesIllicit drugs |
| Current Pregnancy History | |
| Medications taken Alcohol use Cigarette use Illicit drug useExposure to radiation | Vaginal bleedingNausea, vomiting, weight lossInfections Exposure to toxic substances |
| Initial Prenatal Assessment of past Obstetrical History | |
|---|---|
| Date of deliveryGestational age at deliveryLocation of deliverySex of child Birth weightMode of delivery | Type of anesthesiaLength of laborOutcome (miscarriage, stillbirth,ectopic, etc.)Details (eg, type of cesarean section scar, forceps, etc.)Complications (maternal, fetalchild) |
I. Physical examination
3. Pelvic examination
a. Pap smear and culture for gonorrhea are completedroutinely. Chlamydia culture is completed in high-riskpatients.
b. Estimation of gestational age by uterine size
II. Initial visit laboratory testing
A. Routine. A standard panel of laboratory tests should beobtained on every pregnant woman at the first prenatalvisit. Chlamydia screening is recommended for all pregnant women.
| Initial Prenatal Laboratory Examination | |
|---|---|
| Blood type and antibody screenRhesus typeHematocrit or hemoglobinPAP smear Rubella status (immune ornonimmune)Syphilis screen | Urinary infection screenHepatitis B surface antigenHIV counseling and testingChlamydia |
B. Human immunodeficiency virus
C. At-risk women should receive additional tests:
D. CBC, AB blood typing and Rh factor, antibody screen, rubella, VDRL/RPR, hepatitis B surface Ag.
E. Pap smear, urine pregnancy test, urinalysis and urine culture. Cervical culture for gonorrhea and chlamydia.
F. Tuberculosis skin testing, HIV counseling/testing.
G. Hemoglobin electrophoresis is indicated in risks groups,such as sickle hemoglobin in African patients, B-thalassemia in Mediterranean patients, and alpha-thalassemia in Asian patients. Tay-Sachs carrier testing isindicated in Jewish patients.
III.Initial patient education
A. Frequency of prenatal visits, recommendations for nutrition,weight gain, exercise, rest, and sexual activity, routine pregnancy monitoring (eg, weight, urine dipstick, bloodpressure, uterine growth, fetal activity and heart rate),listeria precautions, toxoplasmosis precautions (eg, handwashing, eating habits, cat care) should be discussed.
B. Abstinence from alcohol, cigarettes, illicit drugs should beassessed. Information on the safety of commonly usednonprescription drugs, signs and symptoms to be reportedshould be discussed, as appropriate for gestational age(eg, vaginal bleeding, ruptured membranes, contractions,decreased fetal activity).
C. Headache and backache. Acetaminophen (Tylenol) 325650 mg every 3-4 hours is effective. Aspirin is contraindicated.
D. Nausea and vomiting. First-trimester morning sicknessmay be relieved by eating frequent, small meals, gettingout of bed slowly after eating a few crackers, and by avoiding spicy or greasy foods. Promethazine (Phenergan) 12.550 mg PO q4-6h prn or diphenhydramine (Benadryl) 25-50mg tid-qid is useful.
E. Constipation. A high-fiber diet with psyllium (Metamucil),increased fluid intake, and regular exercise should beadvised. Docusate (Colace) 100 mg bid may provide relief.
IV.Nutrition, vitamins, and weight gain
A. All pregnant women should be encouraged to eat a well-balanced diet. Folic acid is recommended in the preconceptional and early prenatal period to prevent neuraltube defects (NTDs). A standard prenatal multivitaminsatisfies the requirements of most pregnant women.
B. Nutritional recommendations for pregnant women arebased upon the prepregnancy body mass index (BMI). Aweight gain of 12.5 to 18 kg (28 to 40 lb) for underweightwomen (BMI<19.8), 7 to 11.5 kg (15 to 25 lb) for overweight women (BMI $26), and 11.5 to 16 kg (25 to 35 lb)for women of average weight (BMI 19.8 to 26.0) is recommended.
V. Clinical assessment at first trimester prenatal visits
A. Routine examination at each subsequent visit consists ofmeasurement of blood pressure and weight, measurementof the uterine fundus to assess fetal growth, auscultation offetal heart tones, and determination of fetal presentationand activity. The urine is typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y screened for protein andglucose at each visit.
B. At 9 to 12 weeks the fetal heart usually can be heard by ofgestation using a Doppler instrument. Transvaginal ultrasound can determine fetal viability as early as 5.5 to 6.5weeks.
| Frequency of Prenatal Care Visits in Low-Risk Pregnancies | |
|---|---|
| <28 weeks | Every month |
| 28-36 weeks | Every 2 weeks |
| 36-delivery | Every 1 week until delivery |
VI.Clinical assessment at second trimester visits
A. Questions for each follow-up visit
1. First detection of fetal movement (quickening)
should occur at around 17 weeks in a multigravida andat 19 weeks in a primigravida. Fetal movement should be documented at each visit after 17 weeks.
2. Vaginal bleeding or symptoms of preterm labor
should be sought.
B. Fetal heart rate is documented at each visit.
B. At 15-18 weeks, genetic amniocentesis should be offered to patients >35 years old, and it should be offered if abirth defect has occurred in the mother, father, or in previous offspring.
C. Screening ultrasound. Ultrasound measurement of crown-rump length at 7 to 14 weeks is the most accuratetechnique for estimation of gestational age; it is accuratewithin three to five days.
D. At 24-28 weeks, a one-hour Glucola (blood glucose measurement 1 hour after 50-gm oral glucose) is obtained toscreen for gestational diabetes. Those with a particular risk(eg, previous gestational diabetes or fetal macrosomia),require earlier testing. If the 1 hour test result is greaterthan 140 mg/dL, a 3-hour glucose tolerance test is necessary.
E. Second trimester education. Discomforts include backache, round ligament pain, constipation, and indigestion.
VIII. Clinical assessment at third trimester visits
A. Fetal movement is documented. Vaginal bleeding orsymptoms of preterm labor should be sought.Preeclampsia symptoms (blurred vision, headache, rapidweight gain, edema) are sought.
B. Fetal heart rate is documented at each visit.
C. At 26-30 weeks, repeat hemoglobin and hematocrit areobtained to determine the need for iron supplementation.
D. At 28-30 weeks, an antibody screen is obtained in Rh-negative women, and D immune globulin (RhoGAM) isadministered if negative.
E. At 36 weeks, repeat serologic testing for syphilis is recommended for high risk groups.
F. Sexually transmitted disease. Testing for sexually transmitted diseases (eg, HIV, syphilis, hepatitis B surface antigen, chlamydia, gonorrhea) should be repeated in the thirdtrimester in any woman at high risk for acquiring theseinfections; all women under age 25 years should be retested for Chlamydia trachomatis late in pregnancy.
G. Screening for group B streptococcus colonization at35-37 weeks. All pregnant women should be screened forgroup B beta-hemolytic streptococcus (GBS) colonizationwith swabs of both the lower vagina and rectum at 35 to 37weeks of gestation. The only patients who are excludedfrom screening are those with GBS bacteriuria earlier in thecurrent pregnancy or those who gave birth to a previousinfant with invasive GBS disease. These latter patients arenot included in the screening recommendation becausethey should receive intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis regardless of the colonization status.
H. Influenza immunization is recommended for women in the second and third trimesters and for high-risk womenprior to influenza season regardless of stage of pregnancy.
I. Third trimester education
J. At 36 weeks, a cervical exam may be completed. Fetalposition should be assessed by palpation (Leopold’s Maneuvers).
References: See page 155.
Normal Labor
Labor consists of the process by which uterine contractions expelthe fetus. A term pregnancy is 37 to 42 weeks from the last menstrual period (LMP).
I. Obstetrical History and Physical Examination
A. History of the present labor
B. History of present pregnancy
C. Obstetrical history. Past pregnancies, durations and outcomes, preterm deliveries, operative deliveries, prolongedlabors, pregnancy-induced hypertension should be assessed.
D. Past medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) history of asthma, hypertension, or renaldisease should be sought.
II. Physical examination
A. Vital signs are assessed.
B. Head. Funduscopy should seek hemorrhages or exudates,which may suggest diabetes or hypertension. Facial, handand ankle edema suggest preeclampsia.
C. Chest. Auscultation of the lungs for wheezes and cracklesmay indicate asthma or heart failure.
D. Uterine Size. Until the middle of the third trimester, the distance in centimeters from the pubic symphysis to theuterine fundus should correlate with the gestational age inweeks. Toward term, the measurement becomes progressively less reliable because of engagement of the presenting part.
E. Estimation of fetal weight is completed by palpation of the gravid uterus.
F. Leopold's maneuvers are used to determine the position ofthe fetus.
G. Pelvic examination. The adequacy of the bony pelvis, theintegrity of the fetal membranes, the degree of cervicaldilatation and effacement, and the station of the presentingpart should be determined.
Labor History and Physical
Chief compliant: Contractions, rupture of membranes. HPI: ___ year old Gravida (number of pregnancies) Para (number of deliveries). Gestational age, last menstrual period, estimated date of confinement. Contractions (onset, frequency, intensity), rupture of membranes (time, color). Vaginal bleeding (consistency, quantity, bloody show); fetal movement. Fetal Heart Rate Strip: Baseline rate, accelerations, reactivity, decelerations, contraction frequency. Dates: First day of last menstrual period, estimated date of confinement. Ultrasound dating. Prenatal Care: Date of first exam, number of visits; has size been equal to dates? infections, hypertension, diabetes. Obstetrical History: Dates of prior pregnancies, gestational age, route (C-section with indications and type of uterine incision), weight, complications, length of labor, hypertension. Gynecologic History: Menstrual history (menarche, interval, duration), herpes, gonorrhea, chlamydia, abortions; oral contraceptives. Past medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) History: Illnesses, asthma, hypertension, diabetes, renal disease, surgeries. Medications: Iron, prenatal vitamins. Allergies: Penicillin, codeine? Social History: Smoking, alcohol, drug use. Family History: Hypertension, diabetes, bleeding disorders. Review of Systems: Severe headaches, scotomas, blurred vision, hand and face edema, epigastric pain, pruritus, dysuria, fever.
Physical Exam General Appearance: Vitals: BP, pulse, respirations, temperature. HEENT: Funduscopy, facial edema, jugular venous distention. Chest: Wheezes, rhonchi. Cardiovascular: Rhythm, S1, S2, murmurs. Abdomen: Fundal height, Leopold's maneuvers (lie, presentation). Estimated fetal weight (EFW), tenderness, scars. Cervix: Dilatation, effacement, station, position, status of membranes, presentation. Vulvar herpes lesions. Extremities: Cyanosis, clubbing, edema. Neurologic: Deep tender reflexes, clonus. Prenatal Labs: Obtain results of one hour post glucola, RPR/VDRL, rubella, blood type, Rh, CBC, Pap, PPD, hepatitis BsAg, UA, C and S. Current Labs: Hemoglobin, hematocrit, glucose, UA; urine dipstick for protein. Assessment: Intrauterine pregnancy (IUP) at 40 weeks, admitted with the following problems: Plan: Anticipated type of labor and delivery. List plan for each problem.
H. Extremities. Severe lower extremity or hand edema suggests preeclampsia. Deep-tendon hyperreflexia and clonusmay signal impending seizures.
I. Laboratory tests
J. Fetal heart rate. The baseline heart rate, variability, accelerations, and decelerations are recorded.
III. Normal labor
A. Labor is characterized by uterine contractions of sufficientfrequency, intensity, and duration to result in effacement anddilatation of the cervix.
B. The first stage of labor starts with the onset of regularcontractions and ends with complete dilatation (10 cm). Thisstage is further subdivided into the latent and an activephases.
C. The second stage of labor begins with complete dilatationof the cervix and ends with delivery of the infant. It is characterized by voluntary and involuntary pushing. The averagesecond stage of labor is one-half hour in a multipara and 1hour in the primipara.
D. The third stage of labor begins with the delivery of theinfant and ends with the delivery of the placenta.
E. Intravenous fluids. IV fluid during labor is usually Ringer'slactate or 0.45% normal saline with 5% dextrose. Intravenous fluid infused rapidly or given as a bolus should bedextrose-free because maternal hyperglycemia can occur.
F. Activity. Patients in the latent phase of labor are usuallyallowed to walk.
G. Narcotic and analgesic drugs
0.4 mg IV or IM and neonates, 0.01 mg/kg.
H. Epidural anesthesia
Labor and Delivery Admitting Orders
Admit: Labor and Delivery Diagnoses: Intrauterine pregnancy at ____ weeks. Condition: Satisfactory Vitals: q1 hr per routine Activity: May ambulate as tolerated. Nursing: I and O. Catheterize prn; external or internal monitors. Diet: NPO except ice chips. IV Fluids: Lactated Ringers with 5% dextrose at 125 cc/h. Medications:
Epidural at 4-5 cm. Nalbuphine (Nubain) 5-10 mg IV/SC q2-3h prn OR Butorphanol (Stadol) 0.5-1 mg IV q1.5-2h prn OR Meperidine (Demerol) 25-75 mg slow IV q1.5-3h prn pain
AND
Promethazine (Phenergan) 25-50 mg, IV q3-4h prn nausea
OR
Hydroxyzine (Vistaril) 25-50 mg IV q3-4h prnFleet enema PR prn constipation.Labs: CBC, dipstick urine protein, blood type and Rh, antibody screen, VDRL, HBsAg, rubella, type and screen (Csection).
I. Intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis for group B streptococcus is recommended for the following:
IV. Normal spontaneous vaginal delivery
A. Preparation. As the multiparous patient approaches complete dilatation or as the nulliparous patient begins to crownthe fetal scalp, preparations are made for delivery.
B. Maternal position. The mother is usually placed in the dorsal lithotomy position with left lateral tilt.
C. Delivery of a fetus in an occiput anterior position
1. Delivery of the head
2. Episiotomy consists of incision of the perineum, enlarging the vaginal orifice at the time of delivery. If indicated,an episiotomy should be performed when 3-4 cm of fetalscalp is visible.
D. Delivery of the placenta
Delivery Note
Routine Postpartum Orders
Transfer: To recovery room, then postpartum ward when stable. Vitals: Check vitals, bleeding, fundus q15min x 1 hr or until stable, then q4h. Activity: Ambulate in 2 hours if stable Nursing Orders: If unable to void, straight catheterize; sitz baths prn with 1:1000 Betadine prn, ice pack to perineum prn, record urine output. Diet: Regular IV Fluids: D5LR at 125 cc/h. Discontinue when stable and taking PO diet.
Medications:
Oxytocin (Pitocin) 20 units in 1 L D5LR at 100 drops/minute or 10 UIM. FeS04 325 mg PO bid-tid.
Symptomatic Medications:Acetaminophen/codeine (Tylenol #3) 1-2 tab PO q3-4h prn OR Oxycodone/acetaminophen (Percocet) 1 tab q6h prn pain.Milk of magnesia 30 mL PO q6h prn constipation.Docusate Sodium (Colace) 100 mg PO bid.Dulcolax suppository PR prn constipation.A and D cream or Lanolin prn if breast feeding.Breast binder or tight brazier and ice packs prn if not to breast feed.
Labs: Hemoglobin/hematocrit in AM. Give rubella vaccine if titer <1:10.
Active Management of Labor
The active management of labor refers to active control over thecourse of labor. There are three essential elements to active management are careful diagnosis of labor by strict criteria, constant monitoring of labor, and prompt intervention (eg, amniotomy,high dose oxytocin) if progress is unsatisfactory.
I. Criteria for active management of labor:
A. Nulliparous
B. Term pregnancy
C. Singleton infant in cephalic presentation
D. No pregnancy complications
E. Experiencing spontaneous onset of labor.
II. Diagnosis of labor
A. The diagnosis of labor is made only when contractions areaccompanied by any one of the following:
B. Women who meet these criteria are admitted to the labor unit.
III.Management of labor
A. Rupture of membranes. Intact fetal membranes are artificially ruptured one hour after the diagnosis of labor is madeto permit assessment of the quantity of fluid and the presence of meconium. Rupture of the membranes may accelerate labor.
B. Progress during the first stage of labor
to descend after a period of observation.
C. Administration of oxytocin. Oxytocin is administered fortreatment of failure of labor to progress, unless its use iscontraindicated. Oxytocin may only be administered if thefollowing conditions are met:
High Dose Oxytocin (Pitocin) Regimen
Begin oxytocin 6 mU per minute IVIncrease dose by 6 mU per minute every 15 minutesMaximum dose: 40 mU per minute
D. Failure to progress (dystocia) is diagnosed when thecervix fails to dilate at least 1 cm per hour during the firststage of labor or when the fetal head fails to descend duringthe second stage of labor. Three possible causes for failureto progress are possible (excluding malpresentations andhydrocephalus):
E. Inefficient uterine action is the most common cause of dystocia in the nulliparous gravida, especially early in labor.Secondary arrest of labor after previously satisfactory progress may be due to an occiput-posterior position orcephalopelvic disproportion. It is often difficult for the clinician to differentiate among these entities, thus oxytocin isadministered in all cases of failure to progress (unless acontraindication exists).
F. In the first stage, progressive cervical dilatation of at least 1cm per hour should occur within one hour of establishingefficient uterine contractions (five to seven contractionswithin 15 minutes) with oxytocin. The second stage is considered prolonged if it extends longer than two hours inwomen without epidural anesthesia and longer than threehours in women with epidural anesthesia despite adequatecontractions and oxytocin augmentation.
References: See page 155.
Perineal Lacerations and Episiotomies
I. First-degree laceration
A. A first degree perineal laceration extends only through thevaginal and perineal skin.
B. Repair: Place a single layer of interrupted 3-O chromic orVicryl sutures about 1 cm apart.
II. Second-degree laceration and repair of midline episiotomy
A. A second degree laceration extends deeply into the softtissues of the perineum, down to, but not including, theexternal anal sphincter capsule. The disruption involves thebulbocavernosus and transverse perineal muscles.
B. Repair
III.Third-degree laceration
A. This laceration extends through the perineum and throughthe anal sphincter.
B. Repair
IV.Fourth-degree laceration
A. The laceration extends through the perineum, analsphincter, and extends through the rectal mucosa to exposethe lumen of the rectum.
B. Repair
prescribed post-partum.References: See page 155.
Fetal Heart Rate Assessment
Fetal heart rate (FHR) assessment evaluates the fetal condition byidentifying FHR patterns that may be associated with adverse fetalor neonatal outcome or are reassuring of fetal well-being.
I. Fetal monitoring techniques
A. Electronic fetal monitoring. The electronic fetal monitor determines the FHR and continuously records it in graphicalform.
B. External fetal monitoring. The FHR is measured by focusing an ultrasound beam on the fetal heart. The fetal monitorinterprets Doppler signals.
C. Internal fetal monitoring of FHR is an invasive procedure.A spiral electrode is inserted transcerviCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y into the fetalscalp. The internal electrode detects the fetal (ECG) andcalculates the fetal heart rate based upon the interval between R waves. This signal provides accurate measurementof beat-to-beat and baseline variability.
D. Biophysical profile. The biophysical profile (BPP) consistsof electronic fetal heart rate evaluation combined with sonographiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y assessed fetal breathing movements, motormovement, gross fetal tone, and amniotic fluid volume.
II. Fetal heart rate patterns
A. The fetal heart rate pattern recorded by an electronic fetalmonitor is categorized as reassuring or nonreassuring.
B. Reassuring fetal heart rate patterns
C. Early decelerations (ie, shallow symmetrical decelerationsin which the nadir of the deceleration occurs simultaneouslywith the peak of the contraction) and mild bradycardia of 100to 119 bpm are caused by fetal head compression, and theyare not associated with fetal acidosis or poor neonatal outcome.
D. The majority of fetal arrhythmias are benign and spontaneously convert to normal sinus rhythm by 24 hours after birth.Persistent tachyarrhythmias may cause fetal hydrops if present for many hours to days. Persistent bradyarrhythmias areoften associated with fetal heart disease (eg, cardiomyopathyrelated to lupus), but seldom result in hypoxia or acidosis infetal life.
E. FHR accelerations and mild variable decelerations are indicative of a normally functioning autonomic nervous system.
F. Nonreassuring fetal heart rate patterns
III. Intrapartum fetal surveillance
A. Transient episodes of hypoxemia and hypoxia are generallywell-tolerated by the fetus. Progressive or severe episodesmay lead to fetal acidosis and subsequent asphyxia. Onegoal of intrapartum fetal surveillance is to distinguish thefetus with FHR abnormalities who is well compensated fromone who is at risk for neurological impairment or death.Ancillary tests are useful for this purpose.
B. Ancillary tests
IV. Management of nonreassuring FHR patterns duringlabor
B. The presence of accelerations almost always assures theabsence of fetal acidosis. Therefore, if such accelerations are not observed, they should be elicited by manual orvibroacoustic stimulation. There is a 50 percent risk of fetalacidosis in fetuses in whom accelerations cannot be elicited, so further evaluation by fetal scalp sampling for pH is indicated to help clarify the fetal acid-base status. Serial evaluation every 20 to 30 minutes is necessary if the FHR patternremains nonreassuring. Expeditious delivery is indicated forpersistent nonreassuring FHR patterns.
| Management of Variant Fetal Heart Rate Patterns | ||
|---|---|---|
| FHR Pattern | Diagnosis | Action |
| Normal rate normal variability, accelerations, no decelerations | Fetus is well oxygenated | None |
| Normal variability,accelerations, mild nonreassuring pattern (bradycardia,late decelerations, variable decelerations) | Fetus is still well oxygenated centrally | Conservative management. |
| Normal variability, ±accelerations, moderate-severe nonreassuring pattern (bradycardia,late decelerations, variable decelerations) | Fetus is still well oxygenated centrally, but the FHRsuggests hypoxia | Continue conservative management.Consider stimulation testing. Prepare forrapid delivery if pattern worsens |
| Decreasing variability,± accelerations, moderate-severe nonreassuring patterns (bradycardia,late decelerations, variable decelerations) | Fetus may be onthe verge ofdecompensation | Deliver if spontaneous delivery is remote, or if stimulation supports diagnosis of decompensation. Normal response to stimulation may allow timeto await a vaginaldelivery |
| Absent variability, noaccelerations, moderate/severenonreassuring patterns (bradycardia,late decelerations, variable decelerations) | Evidence of actual or impending asphyxia | Deliver. Stimulation or in-utero management may be attempted if delivery isnot delayed |
References: See page 155.
Antepartum Fetal Surveillance
I. Antepartum fetal surveillance techniques
A. Antepartum fetal surveillance should be initiated in pregnancies in which the risk of fetal demise is known to be increased. These problems can include maternal conditionssuch as antiphospholipid syndrome, chronic hypertension,renal disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, or type 1diabetes mellitus. Monitoring should also be initiated inpregnancy-related conditions such as preeclampsia,intrauterine growth restriction (IUGR), multiple gestation,poor obstetrical history, or postterm pregnancy.
B. Antepartum fetal surveillance can include the nonstress test(NST), BPP, oxytocin challenge test (OCT), or modifiedBPP.
C. Nonstress test
D. Fetal movement assessment (“kick counts”)
| Indications for Antepartum Fetal Surveillance | |
|---|---|
| Maternal antiphospholipid syndromepoorly controlled hyperthyroidismhemoglobinopathiescyanotic heart diseasesystemic lupus erythematosuschronic renal disease type I diabetes mellitushypertensive disorders | Pregnancy complicationspreeclampsiadecreased fetal movement oligohydramniospolyhydramniosIntrauterine growth restriction postterm pregnancyisoimmunization previous unexplained fetal demisemultiple gestation |
E. Ancillary tests
3. Fetal biophysical profile
a. The fetal biophysical profile score refers to thesonographic assessment of four biophysical variables:fetal movement, fetal tone, fetal breathing, amnioticfluid volume and nonstress testing. Each of these fiveparameters is given a score of 0 or 2 points, depending upon whether specific criteria are met. Fetal BPSis a noninvasive, highly accurate means for predictingthe presence of fetal asphyxia.
b. Criteria
| Components of the Biophysical Profile | ||
|---|---|---|
| Parameter | Normal (score = 2) | Abnormal (score = 0) |
| Nonstress test | >2 accelerations >15 beats per minute above baselineduring test lasting >15 seconds in 20 minutes | <2 accelerations |
| Amniotic fluid volume | Amniotic fluid index >5 or at least 1 pocket measuring 2cm x 2 cm in perpendicularplanes | AFI <5 or no pocket >2 cm x 2 cm |
| Fetal breathing movement | Sustained FBM (>30 seconds) | Absence of FBM or short gaspsonly <30 secondstotal |
| Fetal bodymovements | >3 episodes of either limb ortrunk movement | <3 episodes during test |
| Fetal tone | Extremities in flexion at rest and >1 episode of extensionof extremity, hand or spinewith return to flexion | Extension at rest or no return to flexion after movement |
| A total score of 8 to 10 is reassuring; a score of 6 is suspicious, and ascore of 4 or less is ominous. Amniotic fluid index = the sum of the largest vertical pocket in each offour quadrants on the maternal abdomen intersecting at the umbilicus. | ||
c. Clinical utility
of true fetal compromise is only 50 percent, with anegative predictive value greater than 99.9 percent.
d. Indications and frequency of testing
(1) ACOG recommends antepartum testing in thefollowing situations:
| Guidelines for Antepartum Testing | ||
|---|---|---|
| Indication | Initiation | Frequency |
| Post-term pregnancy | 41 weeks | Twice a week |
| Preterm rupture ofmembranes | At onset | Daily |
| Bleeding | 26 weeks or at onset | Twice a week |
| Oligohydramnios | 26 weeks or at onset | Twice a week |
| Polyhydramnios | 32 weeks | Weekly |
| Diabetes | 32 weeks | Twice a week |
| Chronic or pregnancy-induced hypertension | 28 weeks | Weekly. Increase totwice-weekly at 32weeks. |
| Steroid-dependent orpoorly controlledasthma | 28 weeks | Weekly |
| Sickle cell disease | 32 weeks (earlierif symptoms) | Weekly (more oftenif severe) |
| Impaired renal function | 28 weeks | Weekly |
| Substance abuse | 32 weeks | Weekly |
| Prior stillbirth | At 2 weeks before prior fetal death | Weekly |
| Multiple gestation | 32 weeks | Weekly |
| Congenital anomaly | 32 weeks | Weekly |
| Fetal growth restriction | 26 weeks | Twice a week or at onset |
| Decreased fetal movement | At time of complaint | Once |
G. Management of abnormal test results
References: See page 155.
Brief Postoperative Cesarean SectionNote
Pre-op diagnosis:
and 5 min; normal uterus, tubes, ovaries. Cord pH:Specimens: Placenta, cord blood (type and Rh).Estimated Blood Loss: 800 cc; no blood replaced.Fluids, blood and urine output:Drains: Foley to gravity.Complications: None Disposition: Patient sent to recovery room in stable condition.
Cesarean Section Operative Report
Preoperative Diagnosis:
3. Non-reassuring fetal tracingPostoperative Diagnosis: Same as above Title of Operation: Primary low segment transverse cesarean section Surgeon:Assistant: Anesthesia: EpiduralFindings At Surgery: Male infant in occiput posterior presentation. Thin meconium with none below the cords, pediatrics presentat delivery, APGAR's 6/8, weight 3980 g. Normal uterus, tubes,and ovaries. Description of Operative Procedure:
After assuring informed consent, the patient was taken to theoperating room and spinal anesthesia was initiated. The patientwas placed in the dorsal, supine position with left lateral tilt. Theabdomen was prepped and draped in sterile fashion.
A Pfannenstiel skin incision was made with a scalpel andcarried through to the level of the fascia. The fascial incision wasextended bilaterally with Mayo scissors. The fascial incision wasthen grasped with the Kocher clamps, elevated, and sharply andbluntly dissected superiorly and inferiorly from the rectus muscles.
The rectus muscles were then separated in the midline, and theperitoneum was tented up, and entered sharply with Metzenbaumscissors. The peritoneal incision was extended superiorly andinferiorly with good visualization of the bladder.
A bladder blade was then inserted, and the vesicouterine peritoneum was identified, grasped with the pick-ups, and enteredsharply with the Metzenbaum scissors. This incision was thenextended laterally, and a bladder flap was created. The bladderwas retracted using the bladder blade. The lower uterine segmentwas incised in a transverse fashion with the scalpel, then extendedbilaterally with bandage scissors. The bladder blade was removed,and the infants head was delivered atraumatiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y. The nose andmouth were suctioned and the cord clamped and cut. The infantwas handed off to the pediatrician. Cord gases and cord blood were sent.
The placenta was then removed manually, and the uterus wasexteriorized, and cleared of all clots and debris. The uterine incision was repaired with 1-O chromic in a running locking fashion. Asecond layer of 1-O chromic was used to obtain excellenthemostasis. The bladder flap was repaired with a 3-O Vicryl in arunning fashion. The cul-de-sac was cleared of clots and theuterus was returned to the abdomen. The peritoneum was closedwith 3-0 Vicryl. The fascia was reapproximated with O Vicryl in arunning fashion. The skin was closed with staples.
The patient tolerated the procedure well. Needle and spongecounts were correct times two. Two grams of Ancef was given atcord clamp, and a sterile dressing was placed over the incision.Estimated Blood Loss (EBL): 800 cc; no blood replaced (normalblood loss is 500-1000 cc).Specimens: Placenta, cord pH, cord blood specimens.Drains: Foley to gravity. Fluids: Input - 2000 cc LR; Output - 300 cc clear urine.Complications: None. Disposition: The patient was taken to the recovery room thenpostpartum ward in stable condition.
Postoperative Management after Cesarean Section
I. Post Cesarean Section Orders
A. Transfer: to post partum ward when stable.
B. Vital signs: q4h x 24 hours, I and O.
C. Activity: Bed rest x 6-8 hours, then ambulate; if given spinal,keep patient flat on back x 8h. Incentive spirometer q1hwhile awake.
D. Diet: NPO x 8h, then sips of water. Advance to clear liquids,then to regular diet as tolerated.
E. IV Fluids: IV D5 LR or D5 ½ NS at 125 cc/h. Foley to gravity; discontinue after 12 hours. I and O catheterize prn.
F. Medications
G. Labs: CBC in AM.
II. Postoperative Day #1
A. Assess pain, lungs, cardiac status, fundal height, lochia,passing of flatus, bowel movement, distension, tenderness,bowel sounds, incision.
B. Discontinue IV when taking adequate PO fluids.
C. Discontinue Foley, and I and O catheterize prn.
D. Ambulate tid with assistance; incentive spirometer q1h whileawake.
E. Check hematocrit, hemoglobin, Rh, and rubella status.
F. Medications
III. Postoperative Day #2
A. If passing gas and/or bowel movement, advance to regulardiet.
B. Laxatives: Dulcolax supp prn or Milk of magnesia 30 cc POtid prn. Mylicon 80 mg PO qid prn bloating.
IV. Postoperative Day #3
A. If transverse incision, remove staples and place steri-stripson day 3. If a vertical incision, remove staples on post op day
5.
B. Discharge home on appropriate medications; follow up in 2and 6 weeks.
Prevention of D Isoimmunization
The morbidity and mortality of Rh hemolytic disease can be significantly reduced by identification of women at risk forisoimmunization and by administration of D immunoglobulin.Administration of D immunoglobulin [RhoGAM, Rho(D) immunoglobulin, RhIg] is very effective in the preventing isoimmunizationto the D antigen.
I. Prenatal testing
A. Routine prenatal laboratory evaluation includes ABO and Dblood type determination and antibody screen.
B. At 28-29 weeks of gestation woman who are D negative butnot D isoimmunized should be retested for D antibody. If thetest reveals that no D antibody is present, prophylactic Dimmunoglobulin [RhoGAM, Rho(D) immunoglobulin, RhIg] isindicated.
C. If D antibody is present, D immunoglobulin will not be beneficial, and specialized management of the D isoimmunizedpregnancy is undertaken to manage hemolytic disease ofthe fetus and hydrops fetalis.
II. Routine administration of D immunoglobulin
A. Abortion. D sensitization may be caused by abortion. Dsensitization occurs more frequently after induced abortionthan after spontaneous abortion, and it occurs more frequently after late abortion than after early abortion. D sensitization occurs following induced abortion in 4-5% of susceptible women. All unsensitized, D-negative women who havean induced or spontaneous abortion should be treated withD immunoglobulin unless the father is known to be D negative.
B. Dosage of D immunoglobulin is determined by the stage ofgestation. If the abortion occurs before 13 weeks of gestation, 50 mcg of D immunoglobulin prevents sensitization. Forabortions occurring at 13 weeks of gestation and later, 300mcg is given.
C. Ectopic pregnancy can cause D sensitization. All unsensitized, D-negative women who have an ectopic pregnancy should be given D immunoglobulin. The dosage isdetermined by the gestational age, as described above forabortion.
D. Amniocentesis
E. Antepartum prophylaxis
F. Postpartum D immunoglobulin
G. Abruptio placentae, placenta previa, cesarean delivery,intrauterine manipulation, or manual removal of theplacenta may cause more than 30 mL of fetal-to-maternalbleeding. In these conditions, testing for excessive bleeding(Kleihauer-Betke test) or inadequate D immunoglobulindosage (indirect Coombs test) is necessary.
References: See page 155.
Complications of Pregnancy
Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy andHyperemesis Gravidarum
Nausea and vomiting to affects about 70% to 85% of pregnantwomen. Symptoms of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy (NVP) aremost common during the first trimester; however, some women havepersistent nausea for their entire pregnancy. Hyperemesis oftenoccurs in association with high levels of human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), such as with multiple pregnancies, trophoblastic disease,and fetal anomalies such as triploidy.
| Conditions that Predispose to Excessive Nausea andVomiting |
|---|
| Viral gastroenteritisGestational trophoblastic diseaseHepatitisUrinary tract infectionMultifetal gestationGallbladder disease Migraine |
I. Treatment of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy
A. Patients should avoid odors or foods that seem to be aggravating the nausea. Useful dietary modifications includeavoiding fatty or spicy foods, and stopping iron supplements.Frequent small meals also may improve symptoms. Recommendations include bland and dry foods, high-protein snacks,and crackers at the bedside to be taken first thing in themorning.
B. Cholecystitis, peptic ulcer disease, or hepatitis can causenausea and vomiting and should be excluded. Gastroenteritis,appendicitis, pyelonephritis, and pancreatitis also should beexcluded. Obstetric explanations for nausea and vomiting mayinclude multiple pregnancies or a hydatidiform mole.
C. Non-pharmacologic remedies are adequate for up to 90% ofpatients with NVP. However, about 10% will require medication and about 1% have severe enough vomiting that theyrequire hospitalization.
D. Vitamin therapy. Pyridoxine is effective as first-line therapyand is recommended up to 25 mg three times daily. Pyridoxineserum levels do not appear to correlate with the prevalence ordegree of nausea and vomiting. Multivitamins also areeffective for prevention of NVP. Premesis Rx is a prescriptiontablet with controlled-release vitamin B6, 75 mg, so it can begiven once a day. It also contains vitamin B12 (12 mcg), folicacid (1 mg), and calcium carbonate (200 mg).
E. Over-the-Counter Therapy. If pyridoxine alone is not efficacious, an alternative is to combine over-the-counter doxylamine 25 mg (Unisom) and pyridoxine 25 mg. One couldcombine the 25 mg of pyridoxine three times daily withdoxylamine 25 mg, 1 tablet every bedtime, and ½ tabletmorning and afternoon. There is no evidence that doxylamineis a teratogen.
| Drug Therapy for Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy | |
|---|---|
| Generic name (tradename) | Dosage |
| Antihistamines | |
| Doxylamine (Unisom) | 25 mg ½ tab BID, 1 tab qhs |
| Dimenhydrinate (Dramamine) | 25 to 100 mg po/im/iv every 4 to6 hr |
| Diphenhydramine (Benadryl) | 25 to 50 mg po/im/iv every 4 to 6hr |
| Trimethobenzamide (Tigan) | 250 mg po every 6 to 8 hr or200 mg im/pr every 6 to 8 hr |
| Meclizine (Antivert) | 12.5 to 25 mg BID/TID |
| Phenothiazines | |
| Promethazine (Phenergan) | 12.5 to 25 mg po/iv/pr every 4 to6 hr |
| Prochlorperazine (Compazine) | 5 to 10 mg po/iv every 6 to 8 hr or25 mg pr every 6 to 8 hr |
| Prokinetic agents | |
| Metoclopramide (Reglan) | 10 to 20 mg po/iv every 6 hr |
| Serotonin (5-HT3) antagonists | |
| Ondansetron (Zofran) | 8 mg po/iv every 8 hr |
| Corticosteroids | |
| Methylprednisolone (Medrol) | 16 mg po TID for 3 days then ½dose every 3 days for 2 wks |
F. Pharmacologic Therapy
II. Hyperemesis gravidarum
A. Hyperemesis gravidarum occurs in the extreme 0.5% to 1%of patients who have intractable vomiting. Patients withhyperemesis have abnormal electrolytes, dehydration withhigh urine-specific gravity, ketosis and acetonuria, and untreated have weight loss >5% of body weight. Intravenoushydration is the first line of therapy for patients with severenausea and vomiting. Administration of vitamin B1 supplements may be necessary to prevent Wernicke's encephalopathy.
References: See page 155.
Spontaneous Abortion
Abortion is defined as termination of pregnancy resulting in expulsion of an immature, nonviable fetus. A fetus of <20 weeks gestation or a fetus weighing <500 gm is considered an abortus. Spontaneous abortion occurs in 15% of all pregnancies.
I. Threatened abortion is defined as vaginal bleeding occurringin the first 20 weeks of pregnancy, without the passage of tissueor rupture of membranes.
A. Symptoms of pregnancy (nausea, vomiting, fatigue, breasttenderness, urinary frequency) are usually present.
B. Speculum exam reveals blood coming from the cervical oswithout amniotic fluid or tissue in the endocervical canal.
C. The internal cervical os is closed, and the uterus is soft and enlarged appropriate for gestational age.
D. Differential diagnosis
1. Benign and malignant lesions. The cervix often bleeds from an ectropion of friable tissue. Hemostasis can beaccomplished by applying pressure for several minuteswith a large swab or by cautery with a silver nitrate stick.Atypical cervical lesions are evaluated with colposcopyand biopsy.
2. Disorders of pregnancy
E. Laboratory tests
F. Treatment of threatened abortion
II. Inevitable abortion is defined as a threatened abortion with a dilated cervical os. Menstrual-like cramps usually occur.
A. Differential diagnosis
B. Treatment of inevitable abortion
III. Incomplete abortion is characterized by cramping, bleeding,passage of tissue, and a dilated internal os with tissue presentin the vagina or endocervical canal. Profuse bleeding,orthostatic dizziness, syncope, and postural pulse and bloodpressure changes may occur.
A. Laboratory evaluation
3. Blood typing and cress-matching.
4. Karyotyping of products of conception is completed ifloss is recurrent.
B. Treatment
3. Suction dilation and curettage
IV.Complete abortion
A. A complete abortion is diagnosed when complete passageof products of conception has occurred. The uterus is wellcontracted, and the cervical os may be closed.
B. Differential diagnosis
1. Incomplete abortio
2. Ectopic pregnancy. Products of conception should beexamined grossly and submitted for pathologic examination. If no fetal tissue or villi are observed grossly, ectopicpregnancy must be excluded by ultrasound.
C. Management of complete abortion
V. Missed abortion is diagnosed when products of conceptionare retained after the fetus has expired. If products are retained, a severe coagulopathy with bleeding often occurs.
A. Missed abortion should be suspected when the pregnantuterus fails to grow as expected or when fetal heart tonesdisappear.
B. Amenorrhea may persist, or intermittent vaginal bleeding,spotting, or brown discharge may be noted.
C. Ultrasonography confirms the diagnosis.
D. Management of missed abortion
3. D immunoglobulin (RhoGAM) is administered to Rh-
negative, unsensitized patients.References: See page 155.
Urinary Tract Infections in Pregnancy
Urinary tract infection (UTI) is common in pregnancy. Althoughasymptomatic bacteriuria occurs with similar frequency in pregnantand nonpregnant women, bacteriuria progresses to symptomaticinfection more frequently during pregnancy.
I. Incidence
A. The prevalence of asymptomatic bacteriuria in pregnant andnonpregnant women is 5 to 9 percent. If asymptomaticbacteriuria is not treated, pyelonephritis will develop in 20 to40 percent of pregnant patients. This rate of progression tosymptomatic disease is three- to fourfold higher than in nonpregnant women.
B. Microbiology. Escherichia coli is responsible for 60 to 90percent of cases of asymptomatic bacteriuria, cystitis, andpyelonephritis.
C. Asymptomatic Bacteriuria refers to the isolation of >100,000 CFU of a single organism/mL from a midstream-voided specimen in a woman without UTI symptoms. Itoccurs in 5 to 9 percent of pregnancies, usually developingin the first month of gestation.
II. Diagnosis
A. A single clean-catch midstream urine culture detects 80percent of patients with asymptomatic bacteriuria; two suchcultures approach the sensitivity of catheterization (96percent). A positive urine culture is >105 CFU/mL. Isolationof more than one species or the presence of lactobacillus orpropiobacterium indicates a contaminated specimen.
B. Screening for asymptomatic bacteriuria is standard practiceat the first prenatal visit.
III. Treatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria
A. Amoxicillin-clavulanate (Augmentin) 500 mg PO BID forthree days.
B. Nitrofurantoin (Macrodantin) 50 mg PO QID for seven days.
C. Cefixime (Suprax) 250 mg PO QD for three days.
D. Fosfomycin (Monural) 3 g PO as a single dose.
E. Relapse typiCall(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)y occurs in the first two weeks after treatment. Such infections should be treated with two weeks of oral antibiotics.
F. Suppressive therapy is recommended for women with persistent bacteriuria (ie, >2 positive urine cultures). Nitrofurantoin (Macrodantin) 50 to 100 mg orally at bedtime, for theduration of the pregnancy is one option, or cephalexin(Keflex) 250 to 500 mg orally at bedtime. A culture for testof cure is obtained one week after completion of therapyand then repeated monthly until completion of the pregnancy.
B. Empiric treatment regimens:
C. Each of these drugs is given for three to seven days.
D. Other regimens which have a broader spectrum of activityinclude amoxicillin-clavulanate (Augmentin) 500 mg BID or250 mg TID, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim) 1DS BID but not in the third trimester of pregnancy,cefpodoxime proxetil (Vantin) 100 mg BID, and cefixime(Suprax) 400 mg QD. All of these drugs can be used forthree to seven days. Fluoroquinolones should be avoidedin pregnancy.
E. Monthly urine cultures should be performed beginning oneto two weeks after completion of treatment.
V. Pyelonephritis complicates 1 to 2 percent of all pregnancies.Risk factors include asymptomatic bacteriuria, previouspyelonephritis, renal and collecting system anomalies, andrenal calculi.
A. Presentation consists of fever, chills, and costovertebral angle tenderness. Other symptoms include dysuria, nausea,vomiting, and respiratory distress.
B. Urinalysis reveals one or two bacteria per high-power fieldin an unspun catheterized specimen or 20 bacteria per HPFin a spun specimen; white cell casts confirm the diagnosis.Urine culture and antimicrobial susceptibility testing shouldbe performed.
C. Blood cultures are positive in 10 to 20 percent of patients.
D. Outpatient treatment, with one of the above regimens, maybe considered in the absence of underlying medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) conditions, anatomic abnormalities, pregnancy complications, orsigns of sepsis.
E. Inpatient treatment
| Parenteral Regimens for Empiric Treatment of AcutePyelonephritis in Pregnancy | |
|---|---|
| Antibiotic, dose | Interval |
| Ceftriaxone, 1 g | Q24 hours |
| Gentamicin, 1 mg/kg (+ampicillin) | Q8 hours |
| Ampicillin, 1-2 g (plusgentamicin)* | Q6 hours |
| Ticarcillin-clavulanate (Timentin) 3.2 g | Q8 hours |
| Antibiotic, dose | Interval |
| Piperacillin-tazobactam3.375 g* | Q8-12 hours |
| Imipenem-cilastatin, 250-500 mg | Q6-8 hours |
| * Recommended regimen if enterococcus suspected | |
References: See page 155.
Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
Poorly controlled gestational diabetes is associated with an increase in the incidence of preeclampsia, polyhydramnios, fetalmacrosomia, birth trauma, operative delivery, and neonatalhypoglycemia. There is an increased incidence ofhyperbilirubinemia, hypocalcemia, and erythremia. Later development of diabetes mellitus in the mother is also more frequent. Theprevalence of gestational diabetes is higher in black, Hispanic,Native American, and Asian women than white women. The prevalence of gestational diabetes is 1.4 to 14 percent.
| Risk Factors for Gestational Diabetes |
|---|
| • A family history of diabetes, especially in first degree relatives • Prepregnancy weight of 110 percent of ideal body weight (pregravidweight more than 90 kg) or more or weight gain in early adulthood. • Age greater than 25 years • A previous large baby (greater than 9 pounds [4.1 kg]) • History of abnormal glucose tolerance • Hispanic, African, Native American, South or East Asian, and PacificIsland ancestry • A previous unexplained perinatal loss or birth of a malformed child • The mother was large at birth (greater than 9 pounds [4.1 kg]) • Polycystic ovary syndrome |
I. Screening and diagnostic criteria
A. Screening for gestational diabetes should be performed at24 to 28 weeks of gestation. However, it can be done asearly as the first prenatal visit if there is a high degree ofsuspicion that the pregnant woman has undiagnosed type 2diabetes (eg, obesity, previous gestational diabetes or fetalmacrosomia, age >25 years, family history of diabetes).
B. 50-g oral glucose challenge is given for screening andglucose is measured one hour later; a value >140 mg/dL
(7.8 mmol/L) is considered abnormal. Women with an abnormal value are then given a 100-g, three-hour oral glucose tolerance test (GTT).
| Criteria for Gestational Diabetes with Three Hour Oral Glucose Tolerance Test | |
|---|---|
| Fasting | >95 mg/dL |
| 1 hour | >180 mg/dL |
| 2 hour | >155 mg/dL |
| 3 hour | >140 mg/dL |
| Any two or more abnormal results are diagnostic of gestationaldiabetes. | |
4. Calorie distribution
5. Women should be encouraged to choose lean, low-fatfoods and to avoid excessive weight gain. Obesity cancause excessive fetal growth and worsens glucose intolerance.
B. Glucose monitoring and goal concentrations
1. Women with gestational diabetes should measure bloodglucose at home and keep a diet diary. Blood glucose should be measured upon awakening and one hour aftereach meal. Two criteria should be met to assure that the degree of glycemic control is adequate to preventmacrosomia:
C. Control of blood glucose
1. Insulin
D. Peripartum concerns
E. Delivery. The great majority of women with gestationaldiabetes proceed to term and have a spontaneous vaginaldelivery. The maternal blood glucose concentration shouldbe maintained between 70 and 90 mg/dL. Insulin can usually be withheld during delivery, and an infusion of normalsaline is usually sufficient to maintain normoglycemia.
F. Postpartum concerns
References: See page 155.
Group B Streptococcal Infection in Pregnancy
Group B streptococcus (GBS; Streptococcus agalactiae), a Grampositive coccus, is an important cause of infection in neonates,causing sepsis, pneumonia, and meningitis. GBS infection isacquired in utero or during passage through the vagina. Vaginalcolonization with GBS during pregnancy may lead to prematurebirth, and GBS is a frequent cause of maternal urinary tract infection, chorioamnionitis, postpartum endometritis, and bacteremia.
I. Clinical evaluation
A. The primary risk factor for GBS infection is maternal GBSgenitourinary or gastrointestinal colonization.
B. The rate of transmission from colonized mothers to infants is approximately 50 percent. However, only 1 to 2 percent of all
colonized infants develop early-onset GBS disease.
C. Maternal obstetrical factors associated with neonatal GBS disease:
D. Manifestations of early-onset GBS disease. Early-onsetdisease results in bacteremia, generalized sepsis, pneumonia, or meningitis. The clinical signs usually are apparent inthe first hours of life.
II. 2002 CDC guidelines for intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis:
A. All pregnant women should be screened for GBS colonization with swabs of both the lower vagina and rectum at 35 to37 weeks of gestation. Patients are excluded from screeningif they had GBS bacteriuria earlier in the pregnancy or if theygave birth to a previous infant with invasive GBS disease.These latter patients should receive intrapartum antibioticprophylaxis regardless of the colonization status.
B. Intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis is recommended forthe following:
C. Intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis is not recommendedfor the following patients:
D. Recommended IAP regimen
E. Approach to threatened preterm delivery at <37 weeks ofgestation: A patient with negative GBS cultures (after 35weeks of gestation) should not be treated during threatenedlabor. If GBS cultures have not been performed, these specimens should be obtained and penicillin G administered asabove; if cultures are negative at 48 hours, penicillin can bediscontinued. If such a patient has not delivered within fourweeks, cultures should be repeated.
F. If screening cultures taken at the time of threateneddelivery or previously performed (after 35 weeks ofgestation) are positive, penicillin should be continued for atleast 48 hours unless delivery supervenes. Patients whohave been treated for >48 hours and have not delivered should receive IAP as above when delivery occurs.
References: See page 155.
Premature Rupture of Membranes
Premature rupture of the membranes (PROM) refers to rupture ofmembranes prior to the onset of labor or regular uterine contractions. It can occur at term or prior to term, in which case it isdesignated preterm premature rupture of the membranes(PPROM). The frequencies of term, preterm, and midtrimesterPROM are 8, 1 to 3, and less than 1 percent of pregnancies,respectively.The incidence of this disorder to be 7-12%. In pregnancies of lessthan 37 weeks of gestation, preterm birth (and its sequelae) andinfection are the major concerns after PROM.
I. Pathophysiology
A. Premature rupture of membranes is defined as rupture ofmembranes prior to the onset of labor.
B. Preterm premature rupture of membranes is defined as rupture of membranes prior to term.
C. Prolonged rupture of membranes consists of rupture ofmembranes for more than 24 hours.
D. The latent period is the time interval from rupture of membranes to the onset of regular contractions or labor.
E. Many cases of preterm PROM are caused by idiopathicweakening of the membranes, many of which are caused bysubclinical infection. Other causes of PROM include hydramnios, incompetent cervix, abruptio placentae, andamniocentesis.
F. At term, about 8% of patients will present with ruptured membranes prior to the onset of labor.
II. Maternal and neonatal complications
A. Labor usually follows shortly after the occurrence of PROM.Ninety percent of term patients and 50% of preterm patientsgo into labor within 24 hours after rupture.
B. Patients who do not go into labor immediately are at increasing risk of infection as the duration of rupture increases.Chorioamnionitis, endometritis, sepsis, and neonatal infections may occur.
C. Perinatal risks with preterm PROM are primarily complications from immaturity, including respiratory distress syndrome, intraventricular hemorrhage, patent ductusarteriosus, and necrotizing enterocolitis.
D. Premature gestational age is a more significant cause ofneonatal morbidity than is the duration of membrane rupture.
III. Diagnosis of premature rupture of membranes
A. Diagnosis is based on history, physical examination, andlaboratory testing. The patient's history alone is correct in90% of patients. Urinary leakage or excess vaginal discharge is sometimes mistaken for PROM.
B. Sterile speculum exam is the first step in confirming thesuspicion of PROM. Digital examination should be avoidedbecause it increases the risk of infection.
C. Laboratory diagnosis
IV.Assessment of premature rupture of membranes
A. The gestational age must be carefully assessed. Menstrualhistory, prenatal exams, and previous sonograms are reviewed. An ultrasound examination should be performed.
B. The patient should be evaluated for the presence ofchorioamnionitis [fever (over 38EC), leukocytosis, maternaland fetal tachycardia, uterine tenderness, foul-smellingvaginal discharge].
C. The patient should be evaluated for labor, and a sterile speculum examination should assess cervical change.
D. The fetus should be evaluated with heart rate monitoringbecause PROM increases the risk of umbilical cord prolapseand fetal distress caused by oligohydramnios.
V. Management of premature rupture of membranes
A. Management of term patients
B. Management of Preterm Premature Rupture of Membranes
1. Women with PPROM should be hospitalized until delivery. Expeditious delivery is indicated for abruptio placentae, intrauterine infection, or evidence of fetal compromise (eg, repetitive FHR decelerations or an unstablefetal presentation that poses a risk of cord prolapse).Pregnancies >32 weeks of gestation with documentedfetal lung maturity will achieve better outcomes with immediate delivery than with expectant management.
2. Group beta-hemolytic streptococcal (GBS) status
should be determined and intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis considered for pregnant women whose GBS culturestatus is unknown (culture not performed or result notavailable) and who also are likely to deliver before 37weeks of gestation, have amniotic membranes that havebeen ruptured for $18 hours, or have an intrapartum temperature >100.4ºF.
| Sample Antibiotic Regimens Used for Prophylaxis inWomen with PPROM | |
|---|---|
| Antibiotic | Dose |
| Ampicillin | 1 or 2 g IV every 6 hours for 24 hours,then 500 mg PO every 6 hours until delivery |
| AmpicillinGentamicin Clindamycin Amoxicillin plus clavulanicacid (Augmentin) | 2 g IV every 6 hours for 4 doses and90 mg IV initially, then 60 mg IV every 8hours for three doses and 900 mg IV every 8 hours for three doses,followed by500 mg PO TID for 7 days |
| Erythromycin base | 333 mg PO every 8 hours until delivery |
| Piperacillin | 3 g IV every 6 hours for 3 days |
| Ampicillin-sulbactam(Unasyn) | 3 g every 6 hours for 7 days |
| Ampicillin | 2 g IV every 6 hours for 7 days |
| Ampicillin-sulbactamAmoxicillin-clavulante | 1.5 g IV every 6 hours for 72 hours, followed by500 mg PO every 8 hours until delivery |
References: See page 155.
Preterm Labor
Preterm labor is the leading cause of perinatal morbidity andmortality in the United States. It usually results in preterm birth, acomplication that affects 8 to 10 percent of births.
| Risk Factors for Preterm Labor | ||
|---|---|---|
| Previous preterm deliveryLow socioeconomic status Non-white race Maternal age <18 years or >40 years Preterm premature rupture of themembranes Multiple gestationMaternal history of one or morespontaneous second-trimesterabortions Maternal complications--Maternal behaviors --Smoking--Illicit drug use--Alcohol use --Lack of prenatal careUterine causes --Myomata (particularlysubmucosal or subplacental)--Uterine septum--Bicornuate uterus --Cervical incompetence--Exposure to diethylstilbestrol (DES) | Infectious causes --Chorioamnionitis --Bacterial vaginosis--Asymptomatic bacteriuria--Acute pyelonephritis--Cervical/vaginal colonization Fetal causes --Intrauterine fetal death --Intrauterine growth retardation --Congenital anomalies Abnormal placentation Presence of a retained intrauterine device | |
I. Clinical evaluation of preterm labor
A. Diagnosis of preterm labor is based upon the presenceof regular, painful uterine contractions accompanied bycervical dilation and/or effacement that occurs before 37weeks of gestation. Criteria include persistent uterine contractions (four every 20 minutes or eight every 60 minutes) with documented cervical change or cervical effacement ofat least 80 percent, or cervical dilatation greater than 1 cm.
B. Women with a history of previous preterm delivery carry thehighest risk of recurrence, estimated to be between 17 and37 percent.
| Preterm Labor, Threatened or Actual |
|---|
| II. Initial assessment to determine whether patient is experiencingpreterm laborA. Assess for the following:1. Uterine activity 2. Rupture of membranes 3. Vaginal bleeding 4. Presentation 5. Cervical dilation and effacement 6. Station B. Reassess estimate of gestational age III. Search for a precipitating factor/cause IV. Consider specific management strategies, which may include thefollowing:A. Intravenous tocolytic therapy (decision should be influenced bygestational age, cause of preterm labor and contraindications) B. Corticosteroid therapy (eg, betamethasone, in a dosage of 12mg IM every 24 hours for a total of two doses) C. Antibiotic therapy if specific infectious agent is identified or ifpreterm premature rupture of the membranes |
V. Management of preterm labor
A. Tocolysis
1. Tocolytic therapy may offer some short-term benefit inthe management of preterm labor. A delay in deliverycan be used to administer corticosteroids to enhance pulmonary maturity and reduce the severity of fetal respiratory distress syndrome, and to reduce the risk ofintraventricular hemorrhage. No study has convincinglydemonstrated an improvement in survival or neonataloutcome with the use of tocolytic therapy alone. Gestational age under 34 weeks is a prerequisite for inhibiting labor. Fifteen weeks gestational age is the lowestgestational age for which inhibition of labor should beconsidered.
| Tocolytic Therapy for the Management of Preterm Labor | ||
|---|---|---|
| Medication | Mechanism of action | Dosage |
| Terbutalin e (Bricanyl) | Beta2-adrenergicreceptor agonistsympathomimetic;decreases free intracellular calcium ions | 2.5 to 5 µg/min; increasedby 2.5 to 5 µg/min every 20to 30 minutes to a maximum of 25 µg/min, or until thecontractions have abated. 0.25 mg subcutaneouslyevery 20 to 30 minutes forup to four doses or untiltocolysis is achieved. 0.25mg every 3 to 4 hours. |
| Nifedipine(Procardia) | Calcium channel blocker | 30 mg orally, followed by 20mg orally in 90 minutes, followed by 20 mg orally everyfour to eight hours. |
| Indometh acin (Indocin) | Prostaglandin inhibitor | 50- to 100-mg rectal suppository, then 25 to 50 mg orallyevery six hours |
Complications Associated With the Use of TocolyticAgents
Beta-adrenergic agentsIndomethacin (Indocin)
• Pulmonary edemaNifedipine (Procardia)
VI.Contraindications to tocolysis
A. Contraindications to labor inhibition are intrauterine fetal demise, lethal fetal anomaly, nonreassuring fetalassessment, severe intrauterine growth restriction,chorioamnionitis, maternal hemorrhage with hemodynamicinstability, and severe preeclampsia or eclampsia.
B. Inhibition of preterm labor is less effective when cervicaldilatation is advanced (greater than 3 to 4 cm). Tocolysiscan be considered in these cases, especially when thegoal is to administer antenatal corticosteroids.
VII.Inhibition of preterm labor
A. Bedrest, hydration, and sedation. Bedrest has not been shown to prolong gestation. Intravenous hydration andsedation do not reduce the rate of preterm birth.
B. Beta-adrenergic receptor agonists
women with cardiac disease. Women with poorly controlled hyperthyroidism or diabetes mellitus should notreceive these agents. Well-controlled diabetes mellitusis not a contraindication.
4. Dose
C. Calcium channel blockers
D. Indomethacin
E. Recommendations. Beta-adrenergic agonists are thefirst-line agents for treatment of preterm labor.Indomethacin is recommended for women in PTL with gestations less than 32 weeks in which beta-agonistscannot be administered.
VIII. Corticosteroid therapy
A. Dexamethasone and betamethasone are the preferredcorticosteroids for antenatal therapy. Corticosteroid therapyfor fetal maturation reduces mortality, respiratory distresssyndrome and intraventricular hemorrhage in infants between 24 and 34 weeks of gestation.
| Recommended Antepartum Corticosteroid Regimens forFetal Maturation in Preterm Infants | |
|---|---|
| Medication | Dosage |
| Betamethasone (Celestone) | 12 mg IM every 24 hours for two doses |
| Dexamethasone | 6 mg IM every 12 hours for four doses |
IX.Intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis against group B streptococcus is recommended for the following:
A. Pregnant women with a positive screening culture unless aplanned Cesarean section is performed in the absence oflabor or rupture of membranes
B. Pregnant women who gave birth to a previous infant withinvasive GBS disease
C. Pregnant women with documented GBS bacteriuria duringthe current pregnancy
D. Pregnant women whose culture status is unknown (culturenot performed or result not available) and who also havedelivery at <37 weeks of gestation, amniotic membranerupture for >18 hours, or intrapartum temperature >100.4ºF (>38ºC)
E. The recommended IAP regimen is penicillin G (5 millionunits IV initial dose, then 2.5 million units IV Q4h). Inwomen with non-immediate-type penicillin-allergy, cefazolin(Ancef, 2 g initial dose, then 1 g Q8h) is recommended.
References: See page 155.
Bleeding in the Second Half of Pregnancy
Bleeding in the second half of pregnancy occurs in 4% of allpregnancies. In 50% of cases, vaginal bleeding is secondary toplacental abruption or placenta previa.
I. Clinical evaluation of bleeding second half of pregnancy
A. History of trauma or pain and the amount and character ofthe bleeding should be assessed.
B. Physical examination
done until placenta previa has been excluded.
C. Laboratory Evaluation
1. Hemoglobin and hematocrit.
2. INR, partial thromboplastin time, platelet count,fibrinogen level, and fibrin split products are checked when placental abruption is suspected or if there hasbeen significant hemorrhage.
B. Factors associated with placental abruption
C. Diagnosis of placental abruption
1. Abruption is characterized by vaginal bleeding, abdominalpain, uterine tenderness, and uterine contractions.
D. Management of placental abruption
1. Mild placental abruption
2. Moderate to severe placental abruption
a. Shock is aggressively managed.
b. Coagulopathy
D. Clinical evaluation
E. Ultrasonography is accurate in diagnosing placenta previa.
F. Management of placenta previa
IV. Cervical bleeding
A. Cytologic sampling is necessary.
B. Bleeding can be controlled with cauterization or packing.
C. Bacterial and viral cultures are sometimes diagnostic.
V. Cervical polyps
A. Bleeding is usually self-limited.
B. Trauma should be avoided.
C. Polypectomy may control bleeding and yield a histologicdiagnosis.
VI. Bloody show is a frequent benign cause of late third trimesterbleeding. It is characterized by blood-tinged mucus associatedwith cervical change.
References: See page 155.
Preeclampsia
Preeclampsia is characterized by new onset of hypertension andproteinuria after 20 weeks of gestation. It complicates 5 to 8percent of pregnancies and is associated with iatrogenicprematurity. Clinical manifestations of preeclampsia can appearanytime between the second trimester and the first few days postpartum.
I. Clinical evaluation
A. Screening. Pregnant women are routinely screened forsigns and symptoms of preeclampsia at each prenatal visit.Women at high risk for preeclampsia should be seen in earlypregnancy to assess blood pressure, establish accuratepregnancy dating, and perform baseline laboratory tests.
B. Risk factors for preeclampsia:
C. Late pregnancy screening. Measurement of blood pressure and urine protein at regular intervals in the late secondand third trimesters is critical for diagnosis of preeclampsia.A rising blood pressure is usually the first sign of disease.Women should report possible signs of preeclampsia, suchas persistent or severe headache, visual changes, rightupper quadrant or epigastric pain, sudden large weight gain,or facial edema.
| Diagnosis of Preeclampsia |
|---|
| Systolic blood pressure >140 mm Hg or Diastolic blood pressure > 90 mm HgAND A random urine protein determination of 1+ on dipstick or 30mg/dL or proteinuria of 0.3 g or greater in a 24-hour urinespecimen |
| Criteria for Gestational Hypertension |
|---|
| Systolic blood pressure >140 mm HgDiastolic blood pressure >90 mm HgAND no proteinuriaDeveloping AFTER the 20th week of gestation in womenknown to be normotensive before pregnancy |
| Criteria for Severe Preeclampsia |
|---|
| New onset proteinuria hypertension and at least one ofthe following:Symptoms of central nervous system dysfunction: Blurred vision, scotomata, altered mental status, severe headache Symptoms of liver capsule distention: Right upper quadrantor epigastric painHepatocellular injury: Serum transaminase concentration at least twice normal Severe blood pressure elevation: Systolic blood pressure >160 mm Hg or diastolic >110 mm Hg on two occasions at least six hours apartThrombocytopenia: Less than 100,000 platelets per mm3 Proteinuria: Over 5 grams in 24 hours or 3+ or more on tworandom samples four hours apartOliguria <500 mL in 24 hoursIntrauterine fetal growth restriction Pulmonary edema or cyanosis Cerebrovascular accident Coagulopathy |
D. Maternal assessment of women with hypertension aftermidpregnancy. Mild preeclampsia includes those womenwho satisfy the criteria for preeclampsia but do not have anyfeatures of severe disease.
E. Eclampsia refers to the development of grand mal seizuresin a woman with preeclampsia. Preeclampsia-eclampsia iscaused by generalized vasospasm, activation of the coagulation system, and changes in autoregulatory systems related to blood pressure control.
F. Edema and intravascular volume. Most women with preeclampsia have edema. Although peripheral edema iscommon in normal pregnancy, sudden and rapid weight gainand facial edema often occur in women who developpreeclampsia.
G. Hematologic changes. Increased platelet turnover is aconsistent feature of preeclampsia. The most commoncoagulation abnormality in preeclampsia isthrombocytopenia.
H. Liver involvement may present as right upper quadrant orepigastric pain, elevated liver enzymes and subcapsularhemorrhage or hepatic rupture.
I. Central nervous system. Headache, blurred vision, scotomata, and, rarely, cortical blindness are manifestationsof preeclampsia; seizures in a preeclamptic woman aredefined as eclampsia.
J. Fetus and placenta. The fetal consequences are fetalgrowth restriction and oligohydramnios. Severe or earlyonset preeclampsia result in the greatest decrements in birthweight.
II. Management of preeclampsia
A. The definitive treatment of preeclampsia is delivery. Deliveryis recommended for women with mild preeclampsia at ornear term and for most women with severe preeclampsia orsevere gestational hypertension regardless of gestationalage. Exceptions may be made for women remote from term(less than 32 to 34 weeks of gestation) who improve afterhospitalization and do not have significant end-organ dysfunction or fetal deterioration.
B. Fetal assessment consists of daily fetal movement countsand nonstress testing and/or biophysical profiles at periodicintervals. A sonographic estimation of fetal weight should beperformed to look for growth restriction and oligohydramnios,and it should be repeated serially.
| Fetal Assessment in Preeclampsia | |
|---|---|
| Mild preeclampsia | Daily fetal movement countingUltrasound examination for estimation of fetal weight and amniotic fluid determination at diagnosis. Repeat in threeweeks if the initial examination is normal, twice weekly if there is evidence offetal growth restriction oroligohydramnios.Nonstress test and/or biophysical profileonce or twice weekly. Testing should berepeated immediately if there is anabrupt change in maternal condition. |
| Severe preeclampsia | Daily nonstress testing and/or biophysical profile |
C. Antenatal corticosteroids to promote fetal lung maturationshould be administered to women less than 34 weeks of gestation who are at high risk for delivery within the nextseven days. Betamethasone (two doses of 12 mg givenintramuscularly 24 hours apart) or dexamethasone (fourdoses of 6 mg given intramuscularly 12 hours apart) may beused.
D. Maternal monitoring. Laboratory evaluation (eg, hematocrit,platelet count, creatinine, urine protein, LDH, AST, ALT, uricacid) should be repeated once or twice weekly in women withmild stable preeclampsia.
E. Symptoms. Patients should Call(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) immediately if they developsevere or persistent headache, visual changes, right upperquadrant or epigastric pain, nausea or vomiting, shortness ofbreath, or decreased urine output. Decreased fetal movement, vaginal bleeding, abdominal pain, rupture of membranes, or uterine contractions should be reported immediately.
F. Women with severe preeclampsia should be delivered or hospitalized for the duration of pregnancy. Prolongedantepartum management may be considered in selectedwomen under 32 weeks of gestation, such as those whosecondition improves after hospitalization and who have noevidence of end-organ dysfunction or fetal deterioration.
G. Timing and indications for delivery. Delivery at or by 40weeks of gestation should be considered for all women withpreeclampsia. Women with mild disease and a favorablecervix may benefit from induction as early as 38 weeks, whilethose with stable severe disease should be delivered after 32 to 34 weeks if possible (with demonstration of fetal pulmonary maturity).
| Indications for Delivery in Preeclampsia | |
|---|---|
| Maternal indications | Gestational age greater than or equalto 38 weeks of gestation Platelet count less than 100,000 cells per mm3 Deteriorating liver functionProgressive deterioration in renal function Abruptio placentaePersistent severe headaches or visual changesPersistent severe epigastric pain, nausea, or vomiting |
| Fetal indications | Severe fetal growth restriction Nonreassuring results from fetal testingOligohydramnios |
H. Laboratory
III. Severe preeclampsia
A. All women with severe preeclampsia should be delivered orhospitalized for the duration of pregnancy. Prolongedantepartum management may be considered in womenunder 32 to 34 weeks of gestation who have:
B. Delivery should be initiated, after a course of antenatalcorticosteroid therapy if possible, when there is poorly controlled, severe hypertension, eclampsia, thrombocytopenia(less than 100,000 platelets/microL), elevated liver functiontests with epigastric or right upper quadrant pain, pulmonaryedema, rise in serum creatinine concentration by 1 mg/dLover baseline, placental abruption, or persistent severeheadache or visual changes. Fetal indications for deliveryinclude nonreassuring fetal testing, severe oligohydramnios,or severe fetal growth restriction (less than the 5th percentile).
C. Timing and indications for delivery
D. Route of delivery. Delivery is usually by the vaginal route,with cesarean delivery reserved for the usual obstetricalindications. Severe preeclampsia does not mandate immediate cesarean birth.
IV.Anticonvulsant therapy is generally initiated during labor orwhile administering corticosteroids or prostaglandins prior toplanned delivery and continued until 24 to 48 hourspostpartum, when the risk of seizures is low. Magnesiumsulfate is the drug of choice for seizure prevention.
A. Magnesium sulfate is given as a loading dose of 6 g intravenously, followed by 2 g per hour as a continuous infusion.Magnesium sulfate should be considered for prevention of eclampsia in all women with preeclampsia.
B. Magnesium toxicity is related to serum concentration: lossof deep tendon reflexes occurs at 8 to 10 mEq/L, respiratoryparalysis at 10 to 15 mEq/L, and cardiac arrest at 20 to 25mEq/L. Calcium gluconate (1 g intravenously over at 5 to 10minutes) is administered to counteract magnesium toxicity.
V. Treatment of hypertension in preeclampsia
A. Severe hypertension should be treated. In adult women,diastolic blood pressures >105 to 110 mm Hg or systolic pressures >160 to 180 mm Hg are considered severe hypertension. In adolescents, treatment is initiated at diastolicpressures of >100 mm Hg.
B. Intravenous labetalol is both effective and safe (beginningwith 20 mg intravenously followed at 10- to 15-minute intervals by 40 mg, then 80 mg up to a maximum total cumulative dose of 220 mg).
C. Occasionally, preeclamptic women with severe hypertension are stabilized and not delivered. In these patients, oralantihypertensive therapy is often indicated. The only oraldrugs that have been proven to be safe in pregnant womenare methyldopa (250 mg twice daily orally, maximum dose 4g/day), and beta-blockers, such as labetalol (100 mg twicedaily orally, maximum dose 2400 mg/day).
D.Blood pressure goal. The goal of therapy is a systolicpressure of 140 to 155 mm Hg and diastolic pressure of 90to 105 mm Hg.
| Treatment of Severe Hypertension in Preeclampsia |
|---|
| The goal is a gradual reduction of blood pressure to a levelbelow 160/105 mm Hg. Sudden and severe hypotensionshould be avoided. |
| Hydralazine: 5 mg IV, repeat 5 to 10 mg IV every 20 minutesto maximum cumulative total of 20 mg or until blood pressureis controlled. |
| Labetalol (Trandate): 20 mg IV, followed by 40 mg, then 80mg, then 80 mg at 10 minute intervals until the desired response is achieved or a maximum total dose of 220 mg isadministered. |
| Methyldopa (Aldomet) 250 mg BID orally, maximum dose 4g/day |
II. Management of eclampsia
A. Maintenance of airway patency and prevention of aspirationare the initial management priorities. The patient should berolled onto her left side and a padded tongue blade placedin her mouth, if possible.
B. Control of convulsions. Magnesium sulfate, 2 to 4 g IVpush repeated every 15 minutes to a maximum of 6 g. Maintenance dose of magnesium sulfate: 2 to 3 g/hourby continuous intravenous infusion. Diazepam may also begiven as 5 mg IV push repeated as needed to a maximumcumulative dose of 20 mg to stop the convulsions; however,benzodiazepines have profound depressant effects on thefetus.
C. Postpartum course. Hypertension due to preeclampsiaresolves postpartum, often within a few days, but sometimes taking a few weeks. Severe hypertension should betreated; antihypertensive medications can be discontinuedwhen blood pressure returns to normal.
IV.Pre-existent hypertension
A. There is a threefold increase in perinatal mortality, a twofoldincrease in abruptio placentae, and an increased rate ofimpaired fetal growth in pregnant women with preexistinghypertension. There is also a higher rate of preterm deliverybefore 35 weeks.
B. Maternal evaluation
C. Indications for treatment. Women with chronic hypertension who are normotensive or mildly hypertensive on medication may continue their therapy or have theirantihypertensive agents tapered and/or stopped during pregnancy.
D. Choice of drug
E. Other management issues
F. Treatment of hypertension. Antihypertensive treatment isindicated if the systolic blood pressure is >170 mm Hg. Thepreferred agents are methyldopa for prolonged antenataltherapy, and hydralazine, labetalol or nifedipine forperipartum treatment of acute hypertensive episodes. Sodium restriction and diuretics have no role in therapy. Restricted physical activity can lower blood pressure.
References: See page 155.
Dystocia and Augmentation of Labor
I. Normal labor
A. First stage of labor
3. Active phase
B. Second stage of labor
II.Abnormal labor
A. Dystocia is defined as difficult labor or childbirth resultingfrom abnormalities of the cervix and uterus, the fetus, the maternal pelvis, or a combination of these factors.
B. Cephalopelvic disproportion is a disparity between the sizeof the maternal pelvis and the fetal head that precludesvaginal delivery. This condition can rarely be diagnosed inadvance.
C. Slower-than-normal (protraction disorders) or completecessation of progress (arrest disorder) are disorders that can be diagnosed only after the parturient has entered theactive phase of labor.
III. Assessment of labor abnormalities
A. Labor abnormalities caused by inadequate uterine contractility (powers). The minimal uterine contractile pattern ofwomen in spontaneous labor consists of 3 to 5 contractionsin a 10-minute period.
B. Labor abnormalities caused by fetal characteristics (passenger)
C. Labor abnormalities due to the pelvic passage (passage)
IV. Augmentation of labor
A. Uterine hypocontractility should be augmented only after boththe maternal pelvis and fetal presentation have been assessed.
B. Contraindications to augmentation include placenta or vasaprevia, umbilical cord prolapse, prior classical uterine incision, pelvic structural deformities, and invasive cervical cancer.
C. Oxytocin (Pitocin)
| Labor Stimulation with Oxytocin (Pitocin) | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| StartingDose (mU/min) | Incremental Increase (mU/min) | Dosage Interval (min) | Maximum Dose (mU/min) |
| 6 | 6 | 15 | 40 |
7. Management of oxytocin-induced hyperstimulation
References: See page 155.
Shoulder Dystocia
Shoulder dystocia, defined as failure of the shoulders to deliverfollowing the head, is an obstetric emergency. The incidencevaries from 0.6% to 1.4% of all vaginal deliveries. Up to 30% ofshoulder dystocias can result in brachial plexus injury; many fewersustain serious asphyxia or death. Most commonly, size discrepancy secondary to fetal macrosomia is associated with difficultshoulder delivery. Causal factors of macrosomia include maternaldiabetes, postdates gestation, and obesity. The fetus of the diabetic gravida may also have disproportionately large shouldersand body size compared with the head.
I. Prediction
A. The diagnosis of shoulder dystocia is made after delivery ofthe head. The “turtle” sign is the retraction of the chinagainst the perineum or retraction of the head into the birthcanal. This sign demonstrates that the shoulder girdle isresisting entry into the pelvic inlet, and possibly impaction ofthe anterior shoulder.
B. Macrosomia has the strongest association. ACOG definesmacrosomia as an estimated fetal weight (EFW) greaterthan 4500 g.
C. Risk factors for macrosomia include maternal birth weight,prior macrosomia, preexisting diabetes, obesity, multiparity,advanced maternal age, and a prior shoulder dystocia. Therecurrence rate has been reported to be 13.8%, nearlyseven times the primary rate. Shoulder dystocia occurs in5.1% of obese women. In the antepartum period, risk factorsinclude gestational diabetes, excessive weight gain, shortstature, macrosomia, and postterm pregnancy. Intrapartumfactors include prolonged second stage of labor, abnormalfirst stage, arrest disorders, and instrumental (especiallymidforceps) delivery. Many shoulder dystocias will occur inthe absence of any risk factors.
II. Management
A. Shoulder dystocia is a medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) and possibly surgical emergency. Two assistants should be Call(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com)ed for if not alreadypresent, as well as an anesthesiologist and pediatrician. Agenerous episiotomy should be cut. The following sequenceis suggested:
B. The McRoberts maneuver alone will successfully alleviatethe shoulder dystocia in 42% to 79% of cases. For thoserequiring additional maneuvers, vaginal delivery can beexpected in more than 90%. Finally, favorable results havebeen reported for the Zavanelli maneuver in up to 90%.
References: See page 155.
Induction of Labor
Induction of labor refers to stimulation of uterine contractions priorto the onset of spontaneous labor. Between 1990 and 1998, therate of labor induction doubled from 10 to 20 percent.
I. Indications for labor induction:
A. Preeclampsia/eclampsia, and other hypertensive diseases
B. Maternal diabetes mellitus
C. Prelabor rupture of membranes
D. Chorioamnionitis
E. Intrauterine fetal growth restriction (IUGR)
F. Isoimmunization
G. In-utero fetal demise
H. Postterm pregnancy
II. Absolute contraindications to labor induction:
A. Prior classical uterine incision
B. Active genital herpes infection
C. Placenta or vasa previa
D. Umbilical cord prolapse
E. Fetal malpresentation, such as transverse lie
II. Requirements for induction
A. Prior to undertaking labor induction, assessments of gestational age, fetal size and presentation, clinical pelvimetry,and cervical examination should be performed. Fetal maturityshould be evaluated, and amniocentesis for fetal lung maturity may be needed prior to induction.
B. Clinical criteria that confirm term gestation:
C. Assessment of cervical ripeness
| Modified Bishop Scoring System | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | |
| Dilation, cm | Closed | 1-2 | 3-4 | 5-6 |
| Effacement, percent | 0-30 | 40-50 | 60-70 | >80 |
| Station* | -3 | -2 | -1, 0 | +1 , +2 |
| Cer v i c a l consistency | Firm | Medium | Soft | |
| Position of the cervix | Posterior | Midposition | Anterior | |
| * Based on a -3 to +3 scale. | ||||
III. Induction of labor with oxytocin
A. The uterine response to exogenous oxytocin administrationis periodic uterine contractions.
B. Oxytocin regimen (Pitocin)
| High Dose Oxytocin Regimen |
|---|
| Begin oxytocin 6 mU per minute intravenouslyIncrease dose by 6 mU per minute every 15 minutesMaximum dose: 40 mU per minute Maximum total dose administered-during-labor: 10 U Maximum duration of administration: six hours |
IV. Cervical ripening agents
A. A ripening process should be considered prior to use of oxytocinuse when the cervix is unfavorable.
B. Mechanical methods
C. Prostaglandins
V. Complications of labor induction
A. Hyperstimulation and tachysystole may occur with use ofprostaglandin compounds or oxytocin. Hyperstimulation is defined as uterine contractions lasting at least two minutes or five or more uterine contractions in 10 minutes. Tachysystole isdefined as six or more contractions in 20 minutes.
B. Prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) preparations have up to a 5 percentrate of uterine hyperstimulation. Fetal heart rate abnormalitiescan occur, but usually resolve upon removal of the drug. Rarelyhyperstimulation or tachysystole can cause uterine rupture.Removing the PGE2 vaginal insert will usually help reverse theeffects of the hyperstimulation and tachysystole. Cervical andvaginal lavage after local application of prostaglandin compounds is not helpful.
C. If oxytocin is being infused, it should be discontinued to achievea reassuring fetal heart rate pattern. Placing the woman in theleft lateral position, administering oxygen, and increasingintravenous fluids may also be of benefit. Terbutaline 0.25 mgsubcutaneously (a tocolytic) may be given.
References: See page 155.
Postpartum Hemorrhage
Obstetric hemorrhage remains a leading causes of maternal mortality.Postpartum hemorrhage is defined as the loss of more than 500 mL ofblood following delivery. However, the average blood loss in an uncomplicated vaginal delivery is about 500 mL, with 5% losing morethan 1,000 mL.
I. Clinical evaluation of postpartum hemorrhage
A. Uterine atony is the most common cause of postpartum hemorrhage. Conditions associated with uterine atony include anoverdistended uterus (eg, polyhydramnios, multiple gestation),rapid or prolonged labor, macrosomia, high parity, andchorioamnionitis.
B. Conditions associated with bleeding from trauma include forceps delivery, macrosomia, precipitous labor and delivery, andepisiotomy.
C. Conditions associated with bleeding from coagulopathy andthrombocytopenia include abruptio placentae, amniotic fluidembolism, preeclampsia, coagulation disorders, autoimmunethrombocytopenia, and anticoagulants.
D. Uterine rupture is associated with previous uterine surgery,internal podalic version, breech extraction, multiple gestation,and abnormal fetal presentation. High parity is a risk factor for both uterine atony and rupture.
E. Uterine inversion is detected by abdominal vaginal examination, which will reveal a uterus with an unusual shape after delivery.
II. Management of postpartum hemorrhage
A. Following delivery of the placenta, the uterus should be palpated to determine whether atony is present. If atony is present,vigorous fundal massage should be administered. If bleedingcontinues despite uterine massage, it can often be controlled with bimanual uterine compression.
B. Genital tract lacerations should be suspected in patients whohave a firm uterus, but who continue to bleed. The cervix and vagina should be inspected to rule out lacerations. If no laceration is found but bleeding is still profuse, the uterus should bemanually examined to exclude rupture.
C. The placenta and uterus should be examined for retained placental fragments. Placenta accreta is usually manifest byfailure of spontaneous placental separation.
D. Bleeding from non-genital areas (venous puncture sites)suggests coagulopathy. Laboratory tests that confirmcoagulopathy include INR, partial thromboplastin time, plateletcount, fibrinogen, fibrin split products, and a clot retraction test.
E. medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) management of postpartum hemorrhage
3. 15-methyl prostaglandin F2-alpha (Hemabate), one ampule
(0.25 mg), can be given IM, with repeat injections every20min, up to 4 doses can be given if hypertension is present;it is contraindicated in asthma.
| Treatment of Postpartum Hemorrhage Secondary to UterineAtony | |
|---|---|
| Drug | Protocol |
| Oxytocin | 20 U in 1,000 mL of lactated Ringer's as IV infusion |
| Methylergonovine (Methergine) | 0.2 mg IM |
| Prostaglandin (15 methylPGF2-alpha [Hemabate,Prostin/15M]) | 0.25 mg as IM every 15-60 minutes as necessary |
F. Volume replacement
G. Surgical management of postpartum hemorrhage. If medical(Buy now from http://www.drugswell.com) therapy fails, ligation of the uterine or uteroovarian artery,infundibulopelvic vessels, or hypogastric arteries, or hysterectomy may be indicated.
H. Management of uterine inversion
separation, oxytocin (Pitocin) is given to contract the uterus.References: See page 155.
Acute Endometritis
Acute endometritis is characterized by the presence ofmicroabscesses or neutrophils within the endometrial glands.
I. Classification of endometritis
A. Acute endometritis in the nonobstetric population is usuallyrelated to pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) secondary to sexually transmitted infections or gynecologic procedures. Acuteendometritis in the obstetric population occurs as a postpartuminfection, usually after a labor concluded by cesarean delivery.
B. Chronic endometritis in the nonobstetric population is due toinfections (eg, chlamydia, tuberculosis, and other organismsrelated to cervicitis and PID), intrauterine foreign bodies (eg,intrauterine device, submucous leiomyoma), or radiation therapy.In the obstetric population, chronic endometritis is associated with retained products of conception after a recent pregnancy.
C. Symptoms in both acute and chronic endometritis consist ofabnormal vaginal bleeding and pelvic pain. However, patients with acute endometritis frequently have fevers in contrast tochronic endometritis.
II. Postpartum endometritis
A. Endometritis in the postpartum period refers to infection of thedecidua (ie, pregnancy endometrium), frequently with extensioninto the myometrium (endomyometritis) and parametrial tissues(parametritis).
B. The single most important risk factor for postpartum endometritisis route of delivery. The incidence of endometritis after a vaginalbirth is less than three percent, but is 5 to 10 times higher aftercesarean delivery.
C. Other proposed risk factors include prolonged labor, prolongedrupture of membranes, multiple vaginal examinations, internalfetal monitoring, maternal diabetes, presence of meconium, andlow socioeconomic status.
D. Microbiology. Postpartum endometritis is usually apolymicrobial infection, produced by a mixture of aerobes andanaerobes from the genital tract.
| Type and Frequency of Bacterial Isolates in PostpartumEndometritis* | |
|---|---|
| Isolate | Frequency (percent) |
| Gram positive | |
| Group B streptococci | 8 |
| Enterococci | 7 |
| S. epidermidis | 9 |
| Lactobacilli | 4 |
| Diphtheroids | 2 |
| S. Aureus | 1 |
| Gram negative | |
| G. vaginalis | 15 |
| E. Coli | 6 |
| Enterobacterium spp. | 2 |
| P. mirabilis | 2 |
| Others | 3 |
| Anaerobic | |
| S. bivius | 11 |
| Other Bacteroides spp. | 9 |
| Peptococci-peptostreptocci | 22 |
| MycoplasmaU. urealyticumM. hominis | 39 11 |
| C. trachomatis | 2 |
E. Vaginal colonization with group B streptococcus (GBS) is a riskfactor for postpartum endometritis; GBS colonized women at delivery have an 80 percent greater likelihood of developingpostpartum endometritis.
F. Clinical manifestations and diagnosis. Endometritis is characterize, by fever, uterine tenderness, foul lochia, andleukocytosis that develop within five days of delivery. A temperature greater than or equal to 100.4 ºF (38 ºC) in the absence ofother causes of fever, such as pneumonia, wound cellulitis, andurinary tract infection is the most common sign.
G. Laboratory studies are not diagnostic since leukocytosis occurs frequently in all postpartum patients. However, a risingneutrophil count associated with elevated numbers of bands issuggestive of infectious disease. Bacteremia occurs in 10 to 20percent of patients; usually a single organism is identified despite polymicrobial infection. Blood cultures should be obtainedin febrile patients following delivery.
H. Treatment
| Antibiotic Regimens for Endometritis |
|---|
| Clindamycin (900 mg IV Q 8 hours) plus gentamicin (1.5 mg/kg IV Q 8 hours)Ampicillin-sulbactam (Unasyn) 3 grams IV Q 6 hours Ticarcillin-clavulanate (Timentin)3.1 grams IV Q 4 hours Cefoxitin (Mefoxin) 2 grams IV Q 6 hoursCeftriaxone (Rocephin) 2 grams IV Q 24 hours plus metronidazole 500 mgPO or IV Q 8 hours* Levofloxacin (Levaquin) 500 mg IV Q 24 hours plus metronidazole 500 mgPO or IV Q 8 hours* |
| * Should not be given to breastfeeding mothersIf chlamydia infection is suspected, azithromycin 1 gram PO for one doseshould be added to the regimen |
References: See page 155.
Postpartum Fever Workup
History: Postpartum fever is >100.4 F (38 degrees C) on 2 occasions>6h apart after the first postpartum day (during the first 10 dayspostpartum), or >101 on the first postpartum day. Dysuria, abdominalpain, distention, breast pain, calf pain.Predisposing Factors: Cesarean section, prolonged labor, premature rupture of membranes, internal monitors, multiple vaginal exams,meconium, manual placenta extraction, anemia, poor nutrition.Physical Examination: Temperature, throat, chest, lung exams;breasts, abdomen. Costovertebral angle tenderness, uterine tenderness, phlebitis, calf tenderness; wound exam. Speculum exam.Differential Diagnosis: UTI, upper respiratory infection, atelectasis,pneumonia, wound infection, mastitis, episiotomy abscess; uterineinfection, deep vein thrombosis, pyelonephritis, pelvic abscess.
Labs: CBC, SMA7, blood C&S x 2, catheter UA, C&S. Gonococcus culture, chlamydia; wound C&S, CXR.
References
References may be obtained at www.ccspublishing.com/ccs
Commonly Used Formulas
A-a gradient = [(PB-PH2O) FiO2 - PCO2/R] - PO2 arterial
= (713 x FiO2 - pCO2/0.8 ) -pO2 arterial
PB = 760 mmHg; PH2O = 47 mmHg ; R . 0.8
normal Aa gradient <10-15 mmHg (room air)
Arterial oxygen capacity = (Hgb(gm)/100 mL) x 1.36 mL O2/gm Hgb
Arterial O2 content = 1.36(Hgb)(SaO2)+0.003(PaO2)= NL 20 vol%
O2 delivery = CO x arterial O2 content = NL 640-1000 mL O2/min
Cardiac output = HR x stroke volume
CO L/min = 125 mL O2/min/M2 x 100
8.5 {(1.36)(Hgb)(SaO2) - (1.36)(Hgb)(SvO2)}
Normal CO = 4-6 L/min
Na (mEq) deficit = 0.6 x (wt kg) x (desired [Na] - actual [Na])
SVR = MAP - CVP x 80 = NL 800-1200 dyne/sec/cm2 COL/min
PVR = PA - PCWP x 80 = NL 45-120 dyne/sec/cm2 CO L/min
GFR mL/min = (140 - age) x wt in kg 72 (males) x serum creatinine (mg/dL)85 (females) x serum creatinine (mg/dL)
Normal creatinine clearance = 100-125 mL/min(males), 85-105(females)
Body water deficit (L) = 0.6(weight kg)([measured serum Na]-140) 140
Serum Osmolality = 2 [Na] + BUN + Glucose = 270-290
2.8 18
Na (mEq) deficit = 0.6 x (wt kg)x(desired [Na] - actual [Na])
Fractional excreted Na = U Na/ Serum Na x 100 = NL<1% U creatinine/ Serum creatinine
Anion Gap = Na - (Cl + HCO3)
For each 100 mg/dL 8 in glucose, Na+ 9 by 1.6 mEq/L.
Corrected = measured Ca mg/dL + 0.8 x (4 - albumin g/dL) serum Ca+ (mg/dL)
Predicted Maximal Heart Rate = 220 - age
Normal ECG Intervals (sec)
PR 0.12-0.20 QRS 0.06-0.08
Heart rate/min Q-T
60 0.33-0.43 70 0.31-0.41 80 0.29-0.38 90 0.28-0.36 100 0.27-0.35
Total Parenteral Nutrition Equations:
Caloric Requirements: (Harris-Benedict Equations)
Basal energy expenditure (BEE)
Females: 655 + (9.6 x wt in kg) + (1.85 x ht in cm) - (4.7 x age)
Males: 66 + (13.7 x wt in kg) + (5 x ht in cm) - (6.8 x age)
A. BEE x 1.2 = Caloric requirement for minimally stressed patient
B. BEE x 1.3 = Caloric requirement for moderately stressed patient(inflammatory bowel disease, cancer, surgery)
C. BEE x 1.5 = Caloric requirement for severely stressed patient(major sepsis, burns, AIDS, liver disease)
D. BEE x 1.7 = Caloric requirement for extremely stressed patient(traumatic burns >50%, open head trauma, multiple stress)
Protein Requirements:
A. 0.8 gm protein/kg = Protein requirement for nonstressed patient.
B. 1.0-1.5 gm protein/kg = Protein requirement for patients with decreased visceral protein states (hypoalbumiaemia), recentweight loss, or hypercatabolic states.
C. >1.5 gm protein/kg = Protein requirement for patients with negative nitrogen balance receiving 1.5 gm protein/kg
Estimation of Ideal Body Weight:
A. Females: 5 feet (allow 100 lbs) + 5 lbs for each inch over 5 feet
B. Males: 5 feet (allow 106 lbs) + 6 lbs for each inch over 5 foot
Drug Levels of Commonly Used Medications
| DRUG | THERAPEUTIC RANGE* |
| Amikacin | Peak 25-30; trough <10 mcg/mL |
| Amitriptyline | 100-250 ng/mL |
| Carbamazepine | 4-10 mcg/mL |
| Chloramphenicol | Peak 10-15; trough <5 mcg/mL |
| Desipramine | 150-300 ng/mL |
| Digitoxin | 10-30 ng/mL |
| Digoxin | 0.8-2.0 ng/mL |
| Disopyramide | 2-5 mcg/mL |
| Doxepin | 75-200 ng/mL |
| Ethosuximide | 40-100 mcg/mL |
| Flecainide | 0.2-1.0 mcg/mL |
| Gentamicin | Peak 6.0-8.0; trough <2.0 mcg/mL |
| Imipramine | 150-300 ng/mL |
| Lidocaine | 2-5 mcg/mL |
| Lithium | 0.5-1.4 mEq/L |
| Nortriptyline | 50-150 ng/mL |
| Phenobarbital | 10-30 mEq/mL |
| Phenytoin** | 8-20 mcg/mL |
| Procainamide | 4.0-8.0 mcg/mL |
| Quinidine | 2.5-5.0 mcg/mL |
| Salicylate | 15-25 mg/dL |
| Streptomycin | Peak 10-20; trough <5 mcg/mL |
| Theophylline | 8-20 mcg/mL |
| Tocainide | 4-10 mcg/mL |
| Valproic acid | 50-100 mcg/mL |
| Vancomycin | Peak 30-40; trough <10 mcg/mL |
* The therapeutic range of some drugs may vary depending on the reference lab used. ** Therapeutic range of phenytoin is 4-10 mcg/mL in presence of significant azotemia and/or hypoalbuminemia.
Pediatric and Obstetric Formulas
Normal urine output = 50 ml/kg/dOliguria = 0.5 ml/kg/hNormal feedings = 5 oz/kg/dFormula = 20 calories/ounce, 24 cal/oz, 27 cal/ozOunce = 30 cc Caloric Needs = 100 cal/kg/dCalories/Kg = cc of formula x 30 cc/oz x 20 calories/oz divided byweight.
Weight in Kg = pounds divided by 2.2Weight in Kg = [age in years x 2] +10
Blood volume (ml) = 80 ml/kg x weight (kg)
Blood Products:
10 cc/kg RBC will raise Hct 5%
0.1 unit/kg platelets will raise platelet count, 25000/mm3. 1 U/kg of Factor VIII will raise level by 2%.
Naegele's Rule: LMP minus 3 months plus 7 days = Estimated date ofconfinement.
GFR = (140 - age) x wt in Kg 85 x serum Cr
Normal Cr clearance = 85-105
| Commonly Used Drug Levels | |
|---|---|
| Drug | Therapeutic Range |
| Amikacin | Peak 25-30; trough <10 mcg/mL |
| Amiodarone | 1.0-3.0 mcg/mL |
| Amitriptyline | 100-250 ng/mL |
| Carbamazepine | 4-10 mcg/mL |
| Desipramine | 150-300 ng/mL |
| Digoxin | 0.8-2.0 ng/mL |
| Disopyramide | 2-5 mcg/mL |
| Doxepin | 75-200 ng/mL |
| Flecainide | 0.2-1.0 mcg/mL |
| Gentamicin | Peak 6.0-8.0; trough <2.0 mcg/mL |
| Imipramine | 150-300 ng/mL |
| Lidocaine | 2-5 mcg/mL |
| Lithium | 0.5-1.4 mEq/L |
| Mexiletine | 1.0-2.0 mcg/mL |
| Nortriptyline | 50-150 ng/mL |
| Phenobarbital | 10-30 mEq/mL |
| Phenytoin | 8-20 mcg/mL |
| Procainamide | 4.0-8.0 mcg/mL |
| Quinidine | 2.5-5.0 mcg/mL |
| Salicylate | 15-25 mg/dL |
| Streptomycin | Peak 10-20; trough <5 mcg/mL |
| Theophylline | 8-20 mcg/mL |
| Tocainide | 4-10 mcg/mL |
| Valproic acid | 50-100 mcg/mL |
| Vancomycin | Peak 30-40; trough <10 mcg/mL |